Home

TextWrangler 4.0 User Manual

1. Sites rs about html May 04 2009 12 08 a E cgi bin August 27 2008 22 09 foal company March 18 2009 11 18 7 contact August 27 2008 21 52 css August 29 2008 10 53 D discuss February 08 2009 18 39 error html May 04 2009 12 08 files February 08 2009 18 39 images April 01 2009 11 36 index html May 04 2009 12 09 js August 29 2008 10 40 main styles sidebar css March 28 2006 11 39 C Show files starting with a When you Save a file to an FTP or SFTP server using either Save or Save to FTP SFTP Server and the file has Unix LF or Windows CR LF line endings TextWrangler uploads the file in binary mode preserving its line endings exactly as they are on your local machine However if the file has Macintosh CR line endings it is uploaded in text mode so that the server can convert the line endings as appropriate Finally you can use Save a Copy to FTP SFTP Server to upload a copy of your current file to an FTP server while keeping your local file open This is especially useful when you maintain web site content on your local hard drive and only need to upload changes made in one or two files to the server Accessing FTP SFTP Servers 53 54 Using TextWrangler from the Command Line You can use the edit command line tool to open files into TextWrangler via the Unix command line The first time you run TextWrangler after installation it will o
2. Blue nt CSS Framework lt link tylesheet href css blueprint screen css type text css media screen pi lt link rel stylesheet href css blueprint lib grid css type text css media screen lt link rel stylesheet href css blueprint print css type text css media print gt 3 Click Set to set the marker Tip If you hold down the Option key as you choose Set Marker TextWrangler sets the marker using the leading characters of the selected text as the name of the marker without displaying a dialog box Clearing Markers To clear a marker 1 Choose the Clear Markers command from the Mark popup menu TextWrangler displays the list of markers 2 Select the marker you want to delete 3 Click Clear to clear the marker Using Markers 95 TextWrangler also offers a Clear All Markers command which clears all the markers in the document in one fell swoop You can access this command by holding down the Option key and using the Mark popup menu Using Grep to Set Markers You can use the Find amp Mark All command in the Mark popup menu to mark text that matches a grep pattern To learn more about using grep patterns see Chapter 8 Searching with Grep To use a grep pattern to mark text 1 Choose the Find amp Mark All command from the Mark submenu TextWrangler opens the Find amp Mark All sheet OO index html 7 Search For Patterns B inde lt a class a z h
3. In Replacement Patterns Modifier Effect WNN If more than two decimal digits follow the backslash only the first two are considered part of the backreference Thus 111 would be interpreted as the 11th backreference followed by a literal 1 You may use a leading zero for example if in your replacement pattern you want the first backreference followed by a literal 1 you can use 011 If you use 11 you will get the 11th backreference even if it is empty WN If two decimal digits follow the backslash which taken together represent the value N and if there is an Nth captured substring then all three characters are replaced with that substring If there is not an Nth captured substring all three characters are discarded that is the backreference is replaced with the empty string V If there is only a single digit N following the backslash and there is an Nth captured substring both characters are replaced with that substring Otherwise both characters are discarded that is the backreference is replaced with the empty string In replacement patterns 0 is a backreference to the entire match exactly equivalent to amp POSIX Style Character Classes TextWrangler now provides support for POSIX style character classes These classes are used in the form CLASS and are only available inside regular character classes in other words inside another s
4. Chapter 11 Scripting TextWrangler It is important to note that when setting properties in this fashion you can only set modifiable properties If you attempt to set any read only properties a scripting error will result set properties of text window 1 to show invisibles true modal false expand tabs true The above script command will turn on Show Invisibles and then report a scripting error since modal is a read only property Performing Actions The following sections provide basic information on how to perform various common actions via AppleScript Scripting Searches The ability to script searches presents you with a very powerful tool since you can prepare a script which instructs TextWrangler to perform a whole series of search or search and replace operations Consider the scripting command below tell application TextWrangler find TextWrangler searching in document of text window 1 options search mode Grep with selecting match end tell In previous versions the find command always operated on the front window Now you must explicitly specify the text to be searched either by specifying an explicit tell target or by supplying a searching in parameter So the following scripts are equivalent tell application TextWrangler find TextWrangler searching in document of text window 1 end tell and tell application TextWrangler tell document of text window 1 find TextWrangler
5. The second form allows you to implement all of the attachment points for a single object class in a single script file if desired For example you could create a script named Application scpt containing subroutines for as many of the application attachment points as you wish on applicationDidFinishLaunching do something relevant end applicationDidFinishLaunching on applicationShouldQuit hello world return current date as string contains day end applicationShouldQuit Using AppleScripts in TextWrangler 209 Note Likewise to implement all of the attachment points for the Document class you could create a script named Document scpt and put subroutines in it for the document attachment points on documentDidSave do something relevant end documentDidSave on documentWillClose end documentWillClose The third form allows you to write a single all encompassing script which contains subroutines for all of the attachment points in the application To do this name the script TextWrangler scpt and include whatever subroutines you wish to implement For example on applicationShouldQuit hello world return current date as string contains day end applicationShouldQuit on documentWillClose end documentWillClose When figuring out which script to run TextWrangler will first look for a script whose name exactly matches the attachment point e g Document documentShouldSave
6. Printing Preferences 0h0 a Lately eet elt eye ee Sy Saale ees 185 Print using document s font 185 Printing font 185 Frame printing area 186 Print page headers 186 Print full pathname 186 Time stamp 186 Print line numbers 186 1 inch Gutter 186 Print color syntax 186 Text Colors Preferences ni 4 20 cvs d Powe neti ea ee Weg delete ot 186 How to Change an Element Color 187 General 187 Source Code 187 Markup 187 Text Encodings Preferences 000 e cee cece tenes 188 Default text encoding for new documents 188 If file s encoding can t be guessed try 188 Text Files Preferences orp g cers Sadik a eetaws Pages we endow eh ep asi es 188 Line breaks 188 Ensure file ends with line break 189 Strip trailing whitespace 189 Backups 189 Expert preferences settings 0 ccc eee teens 190 The Setup Window w ie are ete a ce ee 190 Bookmarks 190 Filters 191 Patterns 191 Scripting TextWrangler 193 AppleScript Overview 1 0 0 0 cece eee nes 193 About AppleScript 194 Scriptable Applications and Apple Events 194 Reading an AppleScript Dictionary 195 Recordable Applications 200 Saving Scripts 201 Using Scripts with Applications 201 Scripting Resources 202 Using AppleScripts in TextWrangler 2 0 00 eee eee eee 203 Recording Actions within TextWrangler 203 The Scripts Menu 204
7. Remove Starting line number oo Line number increment 1 M Include space after number m Keep text justified Cancel C Number Chapter 5 Text Transformations Note Prefix Suffix Lines This command displays a sheet which allows you to insert or remove the specified prefix and or suffix strings on each line of the selected text or of the document Insert OC Remove Prefix 1 Suffix B Cancel Goe If you define both a prefix and a suffix string TextWrangler will apply them to the text at the same time When using the add prefix add suffix remove prefix or remove suffix scripting commands the string direct parameter is required Sort Lines This command displays a sheet which allows you to sort lines of text by collating them in alphanumeric order The sorted lines can be copied to the clipboard be displayed in a new untitled window replace the selection within the original document or any combination of the three __ Numbers match by value _ Sorted lines to clipboard _ Ignore leading white space __ Sorted lines to new document Reverse sort M Sorted lines replace selection C Sort using pattern Searching pattern gt 4 SKU_ d ase sensitive Sort Usir g Entire match All sub patterns 1 2 Specific sub patterns 1 There are also options for ignoring white space at the beginning of lines taking case distinctions into account
8. and this replacement pattern 2 2 Matching Delimited Strings In some cases you may want to match all the text that appears between a pair of delimiters One way to do this is to bracket the search pattern with the delimiters like this km This works well if you have only one delimited string on the line But suppose the line looked like this apples oranges kiwis mangos penguins The search string above would match the entire line This is another instance of the longest match behavior of TextWrangler s grep engine which was discussed previously Once again non greedy quantifiers come to the rescue The following pattern will match delimited strings 4 Marking Structured Text Suppose you are reading a long text document that does not have a table of contents but you notice that all the sections are numbered like this 3 2 7 Prehistoric Cartoon Communities 5 19 001 Restaurants of the Mesozoic You can use a grep pattern to create marks for these headings which will appear in the Mark popup menu Choose Find amp Mark All from the Mark popup menu in the navigation bar Then decide how many levels you want to mark In this example the headings always have at least two digits and at most four Use this pattern to find the headings dt d d d t fa z 1 and this pattern to make the file marks 1 2 The before the first search group ensures that TextWrangl
9. expects that input will be separated by Unix newlines n If instead the input is being generated programmatically and contains NUL separated paths you can specify the 0 option Again using find as an example input source find name py printoO twfind blah 0 The complete command line syntax for the twfind tool is twfind search string cEghInRSvVwZ0 lt long form_switches gt search path See the twfind tool s man page man twfind for a complete description of the available switches and options 224 Chapter 12 Unix Scripting and the Command Line Unix Scripting Perl Python Ruby Shells and more TextWrangler provides robust integration with numerous Unix scripting environments including Perl Python Ruby and shell scripts Using Unix Scripts TextWrangler works directly with the native Perl Python and Ruby environments provided by Mac OS X and supports similar integration with shell scripts and any other Unix scripting language TextWrangler s Unix scripting features are accessed via the Shebang menu Why Shebang Because executable Unix scripts traditionally start with the two character sequence Some people pronounce these two characters hash bang others say sharp bang but the most common pronunciation is simply shebang The shebang line is the first line of the script and includes a Unix style path to
10. plus the desired marker string For example to add an function popup entry named My item In C C pragma mark My item In JavaScript mark My item In HTML lt mark My item gt 66 Chapter 4 Editing Text with TextWrangler Note In Python files each directive must be separated from the preceding content by at least one empty line Navigation with Markers A marker is a selection range that you can name If a document contains any markers you can select them from the Marker popup menu to move quickly to the specified section of the file eoo index copy html cerently Open Documents o A Tu bast Saved 07 12 2011 11 30 35 index copy html A J r File Path v Users Shared doc examples index copy html index html rs e 4 gt L index copy html no symbol selected OE v lt ul class clear_fix gt Set Marker v lt li gt Clear Markers lt a class home href gt Home lt a gt Find amp Mark All lt li gt x lt li gt Company lt a class company href company gt Company lt a gt Products lt li gt v lt li gt Support lt a class products href products gt Products lt a gt Discuss lt li gt Store v lt li gt Contact lt a class support href support gt Support lt a gt e v Recent Documents E lt li gt index copy html v lt li gt h imda homt ea claces diccuce href dicruec sNiernece a gt For more inform
11. 102 Add Remove Line Numbers 102 Prefix Suffix Lines 103 Sort Lines 103 Process Duplicate Lines 104 Process Lines Containing 105 Rewrap Quoted Text 106 Increase and Decrease Quote Level 106 Strip Quotes 106 Zap Gremlins 107 Entab 108 Detab 108 Normalize Line Endings 108 Chapter 6 Windows amp Palettes 109 Window Menu 2 cece cee eect nee eens 109 Minimize Window 109 Bring All to Front 109 Palettes 109 Save Default lt type of gt Window 111 Arrange 112 Cycle Through Windows 112 Exchange with Next 112 Synchro Scrolling 112 Window Names 112 Zoom key equivalent only 112 10 Table of Contents Chapter 7 Searching Search Windows 0000 e cece eee eee Basic Searching and Replacing Search Settings 118 Special Characters 118 Multi File Searching 0 000005 Starting a Search 120 Find All and Multi File Search Results 121 Specifying the Search Set 122 Saved Search Sources 124 Multi File Search Options 124 File Filters 124 Searching SCM Directories 127 Multi File Replacing 000 000 Live Search 42s fl vss See Search Menu Reference 04 Find 129 Multi File Search 129 Search in Disk or Results Browser 129 Live Search 129 Find Next Previous 130 Find All 130 Find Selec
12. 35px id searchbox gt tss help css A indav alt chtmi lt Gooale site search form code starts here Please do not edit below this line Window Anatomy 71 72 You can also employ the commands on the View menu to expand or collapse folds or fold manually selected ranges of text See The View Menu on page 73 The linear bars displayed in the gutter are range end indicators They show where each foldable range ends o index html no symbol selected We y lt DOCTYPE html PUBLIC W3C DTD XHTML 1 0 Transitional EN 4 http www w3 org TR xhtml1 DTD xhtml1 transitional dtd gt F lt html xmins http www w3 0rg 1999 xhtmL xml Lang en Lang en us gt ad gt lt meta http equiv content type content text html charset utf 8 gt lt title gt Bare Bones Software Welcome lt title gt lt meta name author content gt lt Blueprint CSS Framework gt lt link rel stylesheet href css blueprint screen css type text css media screen p Recent Documents lt link rel stylesheet href css blueprint lib grid css type text css media screen e AEA lt link rel stylesheet href css blueprint print css type text css media print gt lt Homepage CSS gt lt link rel stylesheet href css site css type text css media screen projection ead gt lt body id home class Y home gt When you fold a range TextWrangler displa
13. Application Preferences The Application preferences control how TextWrangler checks for updates when open files are verified what action TextWrangler performs at startup and various other global settings Open documents into the front window This option controls whether TextWrangler should attempt to open newly created or opened documents into the frontmost window if possible or whether each document should open directly into a separate text window This option is active by default and while it is TextWrangler will handle documents in the following manner When you open an existing document TextWrangler will open the document into the frontmost editing window and bring that window to the front if it is not already there When you create a new document via the File menu TextWrangler will either use the frontmost editing window if one is available or make a new editing window if necessary Automatically refresh documents as they change on disk This option controls whether TextWrangler checks if documents files have changed on disk while they re open If an open document has changed on disk and there are no unsaved changes TextWrangler will automatically reload the document If a document has changed on disk and also has unsaved changes TextWrangler will ask whether you want to reload the document from disk or keep the unsaved changes This option is on by default The effects of the Revert command from the Fi
14. When this option is selected and the editing window contains a document in a programming language TextWrangler recognizes TextWrangler displays keywords and other language elements in color TextWrangler uses several methods to determine what language if any to use for a particular file The primary way to activate syntax coloring in a document is simply to save it with a file name extension that indicates what programming or markup language the file contains For example if you save your file with html at the end of the file name TextWrangler will color your HTML tags and anchors Some other common suffixes are text for Markdown files py for Python files and rb for Ruby files For any file whose name does not have an extension or whose name has an extension that does not match any of the mappings in TextWrangler s Languages preference panel TextWrangler will attempt to guess what language the file contains and apply the appropriate syntax coloring If TextWrangler guesses wrong or is unable to guess you can resort to the Language submenu of the Text Options popup menu in the toolbar or the Language popup menu in the Text Options sheet which gives you the ability to manually select any installed language to be applied to the document regardless of its name If you then save the file your manual language selection will persist and override any suffix mapping By default TextWrangler recognizes over 20 diffe
15. end tell end tell Note that either the tell target or the searching in parameter must resolve to something that contains text As a shortcut you can specify a window and if the window contains text the search can proceed You can also specify a text object find Search Text searching in lines 3 thru 5 of document of text window 2 Also unlike previous versions of TextWrangler the defaults for parameters not specified in the find command are no longer controlled by the user interface that is the Find window TextWrangler s Scripting Model 215 216 When performing a find TextWrangler will return a record describing the results of the search This record contains a Boolean which indicates whether the search was successful a reference to the text matched by the search and the text string matched by the search Given the first example above the results might look like this after reformatting for clarity found true found object characters 55 thru 60 of text window 1 of application TextWrangler found text TextWrangler Scripting Single Replaces To do a single find and replace via AppleScript you can write tell application TextWrangler set result to find TextWrangler searching in text window 1 7 with selecting match if found of result then set text of found object of result to Replacement end if end tell When performing a grep search you cannot just replace the matched pattern with a
16. where filename is the name of the file to be opened You may also specify a complete FTP or SFTP URL to a remote file or folder to have TextWrangler open the file or an FTP SFTP browser to the folder To launch TextWrangler without opening a file or to activate the application if it is already running type edit 1 You can also pipe STDIN to the edit tool and it will open in a new untitled window in TextWrangler for example ls la edit If you just type edit with no parameters the tool will accept STDIN from the terminal type Control D end of file to terminate and send it to TextWrangler 222 Chapter 12 Unix Scripting and the Command Line The complete command line syntax for the edit tool is edit bcChlpsuvVw resume e lt encoding name gt t lt string gt lt n gt file or lt S FTP URL gt See the edit tool s man page man edit for a complete description of the available switches and options The twdiff Command Line Tool You can use the twdiff command line tool to apply TextWrangler s Find Differences command to a pair of files or folders specified on the Unix command line To invoke the Find Differences command from the command line type twdiff oldfile newfile or twdiff oldfolder newfolder where oldfile and newfile are the names of the files or o dfolder and newfolder are the names of the folders to be compared You can also s
17. you cannot redo any actions that you undid before you made that change There is also a Clear Undo History menu command Command Control Z which will clear the undo history for the current editing window This command can be useful if you have performed many operations on a file and wish to recover memory stored by Undo state information in the rare event that should become necessary You can also script this operation via the clear undo history scripting command see the scripting dictionary for details Chapter 4 Editing Text with TextWrangler IMPORTANT Note Window Anatomy TextWrangler text windows have the same controls you are familiar with from other Macintosh applications for example text windows are resizable and zoomable and have both vertical and horizontal scroll bars Some additional elements which may be less familiar are the toolbar the split bar the navigation bar and the file list eoo _ Markdown Syntax txt E Currently Open Documents m Pd Ta Last Saved 04 08 2012 14 02 11 Jquery 1 7 2 js 4 J File Path v Users Shared doc samples Markdown Syntax txt Markdown Syntax txt lt 4 gt o Markdown Syntax txt no symbol selected W BB Markdown Syntax gt untitled text 1 2 3 4 lt ul id ProjectSubmenu gt 5 lt li gt lt a href projects markdown title Markdown Project Page gt Main lt a gt lt li gt 6 lt li gt lt a href projects markdown b
18. 234 Codeless Language Modules 234 Code based Language Modules 234 Language Module Compatibility 234 Plug In Obsolescence 000 cece ete 235 Command Reference 237 Keyboard Shortcuts for Commands 000 0 ce eee eee 237 Assigning Keys to Menu Commands 0 000 ee ee eee 238 Available Key Combinations 238 Listing by Menu and Command Name 002 eee 239 Listing by Default Key Equivalent 20 0 0 0c eee eee 244 Editing Shortcuts 249 Mouse Commands 0 cee eee cee eee teen nes 249 Arrow and Delete Keys 0 0 0 cee eee ees 250 Emacs Key Bindings iana E Wes eats oP eR es Mae 251 Using universal argument 252 Table of Contents 15 Appendix C Codeless Language Modules 16 Creating a Module 0 0 cece ees Required Elements 254 Installing Codeless Language Modules 254 Function Scanning with Regular Expressions 254 Spell Checking Code Runs 255 Starting from a Template 255 Language Keys and Properties 0 2 00 eee eee Index Table of Contents CHAPTER Welcome to TextWrangler This chapter introduces you to TextWrangler a high performance text editor for the Macintosh In this chapter Getting Started 35 ro Ti 5 se eyewear ee Wie ew hee WEiels Sade eins aoe wea Ne ee 17 What Is TextWrangler cccce ccc rec ccc ceccerenecceeenesessceees 18 How Can I Use TextWrangler 00 0
19. Add Line Breaks will affect only the selected text if there is no selection this command will affect the entire contents of the current document The Add Line Breaks command does not turn off soft wrapping Hard Wrapping and Filling Text The Hard Wrap command in the Text menu offers more flexibility for hard wrapping text than the Add Line Breaks command Whereas Add Line Breaks merely freezes the line breaks displayed in a document by inserting carriage returns the Hard Wrap command allows you to wrap text to any arbitrary width while also reflowing or indenting paragraphs If the current document contains a selection range Hard Wrap will affect only the selected text if there is no selection this command will affect the entire contents of the current document When you choose the Hard Wrap command TextWrangler opens a sheet in the frontmost document VA Wrap Music txt 7 q Break lines at Paragraph indentation O Page guide Flush left This is a O Window width O First line Hrg Character width O Reverse so long amp M Paragraph fill M Relative to first line eal Chapter 4 Editing Text with TextWrangler The controls in the left half of the sheet control the maximum width of lines after hard wrapping and whether wrapped lines should be consolidated to fill paragraphs to the specified width The controls in the right half determine how paragraphs should be indented The Break Lines at but
20. But with TextWrangler you can replace area codes that are only on the same line as one of the affected cities 22 23 You have a corrunted word nrocessina file that the nroaram can no lonaer read lise The information at the top of the window tells you how many matches TextWrangler found in the set of files you specified as well as specifying whether there were any error conditions or warnings generated during the search You can display or hide any combination of errors warnings and matches by checking the appropriate options Multi File Searching 121 IMPORTANT Note The middle panel lists each line that contains the matched text Every match is identified by file name and line number You can toggle between the standard Finder style hierarchical list where each match in a file is listed under the file s name or a flat list where each occurrence is displayed in order by pressing the File List button next to the Open button Click any match in the list of occurrences to have TextWrangler display the part of the file that contains the match in the text pane You can edit text directly within a search results browser or double click any line that contains a match to open the corresponding file at the point of the match After you have opened a file you can use the Find Again Replace Replace All and Replace amp Find Again commands in the Search menu to continue searching it as if you had chosen a File by File search
21. By choosing one of the Little Endian or byte swapped encodings you can write little endian files instead which some Windows software requires Files saved as Unicode from TextWrangler are given a type of utxt the standard for Unicode text files on the Mac UTF 8 files are given a type of TEXT for compatibility with other applications however TextWrangler will also recognize such files with type UTF8 48 Chapter 3 Working with Files Opening Unicode Files When opening files TextWrangler will ordinarily determine the format of a file based on its file type and content and automatically process Macintosh text Unicode and UTF 8 However some files are structured such that TextWrangler is unable to correctly determine their format based on their type or contents The cases that we know of are e UTF 8 files whose type is TEXT but which lack a byte order mark and do not contain any encoding specification or any extended characters If a UTF 8 file is of type TEXT but has a byte order mark it will be correctly interpreted as UTF 8 e Byte swapped Unicode files which were written without a byte order mark usually by broken Windows software e Unicode files whose type is TEXT instead of the Macintosh standard utxt and which lack a byte order mark If a UTF 16 file lacks a BOM but is of type utxt TextWrangler will treat it as big endian Unicode If you know that a
22. Compare Options gt ooa gorab Compare Results H collapse FA FTP Info E Required Suite Standard Suite Miscellaneous BBEdit Suite Text Suite Unix Scripting LAJ LASI v index af window n inh item Every open window ELEMENTS contains text documents contained by application PROPERTIES document document r o the document associated with this window bounds rectangle the boundary rectangle for the window closeable boolean r o Does the window have a close box collapsed boolean Is the window collapsed index integer the number of the window modal boolean r o Is the window modal file alias r o the disk file associated with this window if any modified boolean r o Has the window been modified since the last save name text the title of the window r o if the window represents a document which has been saved to disk position point upper left coordinates of the window resizable boolean r o Is the window resizable selection specifier the selection contents any contents of the window if any text text the window s text object if any titled boolean r o Does the window have a title bar visible boolean r o Is the window visible zoomable boolean r o Is the window zoomable zoomed boolean Is the window zoomed All windows in TextWrangler belong to this class A class defines a particular kind of object a particular example o
23. For example perhaps the most common special character in grep is the dot In grep a dot character will match any character except a return But what if you only want to match a literal dot If you escape the dot it will only match another literal dot character in your text So most characters match themselves and even the special characters will match themselves if they are preceded by a backslash TextWrangler s grep syntax coloring helps make this clear Note When passing grep patterns to TextWrangler via AppleScript be aware that both the backslash and double quote characters have special meaning to AppleScript In order to pass these through correctly you must escape them in your script Thus to pass r for a carriage return to TextWrangler you must write r in your AppleScript string Writing Search Patterns 137 138 Note Wildcards Match Types of Characters These special characters or metacharacters are used to match certain types of other characters Wildcard Matches any character except a line break that is a carriage return 2 beginning of a line unless used in a character class S end of line unless used in a character class Being able to specifically match text starting at the beginning or end of a line is an especially handy feature of grep For example if you wanted to find every instance of a message sent by Patrick from a log file which contains various o
24. GB documents drawer width Compare Results Cand H tab width G ie text window n inh window gt item Every text window ELEMENTS contains text documents PROPERTIES active document document r o the current document being displayed edited display font text font in which text is displayed display font size integer point size of displayed text display font style list of plain bold italic outline shadow underline condensed extended text style s of displayed text documents drawer width integer the width of the documents drawer tab width integer number of spaces per tab smart quotes boolean are smart quotes enabled show invisibles boolean are invisible characters displayed expand tabs boolean is auto expansion of tabs enabled soft wrap text boolean is automatic text wrapping enabled soft wrap mode page guide window width character width how line breaks are computed when soft wrapping soft wrap width integer if soft wrapping to character width the maximum number of characters per line ey SN en SS E OY WY OO EE O SSE EE ee OT AppleScript Overview 199 200 Note You can see that a text window inherits all the properties of the window class And since the window class inherits all the properties of the item class this means that the text window class also has the properties property defined by the item class To make explicit what you might have alrea
25. Preference Files and Folders 0 00 00 cece eens 30 TextWrangler Preferences File 30 TextWrangler Preferences Folder 31 Working with Files Launching TextWrangler 0 0c eee eee eens 34 Startup Items 34 Creating and Saving Documents 2 0 0 c ee eee ee eee ee 35 Saving a Copy of a File 36 File Saving Options 36 File State 37 Emacs Local Variables 38 Saving with Authentication 38 Saving Compressed Files as bz2 or gzip 39 Crash Auto Recovery sorcis ceisia senas oien Kon n eens 39 Opening Existing Documents 0 00 eee eens 39 Choosing the Encoding for a Document 40 Using the Open Command 41 Reload from Disk 42 Opening and Viewing Files within Zip Archives 43 Opening bz2 gzip and tar Files and Binary plists 43 Opening Hidden Files 43 Using the Open from FTP SFTP Server Command 43 Using the Open Selection Command 43 Using the Open File by Name Commands 44 Using the Open Counterpart Command 46 Using the Open Recent Command 46 Using the Reopen using Encoding Command 46 Quitting TextWrangler pieci ciora eects 46 An International Text Primer 0 00 cece eee eee 47 International Text in TextWrangler 47 Unicode 47 Saving Unicode Files 48 Opening Unicode Files 49 Accessing FTP SFTP Servers eneore ep ormie oree Oropa epora e 49 Opening Files from FTP SFTP Servers 49
26. The problem with this pattern is that it matches the entire line It does not provide a way to remember the individual parts of the found string If you use subpatterns to rewrite the above search pattern slightly you get this define t t d 0 9 The first set of parentheses defines a subpattern which remembers the name of the constant The second set remembers the value of the constant The replacement string would look like this const int 1l 2 The sequence 1 is replaced by the name of the constant the first subpattern from the search pattern and the sequence 2 is replaced by the value of the constant from the second subpattern Our example throws out any comment that may follow the C style constant declaration As an exercise try rewriting the search and replace patterns so they preserve the comment enclosing it in style Pascal comment markers Writing Replacement Patterns 149 150 Here are some more examples Data Search for Replace Result 4 2 d d 2 1 2 4 1234 5829 d d 1 1 123441234 2152 B C d 4 t JB C 1 A D 2152 A D 1 234 56 0 1 dollars and 1 234 dollars 9 d 2 cents and 56 cents 4 296 459 19 0 1 dollars and 4 296 459 9 d 2 cents dollars and 19 cents 3 5 6 4 00000 0 1 dollars and 3 5 6 4 dollars 9 d 2 cents eugopees cents Case Transformations Replace patterns can also change
27. Window Anatomy cece cece cece eee E eee reese e esses eerenecs 63 The Toolbar 63 The Split Bar 64 The Navigation Bar 65 The File List 68 The Status Bar 70 The Gutter and Folded Text Regions 71 THE View Meit srasosorereaia s ean oa EEEO Wide faha lar sie wos decane Maceo 73 Text Display 73 Cursor Movement and Text Selection 0 cece cece cece cece eee eeaee 76 Clicking and Dragging 76 Arrow Keys 11 CamelCase Navigation 77 Rectangular Selections 77 Working with Rectangular Selections 78 Scrolling the View 80 The Delete Key 81 The Numeric Keypad 81 Go To Line Command 82 Function Keys 82 Resolving URLs 82 Text OPtons ois sce geaisrs E ERENER E AERE 83 Editing Options 83 TEXt OPtlons vais Ea a EEE E EE RE AEA E EEA WANES E 83 Editing Options 83 Display Options 84 How TextWrangler Wraps Text cece cece cece cece c cece eeeeeeeeeees 86 Soft Wrapping 86 Hard Wrapping 87 The Insert SuUbMeNU 6 eee ccc eee tee e tenet tenet nsec renee 90 Inserting File Contents 90 Inserting File amp Folder Paths 90 Inserting a Folder Listing 90 Inserting a Page Break 91 Comparing Text Files 91 Comparing Text Files ccc cece cece E cece eee eect eee eeneeees 91 Compare Against Disk File 93 Multi File Compare Options 94 Using Markers ss resies aaE devia vig aa echa e ava 6 ste E
28. Ww This This text text goes goes on the on the left right This text doesn t anywhere Next you must paste in the text you just cut You can do this in either of two ways e Use the Paste Column command which will paste down from the current insertion point This allows you to directly insert text without needing to make a rectangular selection first e Make a rectangular selection as described below and then use the standard Paste command This procedure is less efficient for moving columnar data than using the Paste Column command but it allows you to select and replace a region of text as well as simply inserting text To manually make a rectangular selection prior to pasting text position the arrow pointer just to the left of the top right column press and hold the Option key press the mouse button and drag straight down until you have a very thin vertical selection just to the left of the whole column as shown below e90 Rectangular Selections txt 4 Last Saved 07 12 2011 12 33 48 s L rt ul kd File Path v Users Shared lar Selections txt Rectangular Selections txt we This This text text goes goes on the on the left fright This text doesn t go anywhere Cursor Movement and Text Selection 79 Now paste the text you previously cut back in and the task is finished Koki Rectangular Selections txt Q Last Saved 07 12 2011 12 33 48 hd L Ta kd File
29. bits of hieroglyphics only a programmer could love So a scriptable application also has a scripting dictionary The scripting dictionary tells any application that lets you write AppleScripts such as the standard Script Editor the English like equivalent for each Apple Event and each event s parameters Chapter 11 Scripting TextWrangler It is important to note that because Apple Events were originally designed to allow applications to communicate with each other AppleScripts automatically inherit the ability to talk to more than one application It is common in the publishing industry for instance to write scripts that obtain product information from a FileMaker Pro database and insert it into an InDesign file This integration is one of the Macintosh s primary strengths You use AppleScript s tell verb to indicate which application you are talking to If you are only sending one command you can write it on one line like this tell application TextWrangler to count text documents If you are sending several commands to the same application it is more convenient to write it this way tell application TextWrangler count text documents repeat with x from 1 to the result save text document x end repeat end tell The Script Editor automatically indents the lines inside the tell block for you so you can more easily follow the organization of the script Reading an AppleScript Dictionary To display an application s App
30. except that in addition to locating the paired delimiters TextWrangler will also generate a fold range including the delimiters and all the text they contain Fold Selection This command generates a fold range from the currently selected text You can use Unfold Selection below or double click the fold indicator to expand the fold When there is no active selection this command is disabled 74 Chapter 4 Editing Text with TextWrangler Unfold Selection This command will expand any text folds in the selection range When there is no active selection this command is disabled Collapse Enclosing Fold This command will collapse the auto generated fold that most closely surrounds the current insertion point or the start of the selection range Collapse All Folds This command will collapse all automatic fold points in the current document Expand All Folds This command will expand all text folds in the current document whether automatically generated or manually created Previous Document Next Document You may use these commands to switch between documents within the frontmost text window By default TextWrangler selects documents in most recently viewed order but you can choose to have it select documents in name order via an expert preference For details see the Expert Preferences page in TextWrangler s built in Help Move to New Window Choose this command to open the active document of the frontmost tex
31. key gt string gt lt string gt key gt End of line Ends Strings 1 lt key gt lt true gt key gt End of line Ends Strings 2 lt key gt lt true gt key gt Escape Char in Strings 1 lt key gt string gt lt string gt key gt Escape Char in Strings 2 lt key gt string gt lt string gt key gt Identifier and Keyword Characters lt key gt string gt lt string gt key gt Open Block Comments lt key gt string gt lt string gt key gt Open Line Comments lt key gt string gt lt string gt key gt Open Parameter Lists lt key gt string gt lt string gt key gt Open Statement Blocks lt key gt string gt lt string gt key gt Open Strings 1 lt key gt string gt lt string gt key gt Open Strings 2 lt key gt string gt lt string gt key gt Prefix for Functions lt key gt string gt lt string gt key gt Prefix for Procedures lt key gt string gt lt string gt key gt Terminator for Prototypes 1 lt key gt string gt lt string gt lt key gt Terminator for Prototypes 2 lt key gt lt string gt lt string gt lt dict gt lt dict gt lt plist gt NN NNNANAANKRAANKRANANKRANAKRAAKANKRANAKRANKAANNKRANKRAANNA Appendix C Codeless Language Modules Language Keys and Properties Key Value Type BBEditDocumentType String CodelessLanguageModule This key value pair must be present in the property list for the rest of the plist to be examined and loaded since the file containing the plist need no
32. sorting strings of digits by numerical value instead of lexically and sorting in descending rather than ascending order By checking the Sort Using Pattern option you can specify a grep pattern to further filter the lines to be sorted If the pattern contains subpatterns you can use them to control the sort order based on the contents of the strings they match When you sort using a grep pattern the Case Sensitive option controls the case sensitivity of the pattern match in the same manner as the equivalent option in the Find dialog Text Menu Commands 103 IMPORTANT IMPORTANT For example suppose you are sorting a list of cities together with their two letter state abbreviations separated by a tab character The pattern and subpatterns shown in the figure will sort the results first by city name and second by state abbreviation Changing the contents of the Specific Sub Patterns field from 1 2 to 2 1 will instead sort the results by state first and by city second When you use a grep pattern with this command matches are not automatically anchored to line boundaries so ambiguous patterns may produce unpredictable results To avoid this problem you should use the line start and line end operators as necessary Also keep mind that the pattern will only be tested against a single line at a time So if the pattern matches one or more sets of multiple lines within in the document but does not match any individual lines
33. the yes pattern portion attempts to match Otherwise the no pattern portion does if there is a no pattern If the condition text between the parentheses is an integer it corresponds to the backreferenced subpattern with the same number Do not precede the number with a backslash If the corresponding backreference has previously matched in the pattern the condition is satisfied Here s an example of how this can be used Let s say we want to match the words red or blue and refer to whichever word is matched in the replacement pattern That s easy red blue Advanced Grep Topics 161 162 To make it harder let s say that if and only if we match blue we want to optionally match a space and the word car if they follow directly afterward In other words we want to match red blue or if possible blue car but we do not want to match red car We cannot use the pattern red blue car because that will match red car Nor can we use red blue car blue because in our replacement pattern we want the backreference to only contain red or blue without the car Using a conditional subpattern however we can search for 2 8 p gt gt blue l red 2 car Here s how this pattern works First we start with blue red When this subpattern matches blue 1 and 2 are set to blue and 3
34. the left control the way TextWrangler behaves while you type and the Display options on the right control the appearance of the TextWrangler window Editing Options Display _ Use typographer s quotes _ Line numbers _ Auto expand tabs M Gutter _ Soft wrap text M Tool bar to page guide M Navigation bar window widtt M Page guide to character width 80 C Tab stops Language mono FA O sao invisibles ow spaces Cancel a You can also change many of these options using the commands in the Text Display submenu of the View menu Changes you make in the Text Options sheet affect only the active document or window To set options which will apply to all text windows you open use the Editor Defaults and Appearance preference panels Editing Options These options control the way TextWrangler behaves as you type text in the active document window Changes you make here affect only that document To change the default editing options for documents that you will open in the future use the Editor Defaults preference panel Use typographer s quotes When this option is on TextWrangler will automatically replaces straight quotes with typographer s quotes in the current document If you need to type a straight quote when this option is selected or to type a typographer s quote when the option is not selected hold down the Control key as you type the or key We recommend against using
35. with BOM UTF 8 with a byte order mark BOM e UTF 16 Little Endian e UTF 16 Little Endian no BOM e UTF 16 UTF 16 no BOM The naming convention TextWrangler follows for UTF 8 documents has changed from that used by versions before 3 5 the encoding name Unicode UTF 8 now refers to files without a byte order mark BOM while the specific name Unicode UTF 8 with BOM refers to files which have a BOM Here are details about what each of the above options means e UTF 8 UTF 8 encoding is a more compact variant of Unicode that uses 8 bit tokens where possible to encode frequently used sequences from the file This format makes it easier to view and edit content in non Unicode aware editors e UTF 16 UTF 16 encoding always uses 16 bit tokens e BOM When saving Unicode files you may include a byte order mark BOM so that the reading application knows what byte order the file s data is in However since many applications do not correctly handle files which contain BOMs you may wish to use an encoding variant without a BOM for maximum compatibility For purposes of recognition when you use this option the UTF 16 BOM is FEFF and the UTF 8 BOM is EFBBBF e Little Endian Since UTF 16 uses two bytes to represent each character this leaves the question of which of the two bytes comes first whether it is little endian or big endian By default TextWrangler writes UTF 16 big endian the standard
36. you can now attach scripts to certain application and document events To access these events your attachment scripts must contain function names which correspond to the names of the events attachment points Except when otherwise noted all of the following considerations apply e Every function takes a single argument which is a reference to the object in question the application for application entry points or the document being opened closed saved etc for document entry points e Any function associated with an attachment point whose name contains should must return a Boolean result true or false If it returns true the operation will continue If it returns false or throws an error see below then the operation will be cancelled So for example applicationShouldQuit returning true will allow the application to quit returning false will not e If an attachment script causes a scripting error and does not handle it within the script itself TextWrangler will report the error In the case of functions which are used to allow a should action this will prevent the action from occurring Here are the available attachment points Using AppleScripts in TextWrangler 207 Application attachment points e applicationDidFinishLaunching called when the application has completed startup e applicationShouldQuit called when you choose the Quit or the application receives a qu
37. 0 iscellanenus gt tool window E document BBEdit Suite gt H window jp E bounds EB Text Suite P B closeable P Compare Options Compare Results FA FTP Info Unix Scripting B collapsed Y B index EIS item n an OSA object PROPERTIES properties record all of this object s properties ID integer r o object s unique id container specifier r o object s container if any You will see three properties properties ID and container The first entry properties is a record containing all the object s properties In other words because a window is an item it has in addition to all its listed properties another property which returns all the other properties as a record a single piece of data that can be stored in a variable Every class in TextWrangler is part of a hierarchy with the item class at the top so every object in TextWrangler inherits the properties property This catch all property can be handy for making exact duplicates of objects among other uses You may realize that TextWrangler has several kinds of windows you can see their classes listed in the dictionary clipboard window differences window disk browser window text window tool window and the like Let s look at text window S TextWrangler sdef Q7 Terminology gt a text document gt ME active document H display font display font size gt ME display font style Unix Scripting Compare Options gt
38. 0 0 9 Open lt i gt j f m Gj Documents 4 Q Name Date Modified FAVORITES yy Applications 8 servadmin E Desktop MEN Documents Downloads Library H Movies J Music Pictures E Shared Desktop m jut Stac 11 5 foo text 11 58 AM Enable All TextWrangler Documents _ Show hidden items M Translate line breaks Read as auto detect Open in default Cancel Open 2 Select the file you want to open You can select or deselect multiple files by holding down the Command key or the Shift key as you click the files 3 Change any desired options see below 4 Click Open to open the file You can use the options described below when you open a file Enable Menu This popup menu lets you choose what kinds of files can be selected in the Open dialog If you know a file contains text but it does not appear in the Open dialog this means the file does not have a recognized filename extension or any other property which would allow TextWrangler or the system to recognize that it contains text This is sometimes the case with files received from other computers or downloaded from the Internet Choose Everything to view all available files without restriction Opening Existing Documents 41 42 TextWrangler will first check the file s suffix against its own language mappings as shown in the Languages preference panel and if the suffix matches up with
39. 162 pattern modifiers 158 positional assertions 159 POSIX character classes 155 quantifiers 143 ranges 140 rearranging name lists 153 recursive patterns 164 repetition 143 replacement patterns 148 replacing with subpatterns 149 setting markers with 96 subpatterns 144 148 wildcards 138 Grep Patterns xml 28 gutter 71 gzip compressed files 43 H Hard Wrap command 86 88 hard wrapping 86 87 101 headers 57 hex escapes 119 141 hexadecimal 107 hidden files on FTP servers 51 Highlight Insertion Point 187 highlighting of text 60 hollow diamond 64 Home key 82 human interface 19 I incremental search see Live Search 128 indenting 101 input Unix filter 229 inserting files 90 inserting folder listings 90 inserting page breaks 90 inserting text 90 insertion point 60 Install Command Line Tools 54 222 installing TextWrangler 23 international text 37 40 48 99 invisible characters 84 invisible files 43 on FTP servers 51 J Jump Back 132 Jump Forward 132 K Key Equivalent 244 keyboard shortcuts 238 249 in dialogs 20 L language source code 84 launching TextWrangler 34 line breaks 37 101 line breaks default 37 line ending format 37 line endings 37 line number specification 44 line numbers show on printout 56 list display font 178 Little Endian 48 Live Search 128 longest match issue 146 lower case 101 M Mac line breaks see Classic Mac 37 Macintosh Drag and Drop 62 see also drag and d
40. List pane contains Disk browser Files and folders that TextWrangler can open Search results File and line number of each match Error results or File line number and status message for each general results condition You can open both files and folders from the list pane When you double click a folder name TextWrangler replaces the file list pane with the contents of the folder When you double click a file name TextWrangler opens the file in an editing window If the file list pane also included a line number TextWrangler scrolls to that line 167 168 Controls above the list may allow you to determine what kinds of items are displayed in the list For example in disk browsers there is a popup menu that lets you choose to display text files all files or other types of files and another that lets you return the browser to a parent directory of the current folder In error browsers checkboxes allow you to hide or show all errors warnings or notes For results browsers TextWrangler shows a hierarchical listing where all the results associated with a particular file are grouped under that file using disclosure triangles similar to those in the Finder s list views to reveal or hide the results list To remove items from the display list select them and press the Delete key or choose Clear from the Edit menu In results browsers you may Control click on items in the list to bring up the contextual menu with relevan
41. Path v Users Shared lar Selections txt e Rectangular Selections txt Ww w This This This text text text goes goes goes on the in the on the left middle right This text doesn t go anywhere Filling Down When you apply the Paste Column command and the pasted text contains no line break or only a single line break at the end TextWrangler will perform a fill down placing a copy of the pasted text on each line within the selected column Further Details Some word processors also provide support for rectangular selections which works a little differently than TextWrangler s so you may wish to keep this difference in mind Typically when you copy a rectangular selection of text to the clipboard in these programs they handle that piece of text differently than text copied from a line by line selection Then when you paste the text will be entered in a block even when you have not made a rectangular selection to paste into TextWrangler does not do this Instead when you copy a rectangular selection to the clipboard TextWrangler turns the selection into a series of individual lines which is why you must make a rectangular selection before pasting so TextWrangler will know it should paste the text in block fashion Though this method does require an extra step it is more flexible because you can select a set of lines and then paste it as a block or vice versa Scrolling the View When holding down the
42. See the next section for information on File by File searching You can use a search results window as the basis of another multi file search See Specifying the Search Set below Specifying the Search Set To specify which files and folders TextWrangler should examine when performing a multi file search just select items from the Search In list of the Multi File Search window 600 Multi File Search Find dolor Find all 8 7 Replace All Replace Matching Case sensitive Entire word Grep Search in My Files amp Folders Other Saved Search Sets Recent Folders Options v M Open Text Documents Save Set M lorem ipsum txt Users Shared doc samples M lines of text txt Users Shared doc samples v Results Browsers Search Results dolor Filter none 2 Open Text Documents You can choose multiple sources for a multi file search and you can mix different types of sources Available sources include e specified individual files e the files in any selected or recently searched folder 122 Chapter 7 Searching Note open text documents e the files listed in any search results browser or compile errors browser e the files and folders contained within any Zip archives e any Smart Folders which you have saved in the Finder TextWrangler will automatically list any such items present in the Saved Searches folder for your login account To add a file folder or other suitable it
43. TextWrangler Backups in your Documents folder Documents and TextWrangler will follow the alias Preserve file name extension By default the backup files which TextWrangler creates are named in accordance with current system conventions which themselves follow the old Emacs convention the backup file takes the name of the original with a tilde appended for example foo html is the backup of foo html Text Files Preferences 189 190 If you want backup files to have the same filename extension as the originals turn on this option to have TextWrangler place the tilde after the base name of the file for example foo html Controlling Backups with Emacs Variables You may also use an Emacs variable to control whether or not a given file is backed up There are two ways to do this Absolute If the variable line block contains a make backup files variable that variable s value will override the global Make Backup Before Saving preference make backup files 1 gt always back up this file make backup files 0 gt never back up this file 66 99 66 If the first letter of the variable s value is y t or 1 the value is yes otherwise it s no These are all synonymous make backup files yes make backup files y make backup files true make backup files t make backup files 1 Inhibit If the variable s line block contain
44. The Scripts Palette 205 Organizing Scripts 205 Attaching Scripts to Menu Items 206 Attaching Scripts to Events 207 Filtering Text with AppleScripts 211 TextWrangler s Scripting Model 0000 c eee ee eee ee 212 Script Compatibility 212 Getting and Setting Properties 214 Performing Actions 215 Arranging Documents and Windows 218 Common AppleScript Pitfalls 220 14 Table of Contents Chapter 12 Chapter 13 Appendix A Appendix B Unix Scripting and the Command Line 221 Configuring TextWrangler 0 2 0 0 00 c cect eee 221 Syntax Coloring 221 Switching Between Counterpart Files 222 TextWrangler and the Unix Command Line 222 Installing the Command Line Tools 222 The edit Command Line Tool 222 The twdiff Command Line Tool 223 The twfind Command Line Tool 223 Unix Scripting Perl Python Ruby Shells and more 225 Using Unix Scripts 225 Language Resources 225 Setting Environment Variables for GUI Apps 226 Line Endings Permissions and Unix Scripts 226 Configuring Perl 227 Configuring Python 227 Configuring Ruby 227 Shebang Menu 227 Filters and Scripts 229 Filters 229 Scripts 230 Additional Notes 230 Language Modules 233 Language Modules 0 cece eee ete eee nes 233 Installing Language Modules 233 Overriding Existing Modules
45. Use grep m Copy to new document Patterns B __ Delete matched lines m Report results To specify a search pattern enter it in the Find Lines Containing field If you do not want TextWrangler to match text when the letters in the text differ from the letters in the search string only by case upper case versus lower case select Case Sensitive To search using a grep pattern select Use Grep and enter the pattern in the text field You can also select a predefined search pattern from the Patterns popup menu If the selection ends in a trailing carriage return the carriage return will be omitted from the search string copied into the text field The checkboxes on the right of the sheet control the way lines containing the specified search pattern will be processed By selecting the appropriate combinations of these options you can achieve the effect of applying various editing commands to each line Setting both Copy to Clipboard and Delete Matched Lines on is equivalent to applying the Cut command e Setting Copy to Clipboard on and Delete Matched Lines off is equivalent to applying the Copy command e Setting Copy to Clipboard off and Delete Matched Lines on is equivalent to applying the Clear command Text Menu Commands 105 106 Note The Copy to New Document option opens a new untitled document containing copies of all lines matching the search pattern whether or not they are deleted from the original window By usin
46. Z Cmd Shift Z Cmd Ctl Z Cmd X Cmd Shift x Cmd C Cmd Shift C Cmd V Cmd Shift V Cmd Ctl V Cmd A Cmd Shift A Cmd L Cmd Opt L F5 see next page submenu Ctl Ctl Cmd Opt Cmd Ctl Cmd Shift 239 240 File gt New Text Document with selection with Clipboard Text Window Disk Browser FTP SFTP Browser Edit gt Insert File Contents File Folder Paths Folder Listing Page Break Short Time Stamp Full Time Stamp Emacs Variable Block Edit gt Copy Path Copy Path Copy Full Path Copy URL Copy Name Appendix A Command Reference Text Apply Text Filter Apply Text Filter last filter Exchange Characters Exchange Words Change Case Change Case Shift Left Shift Left One Space Shift Right Shift Right One Space Un Comment Selection Hard Wrap Hard Wrap Add Line Breaks Remove Line Breaks Convert to ASCII Educate Quotes Straighten Quotes Add Remove Line Numbers Add Remove Line Numbers Prefix Suffix Lines Prefix Suffix Lines Sort Lines Sort Lines Process Duplicate Lines Process Duplicate Lines Process Lines Containing Process Lines Containing Rewrap Quoted Text Rewrap Quoted Text Increase Quote Level Decrease Quote Level Strip Quotes Zap Gremlins Zap Gremlins Entab Entab Detab Detab Normalize Line Endings submenu Opt submenu Cmd Cmd Shift Cmd Cmd Shift Cmd Cm
47. a display font property even though the generic window class does not have any such property All the properties of the object are available even if you did not use its specific class name However in most cases you should specify exactly the object you want this distinction is especially important when dealing with text documents content versus text windows display elements You can set the properties using the set event like so tell application TextWrangler to set display font of text window 1 to Lucida Grande Let s go back to the window class for a moment Most of the properties of this class are marked with the abbreviation r o That stands for Read Only In other words you can only get these properties not set them Recordable Applications Once an application accepts Apple Events it actually makes a good deal of sense for an application to be designed in two parts the user interface that you see and the engine that does all the work An application designed this way is sometimes said to be factored The user interface then communicates with the engine via Apple Events The design of the Apple Event system makes it possible to record events into a script This feature not only lets you automate frequently performed tasks with little hassle it also can be an enormous aid in writing larger and more complicated scripts because the application tells you what events and objects to use for the kind of task
48. a folder s icon from the Finder into a document to insert a folder listing 90 Chapter 4 Editing Text with TextWrangler Inserting a Page Break To insert a page break choose the Page Break command from the Insert submenu of the Edit menu This will place a form feed character ASCII 12 at the location of the insertion point TextWrangler uses this character to indicate the start of a new page when printing Inserting Time Stamps To insert the current time choose Short Time Stamp or Full Time Stamp from the Insert submenu of the Edit menu These commands will insert short and long forms respectively of the current date and time at the location of the insertion point Inserting an Emacs Variable Block To insert an Emacs variable block describing the option settings for the current document choose Emacs Variable Block from the Insert submenu of the Edit menu This will bring up a sheet which you can use to review and confirm the desired options Since depending on what options are set the resulting block can be rather verbose you may wish to prune the resulting text These options specified in this block will take precedence over saved document state when TextWrangler opens the document Inserting these explicit settings can be useful when sharing the document with others Comparing Text Files If you have ever had to reconcile changes between two different versions of a file or even larger numbers of documents you know
49. an integer p MIN match at least MIN p s where MIN is an integer p MIN MAX match at least MIN p s but no more than MAX Note that the repetition characters and match zero or more occurrences of the pattern That means that they will always succeed because there will always be at least zero occurrences of any pattern but that they will not necessarily select any text if no occurrences of the preceding pattern are present For this reason when you are trying to match more than one occurrence it is usually better to use a than a because requires a match whereas can match the empty string Only use when you are sure that you really mean zero or more times not just more than once Try the following examples to see how their behavior matches what you expect Pattern Text Matches Fourscore and seven Fourscore and seven years years 0 9 I ve been a loyal member 1983 since 1983 or so d I ve got 12 years on him 12 A BAAAAAAAB AAAAAAA A 3 BAAAAB AAA first three A s a 3 BAAAAB AAAA A 1 3 BAAAAB AAA on the first match the remaining A on the second match c andy andy likes candy andy on the first match candy on the second Writing Search Patterns 143 144 Pattern Text Matches A Ted joined AAA yesterday AAA on the first match a from yesterday on the second Combining Patterns to Make Complex Pattern
50. and 07 will match the ASCII BEL x07 but 08 will match an ASCII null followed by the digit 8 because octal characters only range from 0 7 1 9 A backslash followed by a single decimal digit from 1 to 9 is always a backreference to the Nth captured subpattern 10 99 A backslash followed by two decimal digits which taken together form the integer N ranging from 10 to 99 isa backreference to the Nth captured subpattern if there exist N capturing sets of parentheses in the pattern If there are fewer than N captured subpatterns the grep engine will instead look for up to three octal digits following the backslash Any subsequent digits stand for themselves So in a search pattern 11 is a backreference if there are 11 or more sets of capturing parentheses in the pattern If not it matches a tab 011 always matches a tab 81 is a backreference if there are 81 or more captured subpatterns but matches an ASCII null followed by the two characters 8 and 1 otherwise Chapter 8 Searching with Grep In Character Classes Modifier Effect OCTAL Inside a character class a backslash followed by up to three octal digits generates a single byte character reference from the least significant eight bits of the value Thus the character class 7 will match a single byte with octal value 7 equivalent to x07 8 will match a literal 8 character
51. and Copy amp Append Multiple Clipboards TextWrangler supports six separate clipboards Each time you use the Cut or Copy command TextWrangler automatically switches to the next clipboard wrapping back around to the first clipboard after the sixth This way the last six things you copied or cut are always available for pasting sort of a clipboard history By default the Paste command pastes text from the most recently used clipboard so if you do nothing special TextWrangler works just like any other Macintosh program However by using the Previous Clipboard command in the Edit menu you can access the previous clipboard contents Next Clipboard moves forward through the clipboard history There are also buttons in the Clipboard window below that let you move back and forth through the clipboards e800 Clipboard L e foe fo 1 6 27 characters 2 lines This is the selected text OG gt Once you have selected a clipboard using one of these methods the next Cut Copy or Paste command will use the clipboard you chose Subsequent Cut or Copy commands will advance to the next clipboard Paste never advances automatically Holding down the Shift key changes the Paste command to Paste Previous Clipboard or you can use the key equivalent Command Shift V This command replaces the pasted text with the contents of the previous clipboard The previous clipboard becomes current and will be used for any further
52. and off allow inline comments in grep patterns i By default TextWrangler obeys the Case Sensitive checkbox in the Find window or the corresponding property of the search options when using the scripting interface The i option overrides this setting m By default TextWrangler s grep engine will match the and metacharacters after and before returns respectively If you turn this option off with m will only match at the beginning of the document and will only match at the end of the document If that is what you want however you should consider using the new A Z and z metacharacters instead of and s pBy default the magic dot metacharacter matches any character except return r If you turn this option on with s however dot will match any character Thus the pattern s will match an entire document x pWhen turned on this option changes the meaning of most whitespace characters notably tabs and spaces and Literal whitespace characters are ignored and the character starts a comment that extends until a literal return or the r escape sequence is encountered Ostensibly this option intends to let you write more readable patterns Perl programmers should already be familiar with these options as they correspond directly to the imsx options for Perl s m and s operators Unadorned these options turn their corresponding behavior on when p
53. any language even if that language is None TextWrangler will assume that file to be a text file Thus you can use TextWrangler s suffix mappings to make it to treat any file as text which the system does not recognize If TextWrangler cannot match a file s suffix or its name to a known language TextWrangler will next check to see if the system recognizes that file s content type Show Hidden Items When this option is selected the Open dialog will display invisible files and folders The setting you choose will persist until you change it Translate Line Breaks When this option is selected TextWrangler translates Windows or Unix line breaks when opening a file Otherwise TextWrangler leaves the original line breaks untranslated Unlike the other options in the Open dialog the setting of this option is not preserved between uses of the Open command since in general you will only need to use this operation temporarily e g to read in a particular file Read As When opening a file you can tell TextWrangler what encoding to use by choosing it from this pop up menu Usually TextWrangler will correctly auto detect the encoding but if it does not you can try applying the Reopen Encoding command with an appropriate encoding Chapter 5 includes more information on encodings Open In When opening one or more files you can use the options on this pop up menu to override your default document opening preferences These opti
54. apply to both BBEdit and TextWrangler Creating a Module 255 256 CodelessLanguageModuleTemplate plist lt xml version 1 0 encoding UTF 8 gt lt DOCTYPE plist PUBLIC Apple Computer DTD PLIST 1 0 EN http www apple com DTDs PropertyList 1 0 dtd gt lt plist version 1 0 gt lt dict gt lt key gt BBEditDocumentType lt key gt lt string gt CodelessLanguageModule lt string gt lt key gt BBLMColorsSyntax lt key gt lt true gt lt key gt BBLMIsCaseSensitive lt key gt lt true gt lt key gt BBLMKeywordList lt key gt lt array gt lt string gt lt string gt array gt key gt BBLMLanguageCode lt key gt string gt lt string gt key gt BBLMLanguageDisplayName lt key gt string gt lt string gt key gt BBLMScansFunctions lt key gt lt true gt key gt BBLMSupportsTextCompletion lt key gt lt true gt key gt BBLMSuf fixMap lt key gt lt array gt lt dict gt lt key gt BBLMLanguageSuf fix lt key gt lt string gt lt string gt lt dict gt NAN NNANNAA lt array gt lt key gt BBLMCanSpel1lCheckCodeRuns lt key gt lt true gt lt key gt Language Features lt key gt lt dict gt key gt Close Block Comments lt key gt string gt lt string gt key gt Close Parameter Lists lt key gt string gt lt string gt key gt Close Statement Blocks lt key gt string gt lt string gt key gt Close Strings 1 lt key gt string gt lt string gt key gt Close Strings 2 lt
55. are digits and then the second assertion checks that the preceding three characters are not 999 Assertions can be nested in any combination For example lt lt f 00 bar baz matches an occurrence of baz that is preceded by bar which in turn is not preceded by foo while lt d 3 999 foo is another pattern which matches foo preceded by three digits and any three characters that are not 999 Assertion subpatterns are not capturing subpatterns and may not be repeated because it makes no sense to assert the same thing several times If any kind of assertion contains capturing subpatterns within it these are counted for the purposes of numbering the capturing subpatterns in the whole pattern However substring capturing is carried out only for positive assertions because it does not make sense for negative assertions Conditional Subpatterns Conditional subpatterns allow you to apply if then or if then else logic to pattern matching The if portion can either be an integer between 1 and 99 or an assertion The forms of syntax for an ordinary conditional subpattern are if then condition yes pattern if then else condition yes pattern no pattern and for a named conditional subpattern are if then P lt NAME gt condition yes pattern if then else P lt NAME gt condition yes pattern no pattern If the condition evaluates as true
56. as you click or double click triggers special actions Command Option Command Option Click none Open URL none Double none none find next click instance of the selected text 249 Arrow and Delete Keys You can use the arrow keys to move the insertion point right left up and down You can augment these with the Command and Option keys to move by word line or screens or with the Shift key to create or extend selections For example pressing Shift Option Right Arrow selects the word to the right of the insertion point You can hold down the Control key while using the arrow keys to scroll through editing windows without moving the position of the insertion point Key Modifier Action left right Arrow Move 1 character left right left right Arrow Option Move 1 word left right left right Arrow Command Move to beginning end of line left right Arrow Control Jump to the previous next character transition from lower case to upper case OR the next word boundary up down Arrow Move up down 1 line in file up down Arrow Command Move to top bottom of file up down Arrow Option Move to previous next screen page up down Arrow Control Scroll view up down any of the Shift Make or extend a selection range above Delete Deletes selection range or character preceding to the left of the insertion point Delete Command Deletes all characters backward
57. cece cece cece cece eee eee renni 18 Editing Source Code 18 Editing Text Files 18 Human Interface Notes cece cece cece eee cence cent ener eeees 19 Dynamic Menus 19 Bypassing Options Dialogs 20 Keyboard Shortcuts for Commands 20 Contextual Menus 20 Snappy Palettes 20 Dialog Box and Sheet Key Equivalents 20 Feature Highlights acca sieie 3 vie ese ioe ro 6 eani d ive seliera eie olay E sieleb a eres 21 Info on New Features 21 Discussion Group eceeeccceec cece eee e reece eee eee E ee teeeeeeeees 22 SUPPOLtSCVACESs 6 018 6 aes wists Gioia lose Wb Sa Wubi EEEE Beebe Sees MAES Oa a s 22 Getting Started Thank you for selecting TextWrangler a high performance text editor for the Macintosh If you are new to TextWrangler we recommend that you read at least Chapters 1 through 4 of this manual to familiarize yourself with the installation and basic operation of TextWrangler You may also wish to read or preview any other chapters that cover features you frequently use After you have installed TextWrangler the best way to learn it is to use it Complete online assistance is available from the Help menu If you have used earlier versions of TextWrangler we recommend that you read at least Chapter 1 for an overview of significant changes in this version and Chapter 2 for information relevant to installation and upgrading 17 What Is TextWrangler TextWrangler is a high performa
58. computer source code or object names in HTML source documents To match an arbitrary identifier in most programming languages you might use this search pattern a z a zA Z0 9 This pattern matches any sequence that begins with a lowercase letter and is followed by zero or more alphanumeric characters If other characters are allowed in the identifier add them to the pattern This pattern allows underscores in only the first character of the identifier a z_ a zA Z0 9 The following pattern allows underscores anywhere but the first character but allows identifiers to begin with an uppercase or lowercase letter a zA Z a zA Z0 9 Matching White Space Often you will want to match two sequences of data that are separated by tabs or spaces whether to simply identify them or to rearrange them For example suppose you have a list of formatted label data pairs like this User name Bernard Rubble Occupation Actor Spouse Betty You can see that there are tabs or spaces between the labels on the left and the data on the right but you have no way of knowing how many spaces or tabs there will be on any given line Here is a character class that means match one or more white space characters t So if you wanted to transform the list above to look like this User name Bernard Rubble Occupation Actor Spouse Betty Examples 151 152 You would use this search pattern fa z t a z
59. e Editor In this section you can view or change the default display and editing options used for documents in the selected language These options parallel the options provided by the Text Options command Languages Preferences 183 184 Note e Display In this section you can view or change the default items which appear on the navigation bar and status bar for documents in the selected language You can also choose any available color scheme to use for syntax coloring of documents in the selected language To remove an existing language preference select the desired entry in the list of Custom Language Preferences and click the minus button below the list Once you have removed the entry TextWrangler will again apply its active global preferences settings to all documents with that language Custom Extension Mappings TextWrangler includes a set of default file extension mappings which cover the most common usages for each supported language while each language module ordinarily contains extension mappings for the language it supports You may add or remove additional extension mapping via the Custom Extension Mappings list To add a mapping click the plus button below the list click in the Suffix column and type the desired filename extension then select the associated language via the adjacent popup You can also edit existing mappings in the same manner You can use wildcards in the suffix to indicate single c
60. every listed test to be selected or inclusive that is whether a file that meets any of the tests is selected using the Every AND and Any OR radio buttons at the top of the dialog To add a test click the Add button and a new row will appear in the dialog Within each row criterion the left hand popup lets you specify which attribute of a file you wish to test TextWrangler lets you test a file s name the name of its enclosing folder its creator or type its creation and modification date or both date and time or its Finder label visibility or the programming or markup language it is written in You can also test the content of a file using the Contents criterion The center popup lets you choose the test to be applied to the selected attribute The available options here change depending on what attribute you selected If you choose Visibility in the first column for instance your only choices are whether the file is or is not visible However if you choose File Name in the first column the middle column lets you test to see if the name does or does not exactly match contain begin with or end with a particular string You can also test file names to see if they match wildcard or Grep patterns In wildcard patterns the asterisk and question mark characters have special meanings The asterisk matches any number of characters such that c matches any file whose name ends with c The questi
61. explains how to create search patterns using TextWrangler s grep syntax For readers with prior experience this is essentially like the syntax used for regular expressions in the Perl programming language However you do not need to understand anything about Perl in order to make use of TextWrangler s grep searching Most Characters Match Themselves Most characters that you type into the Find window match themselves For instance if you are looking for the letter t Grep stops and reports a match when it encounters a t in the text This idea is so obvious that it seems not worth mentioning but the important thing to remember is that these characters are search patterns Very simple patterns to be sure but patterns nonetheless Escaping Special Characters In addition to the simple character matching discussed above there are various special characters that have different meanings when used in a grep pattern than in a normal search The use of these characters is covered in the following sections Chapter 8 Searching with Grep However sometimes you will need to include an exact or literal instance of these characters in your grep pattern In this case you must use the backslash character before that special character to have it be treated literally this is known as escaping the special character To search for a backslash character itself double it so that its first appearance will escape the second
62. file you are trying to open is in Unicode but it displays as gibberish on your screen close its window without saving Then try reopening the file using the Open As pop up menu in the Open dialog to specify whether to treat the file as Unicode byte swapped little endian Unicode or UTF 8 If you attempt to open a document which cannot be represented by either its declared encoding or any recognizable encoding TextWrangler will present an alert to warn you Also if TextWrangler encounters such a file during a multi file search it will log a warning Accessing FTP SFTP Servers TextWrangler can open files directly from and save them to any available FTP server It can also open and save files directly via SFTP SSH File Transfer Protocol In order to access a server via SFTP that server must be running a compatible version of sshd A great many machines including Mac OS X systems for which Remote Login is turned on in the Sharing panel of System Preferences satisfy these criteria Aside from choosing the SFTP checkbox in the Open from Save to dialogs or the FTP SFTP Browser opening and saving files via SFTP works just like it does when using ordinary FTP A file opened via SFTP will appear in the Open Recent submenu with an sftp URL and you can send a get URL event to TextWrangler with an sftp URL as well Opening Files from FTP SFTP Servers To directly open files from an FTP or SFTP server choo
63. folder TextWrangler will ask the Finder to open them If you wish you may place the actual Startup Items folder in any convenient location create an alias to it and place the resulting alias in TextWrangler s application support folder Be sure to name the alias Startup Items so that TextWrangler can locate it Chapter 3 Working with Files Creating and Saving Documents To create a new text document or special purpose window within TextWrangler pull down the File menu and open the New submenu Since TextWrangler uses different kinds of documents for specific purposes you will see several options as follows Edit Text View Search Window Help New New with Stationery a Text Document dN gt Open 320 with Clipboard Open from FTP SFTP Server 0 Text Window 38N Open File by Name D Disk Browser XN fe Ri t Lie eee FTP SFTP Browser Reopen Using Encoding gt Hex Dump File The available commands and their effects are as follows Text Document Opens an empty text document e with selection Opens a new text document containing any text selected in the active document and having the same display font saving you the trouble of copying and pasting it e with Clipboard Opens a new text document and automatically pastes the contents of the current clipboard into it e Text Window Opens a new text window see Text Windows later in this chapter for more information e Di
64. format If TextWrangler encounters such a module it will not load that module and will log a message to the system console Contact the developers of such a module or visit the Bare Bones Software web site see above for more information on the availability of updated modules 234 Chapter 13 Language Modules IMPORTANT Plug In Obsolescence TextWrangler 4 0 no longer supports BBXT based code plug ins and will not load any such items present in the Plug Ins application support folder If you used any third party commercial plug in please contact its developer for information on alternative solutions Plug In Obsolescence 235 236 Chapter 13 Language Modules APPENDIX Command Reference This appendix provides a quick reference for key assignments and a comprehensive list of the commands that are available from TextWrangler s user interface In this appendix Keyboard Shortcuts for Commands ce ecc cece ccc eee ce eeeeeeeeee 237 Assigning Keys to Menu Commands ccceeecceeeccceeecceeececs 238 Available Key Combinations 238 Listing by Menu and Command Name ccceeeccceee cc eeeeeeeees 239 Listing by Default Key Equivalent 0 cece cee cee cece eee ee eee 244 Keyboard Shortcuts for Commands Many of TextWrangler s commands have pre defined keyboard shortcuts TextWrangler also lets you reassign the shortcuts for any menu command script or text filter to suit your o
65. how laborious this task can be TextWrangler s Find Differences command is a powerful tool for doing such comparisons faster and more effectively Using Find Differences you can compare any two files or the contents of two folders You can also specify options to eliminate minor variations in document content such as different amounts of white space from being considered If you have two or more text documents open choose the Compare Two Front Documents command on the Search menu to quickly compare the topmost two documents TextWrangler will automatically determine which document is newer and which older based on their modification dates Comparing Text Files 91 To compare two arbitrary files or folders 1 Choose the Find Differences command from the Search menu TextWrangler opens the Find Differences dialog box Find Differences Compare Files Folders A i Wew Users Shared doc samples index copy htm Other 38N Users Shared doc samples index html Old Other 380 M Case sensitive List identical files Ignore curly quotes Flatten hierarchies Ignore spaces V Skip folders Leading v Only compare text files Trailing Use file filter Runs none 2 Click the Compare Files radio button 3 Use the New and Old popup menus to select the documents you want to compare If the files you want to compare are already open they will appear in the popup menus otherwise you can select them by c
66. icon will be white when TextWrangler s displaying statistics for the whole document and green when it s displaying statistics for the current selection Key Equivalents for Status Bar Items You can assign key equivalents to the items on the status bar from the Status Bar entry in the Menus amp Shortcuts preference panel For example you can assign a key equivalent to the Line Breaks popup then press that key combination and use the arrow keys to select the desired line break option directly from the keyboard The Gutter and Folded Text Regions The gutter is the vertical bar directly to the left of the text area and immediately to the right of the line number display bar not shown which contains indicators for folded and foldable regions automatically generated folds ADO index html ea i hs Ta Last Saved 07 12 2011 11 30 35 E index htm x hS q File Path v Users Shared doc examples index html L index html no symbol selected Ww e HDOCTYPE html PUBLIC W3C DTD XHTML 1 0 Transitional EN nttp www w3 org TR xhtml1 DTD xhtml1 transitional dtd gt amp 1 tml xmlns http www w3 0rg 1999 xhtml xml lang en Lang en us gt ead gt lt meta http equiv content type content text html charset utf 8 gt lt title gt Bare Bones Software Welcome lt title gt lt meta name author content gt lt Blueprint CSS Framework gt lt link rel styl
67. insert the contents of other files folder listings Macintosh Toolbox templates and page break characters Inserting File Contents The File Contents command inserts the contents of one or more files into the document you are editing When you use this command TextWrangler displays an Open sheet in which you can choose the files to insert To select more than one file hold down the Shift key or Control key as you click the files TextWrangler then inserts the contents of the selected files at the insertion point or replaces the selected text If you select more than one file the files will be inserted in alphabetical order according to file name Tip You can also drag a file s icon from the Finder into a TextWrangler editing window to insert the contents of that file Inserting File amp Folder Paths The File Folder Paths command inserts the full path information for the selected files and folder into the document you are editing When you use these commands TextWrangler displays a sheet that lets you select the files and or folders TextWrangler inserts the path information at the insertion point or replaces the selected text Inserting a Folder Listing The Folder Listing command inserts a textual listing of a folder hierarchy When you use this command TextWrangler displays a sheet that lets you select a folder to insert and inserts that folder s listingat the insertion point or replaces the selected text Tip You can also drag
68. into the field As you type TextWrangler will search for instances of the current term and display all the panels which contain it You can then select any of the listed panels to view and change the options within it For example here is the Preferences window with an active search for the term gutter Preferences a ae g2 perem Toolbar M Text options Printing M Document proxy icon d um Navigation Bar M Document navigation M Function menu M Marker menu Sort items by name M Counterpart button M Show comment callouts M Included files menu Show function prototypes Editing Window Tab stops M Page guide at 90 characters M Line numbers 3 Guide contrast gt M Gutter Text Status Bar M Cursor position M Line break type M Language M Document statistics M Text encoding List display font Lucida Grande 11 Select Restore Defaults Q gutter Restore Defaults Each of TextWrangler s preference panels contains this button which you can click to reset all preference options within the current panel to their factory default settings Appearance Preferences The Appearance preferences let you choose which control and display elements appear in text windows and in other windows which include text panes Toolbar When any ofthe listed options are on TextWrangler displays the toolbar see page 63 You can also show or hide the toolbar independently in any editing window Text options Wh
69. level item and that item is a folder TextWrangler will hoist the rest of that package s contents and not display the top level item Opening bz2 gzip and tar Files and Binary plists TextWrangler transparently opens and displays the contents of any bz2 or gzip compressed files bz2 gz and gzip files as well as tarballs tar files and binary plists plist files both directly and during multi file search This is especially useful for viewing and working with system log files and similar automatically generated files as well as system and application preference files If you make any changes to such a file and save it TextWrangler will automatically re compress or re convert the file on save Opening Hidden Files Turn on the Show Hidden Items option in the Open dialog to display hidden files including both files whose invisible attribute has been set and those whose names begin with a period or files from a folder which is normally hidden by the system Using the Open from FTP SFTP Server Command See Accessing FTP SFTP Servers on page 49 Using the Open Selection Command The Open Selection command lets you quickly invoke the Open File by Name command to search for any file that is referenced in the text of a document It is particularly useful for opening include files or any document referenced by another file To open a file whose name is referenced in the text
70. of any text runs strings or comments within the current document BBLMFileNamesToMatch Array of Strings BBEdit will use the specified strings to test filenames in an exact but case insensitive manner to determine whether they should map to the language module Language Keys and Properties 257 Key Value Type BBLMIsCaseSensitive Boolean If this has the value false letters in keywords and other strings are matched against the text without regard to whether they are both upper or lower case The value true means that an x for example will only match another x and not an X BBLMKeywordList Array of String Whenever a string is found to match one of the strings in this array it is specially colored For this to happen the Identifier and Keyword Characters string described below must be properly specified also BBLMPredefinedNameList Array of Dictionaries Whenever a string is found to match one of the strings in this array it is colored as a predefined name For this to happen the Identifier and Keyword Characters string described below must also be properly specified BBLMSuffixMap Array of Strings Each dictionary entry in this array should contain some or all of the following key value pairs BBLMLanguageSuffix String Files with names that end with this string value are considered to be files of this module s language The first character in the su
71. of the entire document as input to the filter on STDIN and any output generated by the filter overwrites the selection Unix Scripting Perl Python Ruby Shells and more 229 Note This method represents a change from versions 3 5 3 and prior in which TextWrangler wrote a temporary file and passed it on argv 0 Thus if you have any existing Unix filters in the Text Filters folder you will need to modify those filters in order for them to continue working There are two ways to run filters through the Apply Text Filters submenu in the Text menu or via the Text Filters palette To open the Text Filters palette select it from the Palettes submenu in the Window menu You can run a filter by selecting it from the list and clicking the Run button or you can simply double click the filter name in the list Hold down the Option key while double clicking a filter or selecting it from the menu to open the file for editing instead of running it You can also hold down the Shift key while selecting a filter item from the Apply Text Scripts submenu to reveal the file in the Finder or you can select a folder node from the menu to open that folder in the Finder Scripts Scripts do not operate on the text of the frontmost window but rather run directly You can run scripts from the Scripts menu or the Scripts palette Hold down the Command key while selecting or double clicking a script to open the Run a Script options dialog hold down th
72. s dictionary it will draw a heavy red underline beneath the word You can either type a correction or Control click on the word and select a suggested correction from the contextual menu To skip the identified word and continue checking use the Check Spelling command again To ignore all further instances of the word Control click on it and choose Ignore Spelling from the contextual menu To add the word to the dictionary Control click on it and choose Learn Spelling from the contextual menu Manual Spell Checking Choose the Find Next Misspelled Word command from the Text menu or type its key equivalent Command to start checking a document s spelling TextWrangler will check every word in the document in order starting from the current insertion point To check the spelling of all words in the document at once choose the Find All Misspelled Words command or type its key equivalent Command Option TextWrangler will draw an underline under every questioned word in the document You can then correct the spelling of any questioned word by typing or by using the contextual menu to select a suggested correction or to skip ignore or add the word to the dictionary To clear the underline from all questioned words choose the Clear Spelling Errors command The Spelling Panel In addition to allowing you to correct ignore or learn identified words the Spelling panel allows you to choose which spelling dictionary TextWrangler w
73. scripts Setup Local only TextWrangler will automatically create this folder if it does not exist The Setup folder contains configuration data which previous versions stored in either the preferences file proper or in the com barebones textwrangler preferenceData preference folder including stored file filters FTP SFTP bookmarks grep patterns and key bindings The Setup folder may contain any or all of the following data files File Filters filefilters TextWrangler stores all user defined file filter patterns in this file You should not attempt to directly edit the contents of this file instead please use the Filters panel of the Settings window to add modify or remove stored grep patterns FTP Bookmarks xml TextWrangler stores user defined FTP and SFTP bookmarks in this file You should not attempt to directly edit the contents of this file instead please use the Bookmarks panel of the Settings window to add modify or remove bookmarks Grep Patterns xml TextWrangler stores user defined search patterns in this XML file You should not attempt to directly edit the contents of this file instead please use the Patterns panel of the Settings window to add modify or remove stored grep patterns If you created any custom grep patterns in a previous version TextWrangler will import those patterns otherwise TextWrangler will create a default set of patterns 28 Chapter 2 Installing TextWrangler Note
74. searching you should read this chapter first and then read Chapter 8 Searching with Grep In this chapter Search Windows ccceecccccecvcrccccrenceerensceesseeseesceee 115 Basic Searching and Replacing cece cece cece eee e eect cece eeees 116 Search Settings 118 Special Characters 118 Multi File Searching 2 cc cece cee cece cece eee t cece teeeeeeeee 119 Find All and Multi File Search Results 121 Specifying the Search Set 122 Multi File Search Options 124 File Filters 124 Searching SCM Directories 127 Multi File Replacing 2 cece eee cee eee e cece OEREN n E a Se 127 Live Searchissa iaito Seed die eee ate wie ea ord teed Deals Ble Ara SE wheat mw aS 128 Search Menu References sseavcuscae searataveve g anes ears EE a EE estore race a aula 129 Search Windows TextWrangler s Find and Multi file Search windows provide a consistent modeless interface to TextWrangler s powerful text search and replace capabilities If you are familiar with the modal Find dialog used in older versions you ll generally feel at home but there are some important differences and improvements of which you should be aware The Find dialog has been split in two with a Find window for searching only the front document and a Multi File search window for searches which span more than one document including folders arbitrary open documents results browsers from prior searches etc The
75. so ck haya AE soe tars 08 EEE 109 Bring Allto Fronts 604i caeepe teehee ois ieee eee Le eee ete ee eee eles 109 Palettes ie eene tana arstoebe We 0b Cleats E Seah saw wis Bales TOERE SEET 109 ASCII Table 110 Colors 110 Scripts 110 Stationery 110 Text Filters 111 Windows 111 Save Default lt type of gt Window cee cece cece rece eee eee ee eeneeeee 111 PATTON BS ye taven dyes ea 8 TNE E E E EO OE EN EO ENERE 112 Zoom key equivalent only essere errre cee cee cece ee emee eea a 112 Cycle Through Windows cece cece cece eee e ence eee CEEA 112 Exchange with Next esr sre crower sisveieeve a sieile tials oie stele da ele nie ie exes 112 Synchro Scrolling cece cece cece cece cece eee teen ee eee e eens eeee 112 Window Names ccceeccccccccreeccceeesc reese sees seseeeeseees 112 Window Menu The Window menu provides easy centralized access to all of TextWrangler s tool and utility palettes in addition to offering commands that you can use to access and organize editing and results windows on screen Minimize Window This command puts the frontmost window into the Dock Click the window icon in the Dock to restore the window Hold down the Option key and this command becomes Minimize All Windows Bring All to Front This command brings all un minimized TextWrangler windows to the front Palettes The Palettes submenu provides quick access to all of TextWrangler s nume
76. split the text pane simply drag the split bar down and let go _ Markdown Syntax txt e y Open Documents 9 T Last Saved 04 08 2012 14 02 11 ery 1 7 2 js 7 ATOA File Path v Users Shared doc samples Markdown Syntax txt rkdown Syntax txt ry lt gt o Markdown Syntax txt l no symbol selected Br itled text Markdown Syntax 1 2 3 4 lt ul id ProjectSubmenu gt 5 lt li gt lt a href projects markdown title Markdown Project Page gt Main lt a gt lt li gt 6 lt li gt lt a href projects markdown basics title Markdown Basics gt Basics lt a gt lt li gt 7 lt li gt lt a class selected title Markdown Syntax Documentation gt Syntax lt a gt lt li gt 8 lt li gt lt a href projects markdown license title Pricing and License Information gt Licens 9 lt li gt lt a href projects markdown dingus title 0nline Markdown Web Form gt Dingus lt a gt lt li 10 lt ul gt u 12 13 Overview overview 14 Philosophy philosophy Documents 15 Inline HTML html se So Wivencosts Ennantes o Canni Ain A Diener Chapter 4 Editing Text with TextWrangler Tip To collapse the text pane back down to a single region drag the split bar starting from anywhere along its length not just at its right end back up to its original position Double clicking the split bar unsplits a split text pane or restores the last used split position If the text pane has never
77. string respectively Prefix for Functions String Prefix for Procedures String In some languages function definitions begin with a specific keyword For example Pascal has functions that return values begin with the keyword function and functions that return no values begin with the keyword procedure Other languages such as C and C have functions begin simply with their names and other attributes followed by a list of parameters followed by the statement block that comprises the function body If one or both of these prefix strings is present in the plist and non empty the function scanner will look for Pascal style function definitions otherwise it will look for C style function definitions Appendix C Codeless Language Modules Key Value Type Open Parameter Lists String Close Parameter Lists String A function s list of parameters is almost always enclosed by matching left and right parentheses probably due to the tradition in mathematics though there are exceptions Note that in C style function definitions empty parameter lists must be designated at a minimum by or whatever pair of delimiters applies whereas in Pascal style function definitions even the delimiters may be omitted Terminator for Prototypes 1 String Terminator for Prototypes 2 String Some languages allow for a function definition to appear without a body so that other functions that reference it kn
78. system or application crash TextWrangler will reopen and restore the contents of any documents for which recovery information is available TextWrangler s auto recovery mechanism can help minimize the chance of data loss in the event of unexpected system or application crashes However it may not protect against extraordinary events and it will not protect against hardware failures or any other events that render your disk unreadable You should always manually save a document after making any significant changes to it and we strongly recommend that you take appropriate measures to back up your important files and other data Opening Existing Documents There are several ways to open existing documents with TextWrangler e Double click any file with a TextWrangler document icon e If TextWrangler is running choose the Open or Open Recent command from the File menu e Select the name ofa file in a TextWrangler editing window then use the Open Selection command in the File menu e Double click a file name in a browser s file list see Chapter 9 Browsers e Drag a file s icon to the Windows palette see Chapter 6 Working with Windows Drag a file s icon to the file list of any editing window see Chapter 4 Window Anatomy e Drag a file s icon to the TextWrangler icon or to an alias of the icon e Select a file in the Finder and use the Open File in TextWrangler command in the File section of t
79. that the options in the Text Options sheet and the Text Options popup control only the behavior of the active window while the Editor Defaults preferences control the behavior of all new windows Auto indent When this option is selected pressing the Return key in new windows automatically inserts spaces or tabs to indent the new line to the same level as the previous line To temporarily invert the sense of the Auto Indent option while typing hold down the Option key as you press the Return key Balance while typing When this option is selected TextWrangler flashes the matching open parenthesis brace bracket or curly quote when you type a closing one This option is useful when you are editing source files to ensure that all delimiters are balanced Chapter 10 Preferences Tip Note Note Use typographer s quotes When this option is on TextWrangler will automatically substitutes curly or typographer s quotes for straight quotes in any new documents you create To type a straight quote when this option is selected or to type a curly quote when the option is deselected hold down the Control key as you type a single or double quote You should avoid using typographer s quotes when creating or editing any plain text documents such as email message content or source code Auto expand tabs When this option is on TextWrangler inserts an appropriate number of spaces instead of a tab characte
80. the matching text as you type the search string so you only have to type until you find the text you want Live Search always searches in the text view of the frontmost window if that window has no text view the Live Search command will be disabled To use Live Search 1 Choose Live Search from the Search menu or type Command Option F 2 Type the string you are looking for into the Live Search field e090 _ jquery 1 7 2 js ry 5 8 To Last Saved 04 08 2012 13 59 35 they ERS File Path v Users Shared doc samples jquery 1 7 2 js 5 matches found lt 4 gt Q agent Done o jquery 1 7 2js jQuery D e 65 Matches dashed string for camelizing 66 rdashAlpha a z 9 ig 67 rmsPrefix ms 68 69 Used by jQuery camelCase as callback to replace 70 fcamelCase function all letter 71 return letter toUpperCase 72 i 73 74 Keep a UserAgent string for use with jQuery browser 75 userAgent navigator userAgent As you type TextWrangler selects the first occurrence of what you have typed so far 3 To find the next occurrence of the matching text click the Next right arrow or type Return or Enter 4 To find the previous occurrence of the matching text click the Previous left arrow or type Shift Return or Shift Enter 128 Chapter 7 Searching Note If Emacs key bindings are enabled you can also type Control S to start a Live Search and then type Control S or Co
81. the current file s parent directory If you type a string which appears to be an absolute or a home relative path e g path to some file txt or Documents some file txt TextWrangler will cease searching and when you type Return or Enter or click the Open button TextWrangler will attempt to open the file at that path if it exists If you type a string which appears to be a URL TextWrangler will attempt to open it directly or hand it off to an application that can TextWrangler supports a number of schemes including file http ftp and sftp TextWrangler also maintains a search history in the Open File by Name window when you open a matched item TextWrangler will store the string you used and the search history magnifying glass popup lists these recently used strings You may use the following wildcards as part of a search string Wildcard Meaning Any single character K Any number of characters Any numeric character Escapes one of the above for example enters a question mark To enter a literal backslash use Opening Existing Documents 45 46 Using the Open Counterpart Command You can use this command or its default key equivalent of Command Option uparrow configurable via the Menus amp Shortcuts preference panel to switch between counterpart files from source to header and vice versa In addition to intrinsic counterparts e g C C
82. title gt lt meta nane generator content BBEdit gt lt meta http equiv content type content text html charset iso 8859 1 gt lt meta name description content Bare Bones Software develops and publist lt meta name description content bare bones software bbedit mailsmith lt link rel alternate type application rss xml title RSS href http lt style type text css gt body color black background white a link color blue a visited color purple a active color red lt style gt lt link rel stylesheet href css site styles css mec lt script language Javascript type text javascript lt script ta Javascript typez text Javascript srex s search Tiet lt script type text javascript gt window onload function setupNavMenus 2 2 lt script type text javascript gt 5 HTML Dawei Gn HTML _ Western SO Latin 1 Basi Differences New File Users Shared doc samples index copy htmi Apply App Old File Users Shared doc samples index html Nonmatching Lines File index copy html Line 6 File index html Line 6 Extra lines in Old before 43 in New File index copy htmi Line 43 File index html Line 43 Nonmatching Lines File index copy htm Line 48 File index htm Line 49 Western ISO Latin 1 Unix LF Unix US The Differences window lists all the differences between the new file and the old file To see the differences i
83. to restore as much of its state as possible when starting back up Thus you may not be prompted to save new or unsaved documents since TextWrangler will automatically preserve the contents of all open documents before it exits You can control whether TextWrangler should preserve and restore unsaved changes via the Restore unsaved changes option in the Application preference panel existing documents If this option is on TextWrangler will automatically preserve unsaved changes If this option is off TextWrangler will instead prompt you to save each document which has unsaved changes Chapter 3 Working with Files Note An International Text Primer Mac OS X includes extensive support for working with international text including Unicode If you have enabled additional text input methods in the International section of the System Preferences you will see the Input menu on the right hand side of the menu bar This menu allows you to change keyboard layouts or script systems as you work Actually even if you have never used a non Roman script system before you may still have used this menu if you have ever chosen an alternate keyboard layout such as Dvorak or a keyboard layout for a Roman language such as French However since the Roman script is suitable for several languages choosing one of these keyboard layouts still leaves you in the Roman script International Text in TextWrangler As a text editor TextWrangler support
84. way they appear in the Finder This allows you to navigate their internal structure just as you would any other folder Similarly you can drag a package from the Finder into the path box in the Find amp Replace dialog and it will be treated as a true folder rather than as a single file Searching all open documents You can choose any or all open text documents as search sources This option allows you to search documents that have not yet been saved to a file or which contain unsaved changes To choose all open documents click the box next to the Open Text Documents item or double click on the item in the list Searching the contents of compressed archives You can control whether TextWrangler should search within the contents of compressed archives bz2 gz and zip via the Search compressed files option in the Multi File Search window s Options sheet When this option is off TextWrangler will skip all bz2 gz and Zip while searching even if they may contain compressed text files Multi File Searching 123 Searching the files contained in a results browser If a previous multi file search found many files that contain your search string you may want to narrow the search To search the files listed in any results browser window click the box next to that browser s name or double click on its name in the Sources list You can also click the box next to the Results Browsers item or double click
85. with C and end in 1 A pattern like this would match Call Cornwall and Criminal as well as hundreds of other words In fact you have probably already used pattern searching without realizing it The Find window s Case sensitive and Entire word options turn on special searching patterns Suppose that you are looking for corn With the Case sensitive option turned off you are actually looking for a pattern that says look for a C or c O oro R orr and N orn With the Entire word option on you are looking for the string corn only if it is surrounded by white space or punctuation characters special search characters called metacharacters are added to the search string you specified to indicate this What makes pattern searching counterintuitive at first is how you describe the pattern Consider the first example above where we want to search for text that begins with the letter C and ends with the letter I with any number of letters in between What exactly do you put between them that means any number of letters That is what this chapter is all about Note Grep is the name of a frequently used Unix command that searches using regular expressions the same type of search pattern used by TextWrangler For this reason you will often see regular expressions called grep patterns as TextWrangler does They re the same thing Writing Search Patterns This section
86. with this key http www example com foobar cgi __ SYMBOLNAME__ BBLMIsSourceKind Boolean If this key is present and its value is true files with this suffix are considered source files BBLMIsHeaderKind Boolean If this key is present and its value is true files with this suffix are considered header files If both the BBLMIsSourceKind and BBLMIsHeaderkind keys are present and have the value true BBLMIsSourceKind takes precedence but there should really be only one or the other or neither If the module s language has a concept of source versus header files and the appropriate values are specified for example files with names ending with h are considered header files for C whereas files with names ending with cp are considered source files users will be able to jump between source and header files that share a common prefix e g foobar h and foobar cp using command tab BBLMCanSpeliCheckCodeRuns_ Boolean If this key is present and its value is true BBEdit will check spelling within code runs Language Features Dictionary This dictionary is a container for the following collection of key value pairs that define the language elements that the module supports Language Keys and Properties 259 260 Key Value Type Identifier and Keyword String Characters Most languages have keywords and identify other language elements with names
87. you record Chapter 11 Scripting TextWrangler Because of the important recording functionality they enable applications that have been factored and use Apple Events to let the two halves communicate are said to be recordable It is important to note that not all scriptable applications are recordable Saving Scripts Any AppleScript can be saved in what s called a compiled script file A compiled script file contains the actual Apple Events by generating these events when you save the file the operating system does not have to convert your English like commands into events each time you run the script which means it loads faster When double clicked in the Finder a compiled script file automatically opens in the Script Editor where it can be run A script can also be saved as a stand alone application or applet in which case double clicking the script s Finder icon automatically runs the script Both types of files can be saved with or without the English like source code if you save it without the source code other users you give the script to will not be able to make any changes to it of course you should also keep a copy of the script with the source for yourself Using Scripts with Applications Although you can place a script applet in the global Scripts menu or in any folder and use it any time you need it many applications including TextWrangler provide a special menu that lets you launch compiled scripts intended spec
88. you to create a new file containing the selected text The new file will use the same options see File Saving Options below as those of the original parent document Saving a Copy of a File You can save a copy of a file with TextWrangler s Save a Copy command in the File menu Just like the Save As command the Save a Copy command displays a Save dialog and lets you choose a name and location for the file However unlike the Save As command where TextWrangler will start working with the new file you saved in place of the original when you use Save a Copy you create a new file in the designated location but keep working with the original file For example say you are editing a document called Test py and use the Save a Copy command to save a document called Backup Test py The next time you choose the Save command TextWrangler saves the changes to Test py and not to Backup Test py File Saving Options TextWrangler s Save sheet is the standard Macintosh Save sheet with these additions 36 Chapter 3 Working with Files Note Save As Stationery When this option is on TextWrangler saves the document as a stationery pad file When you later open the stationery file TextWrangler will use it as the basis of a new untitled document The new document will inherit the contents and display settings of the stationery document but TextWrangler will prompt you for a name when you save it Line Breaks The Line Breaks menu let y
89. Control key the arrow keys will scroll document windows without moving the insertion point Accelerated Scrolling When clicking the arrows in a scroll bar you can use the Command and Option keys to accelerate the scrolling These shortcuts also apply if you use a mouse with a built in scroll wheel Modifier Scroll Speed none Normal Command 2x accelerated Option 3x accelerated Command Optio 6x accelerated n 80 Chapter 4 Editing Text with TextWrangler The Delete Key The Delete key deletes the character to the left of the insertion point If you have selected text the Delete key deletes all the text in the selection You can use the Command and Option keys to modify the way the Delete key works Modifier Action none Deletes character to the left of the insertion point Option Deletes to the beginning of the word to the left of the insertion point Command Deletes to the beginning of the line Command Optio Deletes to the beginning of the document n Holding down the Shift key with the Delete key makes the Delete key work the same way as the Forward Delete key on extended keyboards The Numeric Keypad Some keyboards have a numeric keypad on the right side Normally you use the keys on the keypad to enter numbers To toggle the behavior of the keypad between moving the cursor and entering numbers hold down the Option key and press the Clear key in the upper left corner of the keypad Thi
90. EEE Rss grea e Bue AA a Sats 95 Setting Markers 95 Clearing Markers 95 Using Grep to Set Markers 96 Spell Checking Documents cece cece cece cece eee eee ee eeeeeeees 96 Check Spelling As You Type 96 Manual Spell Checking 97 The Spelling Panel 97 59 Basic Editing TextWrangler behaves like most Macintosh word processors and text editors Characters that you type in an active window appear at the insertion point a vertical blinking bar You can click and drag the mouse to select several characters or words and the selected text is highlighted using the system highlight color which you can set in the Appearance panel of the System Preferences eoo untitled text 2 2 4 Tal New Document _untitledtext2 W This line of text is not selected This is the selected line of text An additional line of text Aunawune If you select some text and then type whatever you type replaces the selected text To delete selected text press the Delete key or choose Clear from the Edit menu If you have a keyboard with a numeric keypad on it you can press the Clear key on the keypad to delete the selected text In addition to clicking and dragging to select text you can use the selection commands in the Edit menu To select Choose this from the Edit menu All text Select All No text deselect click anywhere in the document or type any arrow key Line containing S
91. F forward char Move insertion point forward 1 place Ctl G keyboard quit cancel pending arguments Ctl K kill line Delete to end of current line Ctl L recenter Scrolls the current view so the selection is centered on screen Ctl N next line Move insertion point down one line Ctl O open line Inserts line break without moving insertion point Ctl P previous line Move insertion point up one line Ctl R isearch backward Live Search backward Ctl S isearch forward Live Search forward Ctl T transpose chars Exchange Characters Ctl U universal argument See note below Ctl V scroll up Page down Ctl W kill region Cut Ctl Y yank Paste Ctl _ undo Undo Emacs Key Bindings 251 252 Key Sequence Action Ctl X Ctl C save buffers kill emacs Quit Ctl X Ctl F find file Open file Ctl X Ctl S save buffer Save current document Ctl X Ctl W write file Save As Esc lt beginning of buffer Move insertion point to start of document Esc gt end of buffer Move insertion point to end of document Esc Q fill paragraph Hard Wrap with current settings Esc T transpose words Exchange Words Esc V scroll down Page up Esc W copy region as kill Copy Esc Y yank pop Paste Previous Clipboard Using universal argument The universal argument command Ctl U does not work quite the same way as it does in Emacs In TextWrangler it is a simple repeat count For exampl
92. Go to Next Placeholder Ctl Edit Previous Clipboard Ctl Edit Next Clipboard Ctl Tab Switch to Header Source File Ctl Opt F Navigation Bar Open Files Menu Ctl Opt I Navigation Bar Open Includes Menu Ctl Opt M Navigation Bar Open Marker Menu Ctl Opt N Navigation Bar Open Function Menu Cmd Shift Opt E Search Use Selection for Replace grep Cmd Shift Opt P File Print One Copy Listing by Default Key Equivalent 247 248 Appendix A Command Reference APPENDIX Editing Shortcuts In TextWrangler you can perform many editing functions including word selection or deletion directly from the keyboard Chapter 4 contains complete details on TextWrangler s text editing features This appendix provides a quick reference to available keyboard and mouse shortcuts for word selection and deletion In this appendix Mouse Commands ee ccc ce cece cece cence rece eee eee esses eereees 249 Arrow and Delete Keys 00 ccc cece cece e cece cece eee EEE E EENE 250 Emacs Key sBindin g8 smiecie ina eae EE ave teres eae ave S 251 Using universal argument 252 Mouse Commands No Modifier Shift Click move insertion extend selection point Double select word extend selection to click word Triple click select line none Triple clicking is the same as clicking in a line and then choosing the Select Line command from the Edit menu Holding down the Command or Option keys
93. Lg jpg target _blank gt images bb1 File benefits txt Line 17 lt a href images bb1 textwrangler TextWrangler Search Lg jpg target _blank gt images bb1 File benefits txt Line 17 lt a href images bb1 textwrangler TextWrangler Search Lg jpg target _blank gt images bb1 File benefits txt Line 21 You have a list of names addresses and phone numbers The phone company adds a new area cc y 4 Ta Last Saved 03 18 2009 13 05 43 Uey wx File Path v Sandbox svn bb_site content products textwrangler benefits txt W 10 a u h3 Who Needs TextWrangler 12 13 h4 featurelist Situations where TextWrangler shines 14 15 You have a long list of names in Last Name First Name order You need to change them around so that the first name is first and the last name is last and by the way take out that comma too That takes just one search and replace operation in TextWrangler 16 17 lt a href images bb1 textwrangler TextWrangler Search Lg jpg target _blank gt images bb1 textwrangler TextWrangler Search jpg lt a gt 18 19 click the image above to see it full size in a new browser window 20 21 You have a list of names addresses and phone numbers The phone company adds a new area code which means that you have to replace area code 313 with 734 but only for some cities With most other tools you d have to search for 313 and look at each occurrence to see if it s in the right city
94. Note Programming Python 2nd Edition by Mark Lutz O Reilly and Associates 2001 ISBN 0 596 00085 5 Internet resources for Python Python home page http www python org Python Cookbook http aspn activestate com ASPN Cookbook Python Ruby is an interpreted scripting language with an emphasis on object oriented programming which has fast become a favorite of Web developers Ruby was created by Yukihiro Matsumoto If you are interested in learning Ruby consider the following books Programming Ruby The Pragmatic Programmer s Guide 2nd Edition by Dave Thomas with Chad Fowler and Andy Hunt Pragmatic Bookshelf 2004 ISBN 0 9745140 5 5 Ruby Cookbook by Lucas Carlson amp Leonard Richardson O Reilly and Associates 2006 ISBN 0 596 52369 6 Internet resources for Ruby Ruby home page http www ruby lang org RubyGarden Wiki http wiki rubygarden org Ruby Setting Environment Variables for GUI Apps In Mac OS X the system maintains separate environments for CLI and GUI applications Thus any changes you make within either environment will not affect the other Apple Technical Q amp A 1067 describes the procedure necessary to set environment variables for use within TextWrangler and other GUI applications http developer apple com qa qa2001 qa1067 htm1 Please note you must log out and back into your account before the system will register environment changes made via this mechanism Line Endin
95. Saving Files to FTP SFTP Servers 52 Using TextWrangler from the Command Line 54 Using Stationery 5 20 0 e ion Siva EEA ec tao lnd wae toes 54 Hex Dump for Files and Documents 0 0 00 cee eee eee 55 Making Backups senoressa e ey edit Dew te lent 55 Printing oeiee ei OL ee ahead hh ae ea 56 Text Printing Options 56 Editing Text with TextWrangler Basic Editing ec ieie ina Vata ye tack eae od eh Pdi ed ok Moving Text 60 Multiple Clipboards 61 Drag and Drop 62 Multiple Undo 3 4 n Se Oe CA os Table of Contents Window Anatomy The View Menu Cursor Movement and Text Selection Text Options How TextWrangler Wraps Text The Insert Submenu The Toolbar 63 The Split Bar 64 The Navigation Bar 65 The File List 68 The Status Bar 70 The Gutter and Folded Text Regions 71 Text Display 73 Show Hide Toolbar 74 Show Hide Navigation Bar 74 Show Hide Editor 74 Show Hide Files 74 Hide Currently Open Documents 74 Show Hide Recent Documents 74 Balance 74 Balance amp Fold 74 Fold Selection 74 Unfold Selection 75 Collapse Enclosing Fold 75 Collapse All Folds 75 Expand All Folds 75 Previous Document Next Document 75 Move to New Window 75 Open in Additional Window 75 Reveal in Finder 75 Go Here in Terminal 75 Go Here in Disk Browser 76 Clicking and Drag
96. Script editor If the script editor is not running TextWrangler launches it Open Scripting Dictionary Choose this item to switch to your preferred AppleScript editor and open TextWrangler s scripting dictionary for viewing If the script editor is not running TextWrangler launches it Open Scripts Folder Choose this item to open the Scripts folder which is located within TextWrangler s application support folder See Scripts on page 28 Start Recording Select this item to record all available actions that you perform within TextWrangler or any other recordable applications which you switch to When this command is active the menu item will change to Stop Recording and a tape icon will flash over the Apple menu When you choose Stop Recording TextWrangler will display a Save dialog which allows you to save a script file containing the recorded actions Running and Editing Scripts Choose the item corresponding to any script to run that script Hold down the Option key when choosing a script item to have TextWrangler open the script for editing in your preferred script editor or hold down the Shift key when choosing a script item to have TextWrangler reveal the script file in the Finder If you choose a folder node rather than a script item TextWrangler will open the corresponding folder in the Finder The Scripts Palette The Scripts command located in the Palettes submenu of the Window menu opens a palette listing al
97. TTP traffic using Python 30 SSL certificates for interception are generated on the fly 31 32 33 Download a ee 35 36 Releases and rendered documentation can be found on the mitmproxy website 37 38 mitmproxy org http mitmproxy org 39 40 Source is hosted on github 41 Q Il 1 none Unicode UTF 8 Unix LF 2 826 320 71 The name and path of the file if any and directory currently being viewed are displayed in the title bar of the window The file list pane displays all the items in the current folder Click on a file in the file list pane to open it in the text pane or double click to open the file into a text window Disk Browser Controls The menus at the top and bottom of the file list pane let you create new files and folders open existing files and folders reveal them in the Finder or navigate to them in the Terminal limit the kinds of files to show in the list pane and navigate through your disks and folders Directory Menu The Directory popup menu at the top of the file list pane always shows the currently active folder You can use this menu to back out of any folder you are currently in to a higher level folder as you can by Command clicking the name of a folder in the Finder Disk Browsers 169 170 Action Menu The commands on the Action gear popup menu at the bottom of the file list pane allow you to open the selected items reveal them in the Finder copy their paths navig
98. TextWrangler will not sort the contents of the document Process Duplicate Lines This command displays a sheet which allows you to locate duplicate lines within a body of text and operates on them in various ways Leaving one O Matching all _ Numbers match by value __ Duplicates to clipboard C Ignore leading white space m Duplicates to new document M Delete duplicate lines _ Unique lines to clipboard C Unique lines to new document M Match using pattern Searching pattern B A d _ Case sensitive Match Using Entire match O All sub patterns 1 2 N Specific sub patterns l Cancel Process The Matching All option processes all duplicate lines Leaving One ignores the first of each set of duplicate lines and processes only the additional ones The Numbers Match by Value and Ignore Leading White Space options allow you to choose whether strings of digits should be evaluated numerically or compared as strings and whether white space at the beginnings of lines should be considered The Match Using Pattern option allows you to use a grep pattern to further filter the lines to be processed You can enter a pattern in the Searching Pattern field or choose a stored pattern from the popup menu The Match Using radio buttons control what part of the specified pattern should be used to determine duplication When you use a grep pattern with this command matches are not automatically ancho
99. Upgrading Upgrading Upgrading Menu Shortcuts xml TextWrangler stores keyboard shortcuts for menu commands in this XML file Not Menu Shortcuts xml TextWrangler stores other keyboard shortcuts in this XML file Shutdown Items Local only This folder does not exist by default but you may create it at any time The items in this folder are opened when you quit TextWrangler Usually this function is used to run scripts of some sort Shutdown items are run after all windows have been closed and only if TextWrangler is actually quitting Thus if you wish to run any items as the immediate result of a Quit command you should write a menu script attached to TextWranglereQuit In some previous versions of TextWrangler shutdown items were run before all windows were closed and were run whenever the application was told to quit either by the Quit menu command or via the scripting interface regardless of whether it actually quit or not You should move or copy over any shutdown items that you wish to preserve Startup Items Local only This folder does not exist by default but you may create it at any time When launched TextWrangler will open any items it finds in this folder If the items present are text files or other documents of a type that TextWrangler knows how to handle TextWrangler will open them directly If you place a compiled AppleScript in this folder TextWrangler will execute the script If you place a fold
100. Use the Add Line Breaks command hard wrapped text in the Text menu Hard wrap text to a specific Use the Hard Wrap command in al reflowing paragraphs as the Text menu neede Soft Wrapping To turn on soft wrapping for the active window do one of the following e Choose Soft Wrap Text from the Text Display submenu of the View menu e Select the Soft Wrap Text option from the Text Options sheet by choosing Text Options from the Edit menu 86 Chapter 4 Editing Text with TextWrangler IMPORTANT To specify the wrapping margin use the Text Options command You can have text wrap at the Page Guide the edge of the window or a specific character position Soft wrapping and rectangular selection are mutually incompatible When soft wrapping is enabled dragging the mouse performs normal non rectangular selection even if the Option key is held down when there is a rectangular selection the Soft Wrap Text option is unavailable in the Text Options popup menu and dialog box To make soft wrapping the default for new windows select the Soft Wrap Text option in the Editor Defaults preference panel You can also use the settings in that panel to specify the default wrapping margin To freeze the current line endings and hard wrap the text at the current soft wrapping settings use the Add Line Breaks command to insert a carriage return at the end of each line While TextWrangler prefers to break lines at white space when soft wrapp
101. User Manual TextWrangler THE Text Editor for Anyone who Types Bare Bones Software Inc TextWrangler 4 0 Product Design Product Engineering Documentation Additional Engineering Icon Design Info ZIP LibNcFTP PCRE Library Package Rich Siegel Patrick Woolsey Jim Correia Steve Kalkwarf Jim Correia Jon Hueras Steve Kalkwarf Rich Siegel Steve Sisak Philip Borenstein Stephen Chernicoff John Gruber Simon Jester Jeff Mattson Jerry Kindall Caroline Rose Rich Siegel Patrick Woolsey Seth Dillingham Macrobyte Resources http www macrobyte net Polaschek Computing http www polaschek computing com Ultra Maroon Design http www ultramaroon com updates by Byran Bell http www bryanbell com 1990 2009 Info ZIP Used under license 1996 2010 Mike Gleason amp NcFTP Software written by Philip Hazel and 1997 2004 University of Cambridge England TextWrangler and the TextWrangler User Manual are copyright 2003 2012 Bare Bones Software Inc All rights reserved Produced published in USA Bare Bones Software Inc P O Box 1048 Bedford MA 01730 01048 978 251 0500 main 978 251 0525 fax http www barebones com Sales amp customer service sales barebones com Technical support support barebones com TextWrangler is a trademark of and BBEdit and It Doesn t Suck are registered trademarks of Bare Bones Software Inc Information in this document is
102. Wrangler will use that encoding 3 If you have opened the file with TextWrangler before TextWrangler will use the file s stored encoding info if any 4 If the file contains a UTF 8 or UTF 16 Unicode byte order mark BOM TextWrangler opens it as that type of Unicode file 5 If the file has a resource that contains font information such as a styl resource and that resource specifies a multi byte font TextWrangler opens the file as a Unicode file 6 If you are opening the file with the Open command TextWrangler uses the encoding specified Read As pop up menu on the Open dialog 7 If the file contains no other cues to indicate its text encoding and its contents appear to be valid UTF 8 TextWrangler will open it as UTF 8 without recourse to the below preferences option 8 Finally it uses the encoding chosen for the option If the file s encoding can t be guessed use from the pop up menu in the Text Encoding preference panel To change the encoding for a file after opening it use the Text Encoding popup in the document s status bar If an encoding change results in the conversion of a document s contents from a single byte script to a multi byte script TextWrangler will mark the document as being dirty or changed Chapter 3 Working with Files Using the Open Command To open a file with the Open command 1 Choose Open from the File menu TextWrangler displays the Open dialog box
103. a href images bb1 textwrangler TextWrangler Search Lg jpg target _blank gt images bb1 textwrangler TextWrangler Search jpg lt a gt 18 19 click the image above to see it full size in a new browser window 20 21 You have a list of names addresses and phone numbers The phone company adds a new area code which means that you have to replace area co 13 with 734 but only for some The ienga at th top of the window tell you hi many matches TextWrangler found in the set of files you specified as well as whether any error conditions or warnings were generated during the search The list pane lists each line that contains the matched text Every match is identified by file and line number To choose whether to display the search errors warnings and results use the checkboxes at the top of the browser To open the file which contains a particular match just click on that match in the results list After you have opened a file you can use the Search menu commands to continue searching it See Chapter 7 for more information on searching The Open button opens the selected items using TextWrangler To open the selected items using the Finder hold down the Option key while clicking the Open button Search Results Browsers 171 172 Error Results Browsers When you check the syntax of a Unix script or run a script which generates any errors TextWrangler will open an error results browser to list those errors s K
104. al AppleScript despite its deceptively simple English like syntax is a sophisticated object oriented language with many subtleties For this reason we suggest you consult supplemental documentation and resources if you are a beginning scripter A good place to start is with someone else s script find a script that does almost what you want it to and repurpose it Even if you cannot find a script that does anything close to what you want reading others scripts is a good way to learn how AppleScript thinks and how TextWrangler s particular AppleScript implementation behaves In addition to the basic AppleScript documentation included with the system you may find the following resources useful in your quest to understand scripting Books AppleScript The Definitive Guide Second Edition Matt Neuberg O Reilly and Associates 2006 ISBN 0 596 10211 9 Discussion Groups AppleScript Users http www lists apple com applescript users html Official mailing list run by Apple for AppleScript users TextWrangler Talk http groups google com group textwrangler The TextWrangler Talk discussion group is an excellent place to ask TextWrangler specific scripting questions Mac Scripting http listserv dartmouth edu scripts wa exe A0 MACSCRPT Unofficial list covers AppleScript and other Macintosh scripting languages with occasional forays into peripheral topics Web Sites AppleScript The Language of Automation http
105. ame document This capability makes it easy to locate in progress changes to a document Comparing Text Files Multi File Compare Options You can compare multiple files at once by selecting the Folders button in the Find Differences dialog TextWrangler lists all the files and marks those that are different with a bullet You have the additional options described below List identical files Normally when you compare folders using the Find Differences command TextWrangler presents you with three lists one list of the items that are in the first folder but not in the second folder another list of the items that are in the second folder but not in the first one and another list of the items that appear in both folders The list of items that appear in both folders generally displays a bullet next to items that are not identical For example if you have an archived mail folder that you are comparing against a current mail folder mailbox files that appear in both the old and new file will all be listed together however if there have been any changes to the contents of particular mailbox files the changed mailbox files will be listed with bullets next to them If you are comparing very large folders however the list of common items can be extremely long making the flagged items hard to find When you deselect the List Identical Files checkbox TextWrangler will list only the flagged items the ones that have been changed in the list of i
106. and also at the beginning of each line b any word boundary defined as any position between a w character and a W character in either order B any position that is not a word boundary z at the end of the document as opposed to which matches at the end of the document and also at the end of each line Z at the end of the document or before a trailing return at the end of the doc if there is one Examples the text matched by the pattern is underlined Search for Will match Will match Will not match Search for Will match Will match Search for Will match Will not match bf oo b bar foo bar foo bar foobar bJane b Jane s Tell Jane about the monkey Afoo foobar This is good foo Writing Search Patterns 139 140 Character Classes Match Sets or Ranges of Characters The character class construct lets you specify a set or a range of characters to match or to ignore A character class is constructed by placing a pair of square brackets around the group or range of characters you wish to include To exclude or ignore all characters specified by a character class add a caret character just after the opening bracket For example Character tch Class Malcnes xyz any one of the characters x y z xyz any character except x y Z a z any character in the range a to z You can use any number of characters or ranges between the bra
107. and line via its optional command line tools In this chapter Configuring TextWrangler ccc cece cece cece eect cece eeeeeeeees 221 Syntax Coloring 221 Switching Between Counterpart Files 222 TextWrangler and the Unix Command Line cece cece e cece eens 222 Installing the Command Line Tools 222 The edit Command Line Tool 222 The twdiff Command Line Tool 223 The twfind Command Line Tool 223 Using Unix Scripts 225 Language Resources 225 Line Endings Permissions and Unix Scripts 226 Configuring Perl 227 Configuring Python 227 Configuring Ruby 227 Shebang Menu 227 Filters and Scripts 229 Filters 229 Scripts 230 Additional Notes 230 Configuring TextWrangler The Shebang menu is always available by default to provide you access to TextWrangler s support for running Unix scripts Syntax Coloring Syntax coloring is the practice of drawing keywords and other language elements in colors which differ from the standard text color to add emphasis and improve the readability of your code TextWrangler offers built in syntax coloring support for a wide range of programming languages and other types of structured content You can adjust TextWrangler s default text colors or define color schemes in the Text Colors preference panel or assign a color scheme to a specific language in the Languages preference panel 221 Swit
108. and suggest how you can modify your existing scripts for compatibility Because TextWrangler s scripting dictionary changes whenever we add features it should be considered the definitive reference in any situation where it and this document differ We have found Script Debugger from Late Night Software to be an excellent tool for browsing and navigating TextWrangler s scripting dictionary as well as for preparing and testing scripts http www latenightsw com Script Compatibility Scripts prepared for older versions may need to be revised in order to work properly Further since TextWrangler now allows multiple documents to be open within a single text window you may need to revise other existing scripts Distinguishing Between Script Elements Because different applications handle different types of data you should be aware that the actual data or the interface items referred to by a particular name may not be consistent from application to application The following sections describe how several common elements are handled in TextWrangler Applying Commands to Text Since TextWrangler supports opening multiple documents within a single text window all scripting commands which operate on text must specifically target the text contents of a window or a document within that window rather than the window itself For example you may use count lines of text of document of text window 1 or count lines of active document of
109. anel 170 file transfer format FTP SFTP 52 Filters 229 filters file 124 Find amp Mark All command 96 Find amp Replace All Matches 127 Find Again command 117 130 Find All 117 121 Find command 115 118 129 Find dialog see Find window 116 Find Differences command 132 Find in Next File command 131 Find Selection command 130 Find window 116 finding text see searching floating windows ASCII table 110 window list 111 fold indicator 72 74 folder listing contents of 90 foreign text 99 Forward Delete key 81 82 Frame Printing Area 56 freezing line endings 87 FTP alternate ports 52 FTP Browsers 54 function keys 82 function navigation see function popup 66 function popup 66 G Go To Center Line command 131 Go To Line command 82 131 Go To Previous Error command 131 gremlins 107 grep 118 alternation 146 backreferences 154 character classes 140 comments 157 complex patterns 144 conditional subpatterns 161 entire matched pattern 148 escape codes 137 141 examples 151 excluding characters 140 longest match issue 146 lookahead assertions 160 lookbehind assertions 160 marking a mail digest 153 marking structured text 152 matching delimited strings 152 matching nulls 154 matching white space 151 matching words and identifiers 151 named backreferences 145 named subpattern 144 non capturing parentheses 156 non printing characters 141 non repeating subpatterns 162 numbered backreferences 145 once only subpatterns
110. as lt ab c de is not permitted because its single top level branch can match two different lengths but it is acceptable if rewritten to use two top level branches lt abc abde The implementation of lookbehind assertions is for each alternative to temporarily move the current position back by the fixed width and then try to match If there are insufficient characters before the current position the match is deemed to fail Lookbehinds in conjunction with non backtracking a k a once only subpatterns can be particularly useful for matching at the ends of strings an example is given in the section on once only subpatterns below Several assertions of any sort may occur in succession For example lt d 3 lt 999 foo Chapter 8 Searching with Grep matches foo preceded by three digits that are not 999 Notice that each of the assertions is applied independently at the same point in the subject string First there is a check that the previous three characters are all digits and then there is a check that the same three characters are not 999 This pattern does not match foo preceded by six characters the first of which are digits and the last three of which are not 999 For example it does not match 123abcfoo A pattern to do that is lt d 3 lt 999 foo This time the first assertion looks at the preceding six characters checking that the first three
111. as follows lt key gt PERLSLIB lt key gt lt string gt Users example Sandbox myPerlMods Users Shared moreMods lt string gt You may specify multiple directories by separating their paths with colons per the standard convention Configuring Python TextWrangler expects to find Python in usr bin usr local bin or sw bin If you have installed Python elsewhere you must create a symbolic link in usr local bin pointing to your copy of Python in order to use pydoc and the Python debugger Configuring Ruby TextWrangler can make full use of the system s default Ruby install with no need for further configuration However if you wish to install and work with multiple versions of Ruby you will need to specify the appropriate version in your scripts shebang lines Shebang Menu The commands in this menu allow you to run Unix scripts directly within TextWrangler Check Syntax Checks the syntax for the frontmost window Errors are displayed in a standard TextWrangler error browser see Chapter 9 Browsers for more details on working with error browsers This command is only available for Perl and Python scripts Run Runs the script in the frontmost window by default Any output from the script is displayed in a new TextWrangler window The output window is titled Unix Script Output and the file is created in the Unix Support folder in TextWrangler s application support folder By default errors for Perl an
112. asics title Markdown Basics gt Basics lt a gt lt li gt 7 lt li gt lt a class selected title Markdown Syntax Documentation gt Syntax lt a gt lt li gt 8 lt li gt lt a href projects markdown license title Pricing and License Information gt Licens 9 lt li gt lt a href projects markdown dingus title 0nline Markdown Web Form gt Dingus lt a gt lt li 10 lt ul gt 1 12 B Overview overview 14 Philosophy philosophy Recent Documents 15 Inline HTML html Markdown Syntax txt 16 x Automatic Escaping for Special Characters autoescape Wy sharkciowrivast text 7 Block Elements block 18 Paragraphs and Line Breaks p jquery 1 7 2 js 19 Headers header 20 Blockquotes blockquote 21 Lists list 22 Code Blocks precode 23 Horizontal Rules hr 24 Span Elements span li 21 23 HTML Unicode UTF 8 Unix LF 27 784 4 255 898 Under Mac OS X 10 7 Lion you can expand the current editing window into full screen mode by clicking the control in the top right corner of the window circled above You can choose whether TextWrangler should display all new and opened documents in the frontmost window or open each document into a new text window by setting the Open documents into the front window when possible option in the Application preference panel see page 178 The Toolbar The toolbar is a section at the top of each e
113. ate file that when opened results in a new untitled document with the content from the original stationery file In other words you do not edit the stationery file itself you use it as a starting point for a new document To create a stationery pad click the Save As Stationery checkbox when saving the file from TextWrangler Alternatively you can change any document into a stationery pad in the Finder by clicking the Stationery Pad checkbox in the document s Get Info window Chapter 3 Working with Files You can create new documents from a stationery pad in any of these ways e Open the pad the same way you would open any other document e Choose New With Stationery from the File menu and select the desired stationery pad from the contents of the Stationery folder inside TextWrangler s application support folder e Use TextWrangler s Stationery List which is available from the Window menu The Stationery List is a palette that displays all the stationery pads you have placed inside the Stationery folder of TextWrangler s application support folder You can create a new document from any of these pads by double clicking them in this list To assign a keyboard shortcut to a stationery pad select the pad in the Stationery List window then click the Set Key button type the desired key in the Set Key dialog and click OK Manually Sorting the Stationery By default items in the Stationery List are displayed in alphabetical o
114. ate to any desired location PKG INFO Disk Browser 2 mitmproxy 0 6 2 Users Shared doc samples 2 Ea Tal Last Saved 08 06 2011 05 17 34 L File Path v Users Shared doc samples mitmproxy 0 6 2 PKG INFO CONTRIBUTORS we gt Gi doc gt fi examples 1 Metadata Version 1 0 pi 2 Name mitmproxy gt G libmproxy 3 Version 0 6 _ LICENSE 4 Summary An interactive SSL capable intercepting HTTP proxy for penetration testers and sof mitmdump 5 Home page http mitmproxy org mitmproxy 6 meer Brn een i 7 uthor email aldo corte si HERESIES License UNKNOWN _ README mkd 9 Description setup py 10 __mitmproxy__ is an SSL capable man in the middle proxy for HTTP It provides a gt test 11 console interface that allows traffic flows to be inspected and edited on the 12 fly 3 14 __mitmdump__ is the command line version of mitmproxy with the same 15 functionality but without the frills Think tcpdump for HTTP 16 17 Both tools are fully documentented in the commandline _ help_ flag and in 18 the case of __mitmproxy__ a built in help page accessible through the _ _ 19 keyboard shortcut 20 21 22 Capabilities 233 000 24 25 Intercept HTTP requests and responses and modify them on the fly 26 Save complete HTTP conversations for later replay and analysis 27 Replay the client side of an HTTP conversations 28 Replay HTTP responses of a previously recorded server 29 Make scripted changes to H
115. ate to their location in the Terminal move them to the Trash or create a new file or folder Filter Menu The Filter magnifying glass popup menu at the bottom of the file list pane lets you specify what kinds of files TextWrangler should display e All Available All files which TextWrangler recognizes including its own document types This includes text files images text factories and so on e Text Files Only Only files which TextWrangler recognizes as text files e Everything All items present including invisible files and folders You can also select a file filter to further limit what files TextWrangler should display You can define additional file filters in the Filters panel of the Setup window Toggle Editor Button Click this button to collapse or expand the browser s text view pane This button has the same effect as choosing the View Hide Editor command in the View menu Contextual Menu Commands If you select one or more items in the file list pane and bring up the contextual menu TextWrangler will offer a variety of commands including those available from the Action menu Dragging Items You can select and drag files and folders from a disk browser s file list to any location either within TextWrangler or elsewhere which can accept file or folder drags For example you can drag a file from a disk browser to an editing window to insert its contents or to a folder in the Finder to copy or move it Using t
116. atically refresh documents as they change on disk 178 Remember the N most recently used items 178 When TextWrangler becomes active 179 Reopen documents that were open at last quit 179 Automatically check for updates 179 Editing Preferences iii is os Aldi the hind eed ett a Alec i 180 Use hard lines in soft wrapped views 180 Soft wrapped line indentation 180 Line spacing 180 Editor Defaults Preferences 0 0 0 eee eee eee 180 Auto indent 180 Balance while typing 180 Use typographer quotes 181 Auto expand tabs 181 Show invisible characters 181 Check spelling as you type 181 Default font 182 Tab Width 182 This option controls the default number of spaces that TextWrangler uses to represent the width of a tab character 182 Soft Wrap Text 182 Keyboard Preferences 0 0 c cece cette eens 182 Home and End Keys 182 Enter key generates Return 182 Allow Tab key to indent text blocks 182 Enable Shift Delete for forward delete 183 Option on Japanese keyboards 183 Emulate Emacs key bindings 183 Languages Preferences 0 0 ccc cece eee 183 Installed Languages 183 Custom Extension Mappings 184 Menus amp Shortcuts Preferences rea eded aa a ee eee 184 Menu Key Equivalents and Item Visibility 185 Allow menu key equivalents to autorepeat 185 Table of Contents 13 Chapter 11
117. ation on working with markers please see Using Markers on page 95 Note If you are programming you may be tempted to use markers to mark functions in your source code However if TextWrangler supports the language you are using this is usually unnecessary your functions will automatically appear in the Function popup menu Opening Counterparts You can press the Counterpart button next to the Marker popup to quickly open and or switch back and forth between a file and its counterpart source file to header or vice versa This button has the same effect as Open Counterpart in the File menu see page 46 20 0 index html Currently Open Documents Last Saved 07 12 2011 11 30 35 e Ta 2 i Text File Path v Users Shared doc examples index html b index html no symbol selected n lt DOCTYPE html PUBLIC W3C DTD XHTML 1 0 Transitional EN a http www w3 org TR xhtml1 DTD xhtml1i transitional dtd gt i Y lt html xmlns http www w3 0rg 1999 xhtml xml lang en lang en us gt lt head gt lt meta http equiv content type content text html charset utf 8 gt lt title gt Bare Bones Software Welcome lt title gt lt meta name author content gt lt Blueprint CSS Framework gt lt link rel stylesheet href css blueprint screen css type text css media screen p wv Recent Documents lt link rel stylesheet href css blueprint lib grid cs
118. been split it will be split 50 50 To force a 50 50 split for a previously split text pane Option double click the split bar when it is in its original position The Navigation Bar The navigation bar is a panel at the top of a text window which provides controls for selecting the active document and for moving to specific points with the current document To hide the navigation bar choose Hide Navigation Bar in the View menu or turn off the Navigation Bar options in the Appearance preference panel eoo _ Markdown Syntax txt m Currently Open Documents jquery 1 7 2 js Markdown Syntax txt gt untitled text Last Saved 04 08 2012 14 02 11 Markdown Syntax txt gt no symbol selected ELEF 2 3 4 lt ul id ProjectSubmenu gt 5 lt li gt lt a href projects markdown title Markdown Project Page gt Main lt a gt lt li gt 6 lt li gt lt a href projects markdown basics title Markdown Basics gt Basics lt a gt lt li gt 7 lt li gt lt a class selected title Markdown Syntax Documentation gt Syntax lt a gt lt 1li gt 8 lt li gt lt a href projects markdown license title Pricing and License Information gt Licens 9 lt li gt lt a href projects markdown dingus title Online Markdown Web Form gt Dingus lt a gt lt 1li 10 lt ul gt 1 12 13 Overview overview 14 Philosophy philosophy Recent Documents 15 Inline HTML html You can also use the
119. before saving Turn this option on to have TextWrangler automatically make a backup copy of each file that you save TextWrangler creates a single backup file for each file that you save in the same folder as that file This option is global and backups can no longer be made on a per file basis However you can exclude individual files from being backed up by adding an Emacs variable to them see Emacs Local Variables on page 38 When this option is on and you close a document with unsaved changes and elect to discard those changes Don t Save TextWrangler will automatically save a snapshot of the document s contents in the same directory as the document and the snapshot file s name will follow the Emacs convention foo txt or if the Preserve file name extension see below is on the snapshot s name will be foo txt Keep historical backups When this option is on TextWrangler will preserve backups in the folder Documents TextWrangler Backups and the Preserve File Name option see below will automatically be turned on and locked Within the backup folder will be one folder for each day s backup files The format of the dated folder name is static and non localized YY YY MM DD Inside of each day s backup folder will be all of the backup files made on that day each named using a timestamped format You may change the location of the backup folder by placing a folder alias named
120. cation that will be used in an AppleScript must be designed to allow this access We say such applications are scriptable TextWrangler is scriptable as are many many other programs However it is important to note that not every application is scriptable and AppleScripts are not the best solution for automating applications that are not What goes on in an application that is scriptable The foundation of AppleScript is something called the Apple Event Macintosh applications are designed around an event loop they go around in circles waiting for you the esteemed user to do something choose a menu command press some keys and so on These actions are passed to the application by the operating system in the form of an event The application decodes the event to figure out what you did and then performs an appropriate operation After an event has been handled the application goes back to waiting for another one At this point the Mac OS may decide to give some time to another application on your computer Apple Events are special events that applications send to each other enabling a feature called inter application communication IAC It s a mouthful but it just means applications can talk to each other Apple Events are also the way AppleScripts tell applications what to do and which data to retrieve So to be scriptable an application must first support Apple Events Apple Events in their naked form are raw and cryptic things
121. ces from sections of text Use this command to turn text that has hard line breaks into text that can be soft wrapped See How TextWrangler Wraps Text on page 86 for more information Convert to ASCII This command will convert certain eight bit Mac Roman characters characters whose decimal values are greater than 128 and less than 255 to 7 bit printable ASCII range equivalents Converted characters include umlauted and accented vowels ligatures typographer s quotes and various specialized punctuation forms This conversion may entail expansion to multiple characters for example in the case of ligatures Educate Quotes This command converts straight quotes and to typographer s quotes and You should not use this plug in to prepare text for use in a web page or an email as typographer s quotes in the Mac character set will generally not be properly displayed by applications on other platforms Straighten Quotes This command performs the reverse of Educate Quotes it converts typographer s quotes and to straight quotes and Add Remove Line Numbers This command displays a sheet which allows you to add or remove line numbers for each line of the selected text or of the document You can set the starting number and numbering increment as well as whether to include a trailing space and whether to right justify the inserted numbers by choosing the appropriate options Insert
122. ch string only if it is surrounded in the document text by word break characters white space or punctuation Otherwise TextWrangler matches the search string anywhere in the text Grep When this checkbox is selected TextWrangler treats the search and replace strings as grep patterns Otherwise TextWrangler searches the document for text that matches the search string as it appears literally and will replace any matched text with the replace string To learn more about pattern searching see Searching with Grep on page 135 Selected Text Only When this checkbox is selected TextWrangler searches only the selected text Otherwise TextWrangler searches the entire document Wrap Around When this checkbox is selected TextWrangler continues searching from the beginning of the document if a match is not found or from the end of the document if searching backwards Otherwise TextWrangler stops searching when it reaches the end or the beginning if searching backwards of the file Special Characters You can use the following special characters to search for line breaks and other non printing characters as well as hexadecimal escapes to search for any desired 8 bit character Character Matches r line break carriage return n Unix line break line feed t tab Chapter 7 Searching Character Matches f page break form feed xNN hexadecimal character code NN for example xOD for CR
123. ching Between Counterpart Files When editing any source file which has a counterpart header you can press the Counterpart button in the navigation bar or type Control Option up arrow to switch to its counterpart file or vice versa TextWrangler uses the suffix mapping options in the Languages preference panel to determine whether a particular file is a source or header file TextWrangler and the Unix Command Line This section describes TextWrangler s facilities for interacting with the Unix command line shell worksheets for issuing commands to the Unix shell and the edit twdiff and twfind command line tools for invoking TextWrangler from the command line Installing the Command Line Tools The first time you run TextWrangler after installation it will offer to install the edit twdiff and twfind command line tools for you If you choose not to do so you can choose Install Command Line Tools from the TextWrangler application menu at any time to install or re install the current version of each command line tool If older versions of the tools are installed choosing this command will update them it will not overwrite existing versions of the tools with older versions The edit Command Line Tool You can use the edit command line tool to open files into TextWrangler via the Unix command line To open a file into TextWrangler from the command line type edit filename
124. cify the Function Pattern key as a PCRE compatible regular expression i e a grep pattern instead of a string This expression should return the named subpatterns function name e g P lt function_name gt and function to identify the function s name which will be displayed in the function popup menu and the function as a whole You can omit the function subpattern in order to allow the entire pattern to match against functions but you should not omit the function_name subpattern as if this is not present TextWrangler will not display matches in the function popup Since the pattern TextWrangler uses internally when searching is a compound of your string comment skip and function patterns you must use named backreferences rather than positional backreferences in any of these patterns Escaping Patterns Since your patterns are stored as content within the codeless language module s XML plist file you must entity encode any unsafe characters which your pattern contains including es es R etc Nested Functions A function pattern cannot be used to identify nested functions 254 Appendix C Codeless Language Modules Performance Considerations for Function Scanning Some expressions can take an extremely long time to locate particular strings In order to prevent this kind of behavior from locking TextWrangler up any search that takes more than 1 5 seconds will be aborted This can lead to
125. ckets Here are some examples Character Class Matches aeiou any vowel aeiou any character that is not a vowel a zA Z0 9 any character from a z A Z or 0 9 aeioud 9 ayy aaar that is neither a vowel nor a igi A character class matches when the search encounters any one of the characters in the pattern However the contents of a set are only treated as separate characters not as words For example if your search pattern is beans and the text in the window is lima beans 66 TextWrangler will report a match at the a of the word lima To include the character in a set or a range place it immediately after the opening bracket To use the character place it anywhere except immediately after the opening bracket To match a dash character hyphen in a range place it at the beginning of the range to match it as part of a set place it at the beginning or end of the set Or you can include any of these character at any point in the class by escaping them with a backslash Character Class Matches 0 9 any digit or aeiou a vowel or A Z adashorA Z Chapter 8 Searching with Grep Character Class Matches A any character in the range from to A aeiou any vowel or aei ou any vowel or Character classes respect the setting of the Case Sensitive checkbox in the Find window For example if Case Sensitive is on a will onl
126. command sets TextWrangler s search string to the currently selected text and turns on the Grep option but does not perform a search When you invoke this command TextWrangler will add the current search amp replace strings to its Search History list Use Selection for Replace Sets TextWrangler s replace string to the currently selected text but does not perform a search operation When you invoke this command TextWrangler will add the current search amp replace strings to its Search History list Use Selection for Replace grep When you hold down the Shift key Use Selection for Replace becomes Use Selection for Replace grep This command sets TextWrangler s replace string to the currently selected text and turns on the Grep option but does not perform a search operation When you invoke this command TextWrangler will add the current search amp replace strings to its Search History list Replace Replaces the selected text usually an occurrence of the search string with the replace string Chapter 7 Searching Note Replace All Replaces all occurrences of the search string in a file with the replace string or starts a multi file search amp replace operation Replace to End Replaces each occurrence of the search string from the current insertion point or the start of the current selection range to the end of the document Replace amp Find Again Replaces the selected text with the replace string a
127. cript Editor and click the Stop button After a brief pause your script is compiled and ready for use Try clicking the Run button to see it work It might not work correctly If you recorded a search and replace operation changing every cat to dog you already changed the document while recording the script and of course the script will not do anything when you run it Finally save the script in the TextWrangler Scripts folder so that it shows up in TextWrangler s script menu Choose Save As from the File menu and then use the Script Editor s Save dialog to put the script in TextWrangler s Scripts folder Now try selecting it from the script menu in TextWrangler The Scripts Menu The Scripts menu left in TextWrangler s menu bar contains several commands It also lists all AppleScripts as well as text factories and Unix scripts present in the Scripts folder within TextWrangler s application support folder providing a quick way to access frequently used scripts You can place scripts within subfolders up to 4 levels deep of the Scripts folder to organize them AppleScripts written for use in as TextWrangler filters or scripts should be saved as compiled data fork script files not script applications In addition to the list of available scripts the Scripts menu provides the following commands Chapter 11 Scripting TextWrangler Open Script Editor Choose this item to switch to the system s default Apple
128. cross multiple systems For general information on Emacs variables please see the GNU Emacs manual http www gnu org software emacs manual html_node emacs Specifying File Variables html TextWrangler will read and honor the coding tab width and x counterpart variables in any file which contains an Emacs variable block and adjusts the value of the coding variable if you change the document s encoding by using the Encoding popup Ifa file contains an Emacs variable block or line having a mode variable TextWrangler will attempt to match the mode name against all currently recognized languages before attempting to match the file name suffix or guess based on the file s contents You may add an Emacs variable block or lines to any document either directly or by selecting the Emacs Variable Block command from the Insert submenu of the Edit menu Here is an example variable block from a plain text file Local Variables coding ISO 8859 1 tab width 8 End You may also add the TextWrangler specific variable make backup files to control whether or not TextWrangler should back up a given file For more details please see Controlling Backups with Emacs Variables on page 190 Saving with Authentication TextWrangler supports saving files that require administrator privileges if you possess the necessary user and password information to enable this For example you can edit and save fi
129. d rather than a single character at the end because both PCRE and Perl have an optimization that allows for fast failure when a single character is used They remember the last single character that is required for a match and fail early if it is not present in the string If the pattern is changed to gt D lt d gt sequences of non digits cannot be broken and failure happens quickly Recursive Patterns Consider the problem of matching a string in parentheses allowing for unlimited nested balanced parentheses Without the use of recursion the best that can be done is to use a pattern that matches up to some fixed depth of nesting It is not possible to handle an arbitrary nesting depth Perl 5 6 has provided an experimental facility that allows regular expressions to recurse among other things It does this by interpolating Perl code in the expression at run time and the code can refer to the expression itself Obviously TextWrangler s grep engine cannot support the interpolation of Perl code Instead the special item R is provided for the specific case of recursion The following recursive pattern solves the parentheses problem C 2 gt 0 O14 R First it matches an opening parenthesis Then it matches any number of substrings which can either be a sequence of non parentheses or a recursive match of the pattern itself that is a correctly parenthesized substring Finally there is a closing par
130. d Cmd Opt Opt Opt Opt Opt Opt Cmd Cmd Opt Opt Opt Opt Find Next Misspelled WordCmd Find All Misspelled Words Cmd Opt Clear Spelling Errors Check Spelling as You Type Show Hide Spelling Panel Cmd Shift View Text Display submenu Show Hide Toolbar Show Hide Navigation Bar Show Hide Editor Show Hide Files Cmd 0 Show Hide Open Documents Show Hide Recent Documents Show Hide Worksheet amp Scratchpad Balance Cmd B Balance amp Fold Cmd Shift B Fold Selection Unfold Selection Collapse Enclosing Folds Collapse All Folds Expand All Folds Previous Document Cmd Opt Next Document Cmd Opt Move to New Window Cmd Opt O Open in Additional Window Reveal in Finder Go Here in Terminal Go Here in Disk Browser View gt Text Display Show Hide Fonts Cmd T Soft Wrap Text Show Hide Page Guide Show Hide Tab Stops Show Hide Line Numbers Show Hide Gutter Show Hide Invisibles Show Hide Spaces Listing by Menu and Command Name 241 242 Search Find Multi File Search Search in Disk Browser Live Search Find Next Find Previous Find All Find Selected Text Find Previous Selected Text Use Selection for Find Use Selection for Find grep Use Selection for Replace Use Selection for Replace grep Replace Replace All Replace to End Replace amp Find Next Go to Line Go to Line Go to Center Line Go to Function Start G
131. d Python scripts are displayed in an error browser errors for other languages are displayed as text in the output window Unix Scripting Perl Python Ruby Shells and more 227 Run Displays the Run a Script sheet which allows you to set options before running the script in the frontmost window Muse debugger Run selection only C Run in Terminal Save before running M chdir to script s folder Output to Output options Unix Script Output _ Clear before writing O New window C Save after writing O Hello World pl log CED Selection Only Check this box to execute only the selected text in the frontmost document window This box is disabled if there s no active selection Save Before Running Check this box to save the source file before running the script Output to Choose to display output in a new window to direct it to the Unix Output file or to write it to a file in TextWrangler s Logs folder Library Logs TextWrangler Use Debugger Check this box to run Perl Python or Ruby scripts in the interpreter s debugger Run in Terminal This command runs the script in a new Terminal window Chdir to Script s Folder Check this box to set the working directory to the folder that contains the script before running it Output Options Mark these checkboxes to clear the output file before writing and to save it after writing respectively Run in Terminal This command will run the script in a new Term
132. d any hard line breaks from the chunk of text forming it into a soft wrapped paragraph TextWrangler then hard wraps that paragraph according to your chosen settings which are the same as for the Hard Wrap command see Hard Wrap on page 101 and reinserts the quote markers When you use this command on a rectangular selection TextWrangler will pad lines with spaces as necessary Increase and Decrease Quote Level These commands respectively insert or delete a standard Internet quote character gt from each line of the selected hard wrapped text or for the current line if there is no selection Strip Quotes This command removes all Internet style quoting from the selected hard wrapped text or from the current line if there is no selection Chapter 5 Text Transformations Zap Gremlins This command displays a sheet which allows you to remove or replace various non printing characters often known as gremlins Use this command when you have a file that may contain extraneous control characters or any non ASCII characters which you wish to identify or remove Zap Zapped characters M Non ASCII characters Delete M Control characters O Replace with code mM Null ASCII 0 characters Replace with The checkboxes on the left hand side of the sheet determine which types of characters the Zap Gremlins command affects while the radio buttons on the right hand side determine what to do with gremlins that a
133. d choose the desired font and size The default font is Menlo Regular at 12 points You can also adjust the default tab width on a per language basis To do so select a language entry in the Languages preference panel click Options to bring up the language options sheet and enter the desired tab width in the Editing section of this sheet Tab Width This option controls the default number of spaces that TextWrangler uses to represent the width of a tab character Soft Wrap Text When this option is selected TextWrangler soft wraps the text in the file to the right margin that you choose the Page Guide the window width or a specified number of characters as selected by the options below the checkbox Keyboard Preferences The Keyboard preferences control TextWrangler s response to the use of various special keys including the ability to recognize Emacs key bindings Home and End Keys Choose Scroll to Beginning and End of Document to have the Home and End keys perform these respective actions This is the default setting which reflects the standard key motion behavior in Macintosh applications Choose Move Cursor to Beginning and End of Current Line to have the Home and End keys perform these respective actions instead This option may be useful for those accustomed to Windows editing key behavior Enter key generates Return When this option is on TextWrangler will generate a carriage
134. date Codeless Language Modules A codeless language module is a specially formatted text file which allows you to describe the properties of a source code language via a set of basic parameters TextWrangler will then use these parameters to perform syntax coloring and function navigation for the specified language Codeless language modules are written as property lists or plists which is anXML format that Mac OS X uses for many purposes You can create or edit codeless language module files with TextWrangler itself with the Mac OS X Property List Editor located in Developer Applications Utilities if you have installed the Apple Developer Tools package or with a third party editor such as PlistEdit Pro http www fatcatsoftware com plisteditpro You can find complete specifications for creating codeless language modules in Appendix D see page 253 or in the Developer Information section of our web site http www barebones com support develop Code based Language Modules TextWrangler also supports producing code based language modules to handle more complex languages or document formats You can find complete specifications for creating code based language modules in the Developer Information section of our web site http www barebones com support develop Language Module Compatibility You will not be able to use any third party language modules which do not support Unicode text or which were built in CFM
135. diting window containing buttons and controls that let you adjust display options for and provide info about the current document You can toggle display of the toolbar by choosing Hide Toolbar Show Toolbar in the View menu or under Mac OS X 10 6 only by clicking the control in the top right corner of the window You can also change the Toolbar options in the Appearance preference panel to make TextWrangler hide or show individual items on the toolbar by default If the current document has a corresponding disk file the toolbar displays the full path to the document s disk file and the last time the file was saved If the document has not been saved to disk the toolbar displays New Document instead of a file name Windows in which the toolbar is not directly below the window title bar for example disk browsers and search results do not have a toolbar control but do honor the global toolbar preference You can also use the Text Options sheet to show and hide the toolbar on a per window basis The icons on the toolbar are indicators buttons and popup menus that give you quick access to commonly used functions The following table explains each icon Window Anatomy 63 64 Note Icon Meaning A solid diamond indicates that the document has been o modified A hollow diamond means only the state of the document window position selection range scrolling position and so on has changed The pencil icon indicate
136. dow Menu 111 112 Tip By default new windows always stack down and right 20px If you have saved a default window size and that window is of full screen height new windows will just stack to the right and preserve their saved height Each type of window has its own default position and size For instance the default position and size for editing windows is different from the default position and size for disk browser windows Window position and size preferences are also keyed to the active screen configuration so if you frequently switch screen layouts as when connecting an external display to a portable you can save separate default window preferences which will be applied depending on which screen configuration is active Arrange The Arrange command cascades all open editing windows in the default fashion each successive window will be moved incrementally down and to the right as described above When you hold down the Option key this command toggles to Tile Two Front Windows and choosing it will produce the specified outcome Cycle Through Windows This command sends the front window behind all the other windows Hold the Shift key down when choosing this command to Cycle Through Windows Backwards i e to bring the rearmost window to the front Exchange with Next This command makes the second window the active window Choose this command repeatedly to alternate between the front two windows Synchro Scrollin
137. dy gathered classes in AppleScript form a hierarchy That is classes can be based on other classes Such a class is called a subclass and the class on which a subclass is based is referred to as its parent class In AppleScript classes can only have one parent Multiple inheritance is a feature found in more complex languages The idea of a class hierarchy makes it easier for us to add new features to TextWrangler since when we want to create a new kind of window half the work is already done However when scripting you may need to flip back and forth between two or more class definitions to find all the properties of the object you are working with This is technically speaking a limitation of Apple s Script Editor There is no reason the inherited properties could not automatically be included in a subclass listing by a smarter editor for example Script Debugger which does this Now that we have the class hierarchy under control let s look at the properties themselves more closely we will stick with the text window class at this point Properties of an object are referred to using the preposition of For example the following line of script returns the font of the frontmost text window tell application TextWrangler to get display font of text window 1 In this specific example you can just write get display font of window 1 AppleScript will figure out that window 1 is more specifically a text window and therefore has
138. e if you type Ctl U then a 3 and then Ctl N the insertion point will move down three lines There is no visual feedback as you type the number and no way to backspace or otherwise edit the number If you make a mistake the best you can do is type Ctl G keyboard quit and start over Appendix B Editing Shortcuts APPENDIX Note Codeless Language Modules This appendix lists the syntax elements available for use in codeless language modules For further details and example modules visit the Developer and Plug In Library sections of our web site http www barebones com support develop http www barebones com support bbedit plugin_library html In this appendix Creating a Mod le sser kens Sessa sae acre Slaven 8 59 Sieve eig wie alee Wie See esa aie 253 Required Elements 254 Installing Codeless Language Modules 254 Function Scanning with Regular Expressions 254 Spell Checking Code Runs 255 Starting from a Template 255 Language Keys and Properties 0 cece cee cece cece reece eeeeeeeeees 257 Creating a Module Codeless language modules are written as property lists or plists which is an XML format that Mac OS X uses for many purposes http developer apple com documentation Cocoa Conceptual PropertyLists Articles XMLPListsConcept html You can create or edit codeless language module files with TextWrangler itself with the Mac OS X Property List Editor or with a t
139. e Option key while selecting or double clicking a script to open the script s file for editing instead of running it hold down the Shift key while selecting or double clicking a script to reveal its file in the Finder or while selecting a folder node to reveal that node in the Finder Additional Notes In addition to the features detailed above TextWrangler offers some additional options which it may help you to be aware of Setting Menu Keys for Scripts The Filters and Scripts palettes both have a Set Key button at the top Select a filter or script in the list and click this button to set a keyboard shortcut for the selected item You may also assign key equivalents to scripts or filters within the Menus amp Shortcuts preference panel Manually Sorting the Filter and Script Lists By default items in the Apply Text Filters submenu and the Scripts menu display in alphabetical order However you can force items to appear in any desired order by including any two characters followed by a right parenthesis at the beginning of their name For example 00 Foo would sort before 01 Bar For such files the first three characters are not displayed in TextWrangler You can also insert a divider by including an empty folder whose name ends with the string The folder can be named anything so it sorts where you want it Canceling Filter or Script Execution You can press the Cancel button in the progress dialog
140. e file in a text editing window The toolbar displays the URL of the file on the server not the pathname of the file on your hard drive as it does for local files You can drag items from FTP browser windows to other applications TextWrangler will include a URL in the drag event for each selected item in a form that applications which accept URLs may be able to use You can use the Info button to examine the size modification date and if applicable file system permissions of the selected file You can edit the file s name and click the Rename button to rename the file on the server you can also make changes to the permissions and click the Set button to change them Take care not to set the permissions such that the file becomes inaccessible to you Accessing FTP SFTP Servers 51 52 You can directly create a new file or folder on the server by clicking the New button or remove files from the server by selecting them and pressing the Delete button Specifying Alternate Ports TextWrangler allows you to open an FTP or SFTP connection on ports other than the default To specify an alternate port place it at the end of the server name separated by a colon for example ftp example com 1111 Storing Passwords As long as your user account s keychain is unlocked TextWrangler will use it to store the password for each server that you access and to automatically fill in the corresponding password whenever you enter a server and u
141. e indicates that it is a reference to the window to be saved In other words some window object which in TextWrangler would be window 1 for the frontmost window or window Text File if you want to specify a window by name we will show you how to figure all that out in a moment you have to look at the window class s dictionary entry Chapter 11 Scripting TextWrangler Anything in square brackets is optional Most of the rest of the save event is optional in fact The basic event just saves the frontmost window to the same file from which it was opened However you can also optionally include the word to followed by a file reference You specify a file simply by using the word file followed by the path name of the file as in file Hard Disk Users Adam Documents My file If you specify a file to save the window to the text will be saved into that file instead of the file it came from like using Save As instead of Save The last three optional parts of the save event are denoted as boolean That means they take either a true or a false value In AppleScript there are a couple of different ways to specify boolean values You can write saving as stationery true to tell TextWrangler to save the file as a stationery document Or you can write with saving as stationery You will notice that the last two parameters default to true if you do not specify them as false To do that you would use add to recent list false or without add to recen
142. e program and documentation Limited Warranty and Limitation of Remedies The program documentation and any support from Bare Bones Software Inc are provided as is and without warranty express and implied including but not limited to any implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose In no event will Bare Bones Software Inc be liable for any damages including lost profits lost savings or other incidental or consequential damages even if Bare Bones Software Inc is advised of the possibility of such damages or for any claim by you or any third party General Terms This Agreement can only be modified by a written agreement signed by you and Bare Bones Software Inc and changes from the terms and conditions of this Agreement made in any other manner will be of no effect If any portion of this Agreement shall be held invalid illegal or unenforceable the validity legality and enforceability of the remainder of the Agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts without giving effect to conflict of laws provisions thereof As required by United States export regulations you shall not permit export of the program or any direct products thereof to any country to which export is then controlled by the United States Bureau of Export Administration unless you have that agency s prior written approval Use
143. e text document text documents contain information specific to text files opened for editing in TextWrangler e picture document refers to a document corresponding to an open picture file A picture document does not present any properties beyond the basic document class but provides a way to differentiate picture documents from other types of document TextWrangler s Scripting Model 213 214 e movie document refers to a document corresponding to an open QuickTime movie file A movie document does not present any properties beyond the basic document class but provides a way to differentiate movie documents from other types of document e QuickTime document refers to a document corresponding to an imported Quicktime image file A QuickTime document does not present any properties beyond the basic document class but provides a way to differentiate QuickTime documents from other types of documents Lines and Display_lines The line element refers to a hard line that is a stream of characters that begins at the start of file or after a line break and which ends at the end of file or immediately before a line break This is consistent with the previous semantics of line in hard wrapped documents and these semantics now apply in soft wrapped documents as well The display_line element refers to a line of text as displayed on screen bounded by soft and or hard line breaks The sta
144. e to delete to end of end of line word Home scroll to top of move document insertion point to start of document End scroll to end of move document insertion point to end of document Pg Up scroll page up Pg Dn scroll page down Note Holding down the Command and Option keys as you press the forward delete key deletes to the end of the document Resolving URLs To resolve a URL Uniform Resource Locator you can Command click anywhere in the URL text or Control click to bring up the contextual menu and choose Open URL from the menu TextWrangler will examine the URL and launch the appropriate helper application If the URL is not valid or the helper application cannot be found TextWrangler will beep Note Some Web browsers cannot resolve URLs if the request is sent when the browser is starting up If your Web browser does not properly resolve the URL wait until the browser has finished starting up and then try again Bare Bones Software gratefully acknowledges John Norstad for providing the URL parsing code 82 Chapter 4 Editing Text with TextWrangler Note Note Text Options You can use the Text Options command to change the way TextWrangler edits text and the way it displays text and additional elements in its windows When you choose this command TextWrangler will drop a Text Options sheet in the current text window The controls on the Text Options sheet are divided into two parts the Editing options on
145. ection on replacement where you will see how the choice of subpatterns affects the changes you can make Using Alternation The alternation operator allows you to match any of several patterns at a given point To use this operator place it between one or more patterns x y to match either x or y As with all of the preceding options you can combine alternation with other pattern elements to handle more complex searches Pattern Text is Matches alt A cat each a and t ale t A cat each a c and t a cat dog A cat is here A dog is A cat is A dog is is here A giraffe is here A b Abba A bb and a Andy Ted Andy and Ted joined Andy and Ted AAA yesterday d 4 years I ve been a loyal 1983 years member since 1983 almost 16 years ago a z d That s almost 16 That s almost years 16 years The Longest Match Issue When creating complex patterns you should bear in mind that the quantifiers and are greedy That is they will always make the longest possible match possible to a given pattern so if your pattern is E one or more E s and your text contains EEEE the pattern matches all the E s at once not just the first one This is usually what you want but not always 146 Chapter 8 Searching with Grep IMPORTANT Sup goo pose for
146. eginning of their name For example 00 Web template would sort before 01 HTML Template For such files the first three characters are not displayed in TextWrangler You can also insert a divider by including an empty folder ending with the string The folder can be named anything so it sorts where you want it These conventions are the same as those used by the utilities FinderPop and OtherMenu In the Clippings Filters Scripts and Stationery palettes the Set Key button allows you to assign key equivalents to any item contained in that window You can use combinations of the Command Shift Option and Control keys plus any single other key to create such equivalents except that any equivalent must contain either the Command or Control keys or both You can also map Function keys directly to items with or without the use of a modifier Text Filters The Text Filters palette displays all the text filters currently present in the Text Filters subfolder of TextWrangler s application support folder See Chapter 2 Text Filters for more information about using text filters in TextWrangler Windows The Windows palette displays the names of all open windows ordered by name and kind You can open a file by dragging its icon from the Finder into the Windows palette Document windows which correspond to text files have a document icon next to them display windows such as browsers and search results windo
147. elect Line insertion point Paragraph containing Select Paragraph insertion point You can then cut copy or perform any other action that affects the selected text Note TextWrangler defines a paragraph as a block of text surrounded by blank lines lines containing no characters other than tabs or spaces The beginning and end of the document also mark the beginning and end of paragraphs Moving Text To move text from one place to another follow these steps 1 Select the text you want to move 2 Choose Cut from the Edit menu TextWrangler removes the text from the window and stores it on the clipboard 60 Chapter 4 Editing Text with TextWrangler Tip Note 3 Use the scroll bars to move to the new place for the text if necessary then click to set the insertion point where the text is to be inserted 4 Choose Paste from the Edit menu You can paste the contents of the clipboard as many times as you want in any TextWrangler window or in any other application Pasting inserts the text stored on the clipboard at the insertion point If there is a selection pasting replaces the selection with the contents of the clipboard To place text on the clipboard without deleting it choose Copy from the Edit menu To add selected text to the existing contents of the clipboard hold down the Shift key as you choose the Cut or Copy command When you hold down the Shift key TextWrangler changes these commands to Cut amp Append
148. em to the Search In list click Other in the Multi File Search window and choose the item using the resulting selection sheet You can select multiple items to be added To designate any item in the list as a search source click on the box next to its name or double click on the name to add a checkmark To deselect a search source click the box next to its name or double click its name to turn off the checkmark To select a single source only and deselect all other sources Command click on the checkbox next to the desired source s name To remove a search source from the list click on the minus sign to the right of its name Doing so removes only the entry from the list not the original item TextWrangler will display a summary of the selected sources in the information box at the bottom of the Multi File Search window Here are some common scenarios Searching the files in a folder To search the files in a folder click on the box next to the folder s name or double click its name in the Sources list If the folder you want to search is not in the Sources list click the Other button at the right of the dialog and pick the folder using the resulting selection sheet You can also drag a folder from the Finder directly into the search items box of the Find amp Replace dialog to choose it as the source The Choose a Folder dialog will display any packages it encounters as folders rather than just as single files the
149. en this option is on TextWrangler displays the Text Options popup in the toolbar see page 63 Appearance Preferences 175 176 Document proxy icon When this option is on TextWrangler displays the document proxy icon in the toolbar see page 63 This icon serves as a proxy for the document file you can click it to reveal the current file in the Finder or drag it anywhere the original file can be dragged Navigation Bar When any of the listed options are on TextWrangler displays the navigation bar see page 65 You can also show or hide the navigation bar independently for each text window This option is on by default Document Navigation When this option is on TextWrangler displays the Previous and Next buttons and the Document popup menu in the navigation bar see page 66 Marker menu When this option is on TextWrangler displays the Marker popup menu in the navigation bar see page 67 Counterpart button When this option is on TextWrangler displays the Counterpart button in the navigation bar see page 67 Included files menu When this option is on TextWrangler displays the Included Files popup menu in the navigation bar see page 68 Function menu When this option is on TextWrangler displays the Function popup menu in the navigation bar see page 66 The related options below control how items appear in the menu Sort items by name If this option is on TextWrangler sorts the items in the Function popup me
150. enthesis This particular example pattern contains nested unlimited repeats and so the use of a once only subpattern for matching strings of non parentheses is important when applying the pattern to strings that do not match For example when it tries to match against this line of text aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa it yields no match quickly However if a once only subpattern is not used the match runs for a very long time indeed because there are so many different ways the and repeats can carve up the subject and all have to be tested before failure can be reported Chapter 8 Searching with Grep Note Recommended Books and Resources Mastering Regular Expressions 3rd Edition by Jeffrey E F Friedl O Reilly amp Associates 2006 ISBN 0 596 528 12 4 Although it does not cover TextWrangler s grep features specifically Mastering Regular Expressions is an outstanding resource for learning the how to of writing useful grep patterns and the second edition is even better than the original TextWrangler Talk The TextWrangler Talk discussion group covers a wide range of topics and questions about using TextWrangler which frequently include searching and the use of grep patterns http groups google com group textwrangler TextWrangler s grep engine is based on the PCRE library package which is open source software written by Philip Hazel and copyright 1997 2004 by the Univers
151. er Any language is easier to read than to write easier to understand than to speak AppleScript is no different That s because even though all the commands it uses are English words arranged in ways that more or less make grammatical sense you still have to know or find out from the application s dictionary exactly which words to use and what order they should go in But it is easy to get started making scripts by recording them First launch both TextWrangler and the Script Editor Using AppleScripts in TextWrangler 203 204 Note When you launch the Script Editor a new blank script window appears Click the Record button circled in the illustration below Untitled 2 eo s j Run Compile Bundle Contents lt No selected element gt Events Replies EZT Description Event Log Now switch to TextWrangler and perform your task Remember that the Script Editor is recording everything you do in every recordable application you are running not just TextWrangler If you do something in the Finder for instance that will get recorded too Since almost everything you do is recorded remember that if you make an error and then Undo it your recorded script will faithfully make the same mistake and undo it when you run it later It will be possible to fix minor errors later but things always go more smoothly if you do not make any mistakes so take your time and try to do it right the first time Now switch back to the S
152. er Classes TextWrangler uses several other sequences for matching different types or categories of characters Special Character Matches s any whitespace character space tab carriage return line feed form feed s any non whitespace character any character not included by s w any word character a z A Z 0 9 _ and some 8 bit characters w any non word character all characters not included by w including carriage returns d any digit 0 9 D any non digit character including carriage return A word is defined in TextWrangler as any run of non word break characters bounded by word breaks Word characters are generally alphanumeric and some characters whose value is greater than 127 are also considered word characters Note that any character matched by s is by definition not a word character thus anything matched by s will also be matched by W but not the reverse Chapter 8 Searching with Grep Quantifiers Repeat Subpatterns The special characters and specify how many times the pattern preceding them may repeat style quantifiers allow you to specify exactly how many times a subpattern can repeat The preceding pattern can be a literal character a wildcard character a character class or a special character Pattern Matches p zero or more p s pt one or more p s p zero or one p s p COUNT match exactly COUNT p s where COUNT is
153. er alias here TextWrangler will open a disk browser window based at that folder If you place other types of items in this folder TextWrangler will ask the Finder to open them You should move or copy any file or application aliases that you wish to preserve If you have any AppleScripts startup items please see the preceding upgrade note for the Scripts folder about script compatibility Stationery Global Local This folder does not exist by default but you may create it at any time The Stationery folder contains stationery files for use with TextWrangler s New with Stationery command and the Stationery List palette Stationery files may be placed within subfolders up to four levels deep to organize them You can hide or show all items included from the global folder by using the menu item Hide Show Library Stationery You should move or copy over any stationery documents that you wish to preserve TextWrangler s Application Support Folders 29 Upgrading Upgrading Upgrading Text Filters Local This folder does not exist by default but you may create it at any time The Text Filters folder contains executable items such as compiled AppleScripts Automator workflows text factories created by BBEdit and Unix filters which you may apply to the frontmost document via the Apply Text Filter command in the Text menu When you apply such an item TextWrangler will pass either the selected text if any or
154. er matches the numeric string at the beginning of a line The pattern d matches a possible decimal point and a digit sequence The other groups use the white space idiom and the identifier idiom You can use a similar technique to mark any section that has a section mark that can be described with grep Chapter 8 Searching with Grep Marking a Mail Digest You can elaborate the structured text technique to create markers for mail digests Assume that each digest is separated by the following lines From Sadie Burke lt sadie burke com gt Date Sun 16 Jul 1995 13 17 45 0700 Subject Fishing with the judge Suppose you want the marker text to list the subject and the sender You would use the following search string From t r rSubject t And mark the text with this replacement string 2 M Note that for the sequence r r in the middle of the search string the r before Subject is necessary because as previously discussed the special character does not match carriage returns At least not by default See Advanced Topics below for details on how to make dot match any character including carriage returns Rearranging Name Lists You can use grep patterns to transform a list of names in first name first form to last name first order for a later sorting for instance Assume that the names are in the form Junior X Potter Jill Safai Dylan Schuyler Goode Walter Wang I
155. ers and FTP SFTP browsers were open when you choose the Quit command and will attempt to reopen those documents the next time you launch it This option is on by default Restore unsaved changes When this option is on TextWrangler will preserve the contents of any unsaved document contents when you quit including untitled documents and restore those documents the next time you launch it If you prefer the traditional Quit behavior turn this option off Include documents on servers When this option is on TextWrangler will attempt to reopen documents from remote servers when you launch it Automatically check for updates This option controls whether TextWrangler automatically looks to see if a newer version is available Regardless of the setting of the checkbox you can manually check for an update at any time by clicking the Check Now button The version checking mechanism used by TextWrangler protects your privacy It works by requesting information about the currently available version from Bare Bones Software s web server The server will log the date time and originating address of the request and which versions of the OS and TextWrangler you are using This information is used to guide the future development of TextWrangler it is not personalized and will not be disclosed Click the Privacy button to view our posted privacy policy This option is not present in copies of TextWrangler obtained via the Mac App Store Ap
156. erwise creates an alternation of everything to its left and right and for changing the matched text when performing replacements A subpattern consists of any simple or complex pattern enclosed in a pair of parentheses You can optionally specify a simple string to identify a subpattern making it a named subpattern Pattern Matches p the pattern p and remembers it Chapter 8 Searching with Grep Pattern Matches P lt NAME gt p the pattern p and remembers it by the specified string NAME You can combine more than one subpattern into a grep pattern or mix subpatterns and other pattern elements as you need Taking the last set of examples you could modify these to use subpatterns wherever actual data appears Pattern Matches Examples d d a string of digits followed 4 2 by a plus sign followed 1234 5829 by more digits d 4 t B c four digits followed by a 2152 B C tab or a space followed by the string B C S 0 9 4 d an optional dollar sign 1 234 56 followed by one or more 4 296 459 1 digits and commas 9 followed by a period then 3 5 6 4 0000 zero or more digits 0 Using Backreferences in Subpatterns What if we wanted to match a series of digits followed by a plus sign followed by the exact same series of digits as on the left side of the plus In other words we want to match 123441234 or 7 7 but not 5432 1984 Using grouping
157. es between the contents of the front document and the disk file for that same document This capability makes it easy to locate in progress changes to a document Apply to New Applies the currently selected difference to the New version of two files which are being compared See Comparing Text Files for more details Apply to Old Applies the currently selected difference to the Old version of two files which are being compared See Comparing Text Files for more details Compare Again Find the differences between two files using the same settings that were used in the last time you used the Find Differences command See Comparing Text Files for more details Chapter 7 Searching Find in Reference Performs a search for the selected symbol using an appropriate language specific online resource As for Find Definition if there is no selection TextWrangler will attempt to determine the symbol name by inspection around the insertion point For example Find in Reference in a PHP document will look up the selected symbol on php net in a Ruby document it will use the ri interactive reference in a Unix Shell Script it will open the appropriate Unix man page For languages which don t have a pre defined resources lookups will performed on the Apple Developer Connection web site You can modify the URL template which TextWrangler uses to perform the lookup for a particular language by bringing u
158. esheet href css blueprint screen css type text css media screen p lt link rel stylesheet href css blueprint lib grid css type text css media screen lt link rel stylesheet href css blueprint print css type text css media print gt v Recent Documents index html lt Homepage CSS gt lt link rel stylesheet href css site css type text css media screen projection head gt body id home class pme gt M gt B s HTML Western MacOS Roman Unix LF 5 209 731 140 Folding Controls The triangular controls displayed in the gutter are disclosure triangles you can click on them to fold or expand regions within the document If there are nested folds present Option clicking on the outermost fold will expand or collapse that fold and all subordinate folds eoe index html SESS o J Ti i bast Saved 07 12 2011 11 30 35 ey xxr File Path v Users Shared doc examples index html gt index html no symbol selected Wwe e lt DOCTYPE html PUBLIC W3C DTD XHTML 1 0 Transitional EN a http www w3 org TR xhtml1 DTD xhtmli transitional dtd gt tml xmins http www w3 0rg 1999 xhtml xml Lang en Lang en us gt ead gt lt head gt lt body id home class Y home gt lt div class container gt v lt div class column span 20 prepend 2 append 2 first last gt Y Recent Documents v lt div style float right margin top
159. esponding types of HTML and XML tags and any attribute names and values within such tags Text Colors Preferences 187 Text Encodings Preferences The top of the Text Encodings preference panel contains an alphabetical list of every character set encoding available in the system and allows you to choose which of these encodings TextWrangler includes in its menus These menu are e The Read As popup menu in the Open dialog e The Encoding popup menu in the Options dialog within the Save dialog e The Encoding popup in the status bar e The character set popup menus in various HTML tools dialogs including the New HTML Document dialog e The encoding selection popup menus in this preference panel To include an encoding for display select it and click Enable To remove an encoding from display select it and click Disable To include all encodings or remove all but the required the encodings click the Enable All or Disable All buttons respectively All available Unicode encodings are permanently enabled and cannot be turned off Tip To keep the length of the encoding menus manageable you should add only those encodings which you use frequently Default text encoding for new documents TextWrangler uses the encoding specified by this option for new documents which do not contain an intrinsic encoding specification If file s encoding can t be guessed try If TextWrangler cannot determine a file s proper encoding by examinati
160. et of square brackets Class Meaning alnum letters and digits alpha letters ascii character codes 0 127 blank horizontal whitespace cntrl control characters digit decimal digits same as d graph printing characters excluding spaces Advanced Grep Topics 155 156 Class Meaning lower lower case letters print printing characters including spaces punct punctuation characters space white space same as s upper upper case letters word word characters same as w xdigit hexadecimal digits For example digit is the same as d POSIX style character class names are case sensitive It is easy to forget that POSIX style character classes are only available inside regular character classes The pattern space without enclosing square brackets is just a 66 99 6699 6699 CEIS Coo character class consisting of the characters a c e p and s The names ascii and word are Perl extensions the others are defined by the POSIX standard Another Perl extension supported by TextWrangler is negated POSIX style character classes which are indicated by a after the colon For example to match any run of non digit characters digit Non Capturing Parentheses As described in the preceding section Creating Subpatterns bare parentheses cluster and capture the subpatterns they contain The portio
161. exes may change over time This situation is effectively no different than handling documents which are contained in individual text windows i e the index will change over time when you select different windows If your script needs to keep a permanent references to a particular document you should refer to that document by its id rather than its index TextWrangler s Scripting Model 219 220 Common AppleScript Pitfalls Here are some things to watch out for when scripting TextWrangler with AppleScript The Escape Issue AppleScript uses the backslash character as an escape character You can use r to indicate a carriage return or t to indicate a tab character More importantly you can use or to include a quote mark or apostrophe in a string that is delimited by quotes or apostrophes If you want to specify a real backslash you must write That s not all that confusing until you start writing AppleScripts that call on TextWrangler s powerful grep searching capability TextWrangler also uses the backslash as an escape character If you want to search for an actual backslash in a document you have to tell TextWrangler to search for However if you do that in AppleScript you must keep in mind that AppleScript will first interpret the backslashes before passing them to TextWrangler To pass one backslash to TextWrangler from AppleScript you must write two in AppleScript So to tell TextWrangler to search for a single
162. extWrangler s application support folder See Chapter 2 for details The contents of the Text Filters and Scripts subfolders are presented respectively in the Apply Text Filters submenu and the Scripts menu as well as the Text Filters and Scripts floating palettes Document State For convenience TextWrangler sets some runtime environment variables to provide information about the front document s state right before a Unix filter or script is run Variable Description BB_DOC_LANGUAGE Name of the document s current language not set if language is none BB_DOC_MODE Emacs mode of the document s current language BB_DOC_NAME name of the document BB_DOC_PATH path of the document not set if the document is unsaved BB_DOC_SELEND zero based end of the selection range not set if not text document BB_DOC_SELEND_COLUM _ one based de tabbed column number of N BB_DOC_SELEND BB_DOC_SELEND_LINE one based line number of BB_DOC_SELEND BB_DOC_SELSTART zero based start of the selection range not set if not text document BB_DOC_SELSTART_COLU one based de tabbed column number of MN BB_DOC_SELSTART BB_DOC_SELSTART_LINE one based line number of BB_DOC_SELSTART Selection ranges and other offsets are expressed in characters not bytes Filters Filters operate on the selected text of the frontmost document TextWrangler will pass either the selected text if any or the contents
163. f an object belonging to the class is said to be an instance of that class or just an object of that class So here we are looking at the class itself each individual window object has all these properties After a tag line that tells you about the class an open window comes the plural form AppleScript lets you refer to windows either singly or as a group so it needs to know what the plural of every term is For example try this little script tell application TextWrangler to count windows The result of this script is the total number of window objects currently displayed by TextWrangler After the plural form comes a list of properties Some objects do not have properties for example a string but many applications do An object s properties are merely a collection of data that describes that particular object For example as you look down the list of window properties you will see that every window has a name every window has a position every window has bounds the area of the screen it covers and so on 198 Chapter 11 Scripting TextWrangler The first item on the list though is lt inheritance gt item This tells you that a window is a kind of item and that it therefore has all the properties of an item Take a quick look at item s class definition shown below e000 TextWrangler sdef Qr Terminology Required Suite gt pais Hintan 4 B text a tandard Suite gt atalka Bi document
164. f you use this search pattern And this replacement string 2 MI The transformed list becomes Potter Junior X Safai Jill Goode Dylan Schuyler Wang Walter Advanced Grep Topics TextWrangler s PCRE based grep engine offers unparalleled syntactical power The topics below cover areas that show how grep can effectively match very complicated patterns of textTextWrangler However with this power comes complexity Advanced Grep Topics 153 154 If you are new to grep it is possible that the topics covered in this section will not make much sense to you That s OK The best way to learn grep is to use it in real life not by reading example patterns In many cases the basic grep syntax covered previously in this chapter will be all that you need If you are an experienced user of grep however many of the topics covered below will be of great interest Matching Nulls The grep engine used in much older versions of TextWrangler prior to 2 0 was unable to search text that contained null characters ASCII value zero but this limitation has since been removed Here s one way to match a null x 0 Backreferences The following charts explain the rules TextWrangler uses for determining backreferences In Search Patterns Modifier Effect O A backslash followed by a zero is an octal character reference Up to two further octal characters are read Thus 040 will match a space character
165. ffer to install the command line tools for you If you choose not to do so you can choose Install Command Line Tools from the TextWrangler application menu at any time to install or re install the current version of the command line tools To open a file in TextWrangler from the command line type edit filename where filename is the name of the file to be opened To launch TextWrangler without opening a file or activate it if it is already running type edit 1 In addition to files you can also specify FTP or SFTP URLs to files or directories to have TextWrangler open the specified files or an FTP SFTP Browser for each directory You will be prompted to enter passwords if necessary You can also pipe STDIN to the edit tool and it will open in a new untitled window in TextWrangler for example ls la edit If you just type edit with no parameters the tool will accept STDIN from the terminal type Control D end of file to terminate and send it to TextWrangler The complete command line syntax for the edit tool is edit bcChlpsuvVw long _form_switches e lt encoding name gt t lt string gt lt n gt file or lt S FTP URL gt See the edit tool s man page man edit for a complete description of the available switches and options Using Stationery Like most Macintosh applications TextWrangler supports stationery pads A stationery pad is a templ
166. ffix string is usually a dot period full stop whatever This string must be present and non empty or the entire dictionary entry will be ignored Bear in mind that if a suffix is given that overlaps with the suffix map of another language module or BBEdit s built in languages confusion may result Fortunately all of the suffix mappings can be seen in BBEdit s Languages preference panel BBLMCanResolvelIncludeFiles Boolean If this key is present and its value is true BBEdit will send kBBLMResolvelIncludeFileMessage for every include chosen off the includes menu The param block will include a CFStringRef with the name a CFURLRef to the document on disk which may be NULL and a place for you to put a CFURLRef when returning If the module returns NULL and noErr then BBEdit will assume that the module declined to do anything with the string and will look for the file as usual If the module returns a non NULL URL BBEdit will resolve it so the module can make a file http FTP or SFTP URL and the right thing will happen If the module returns something other than noErr BBEdit will not attempt anything else with the include and will report the error 258 Appendix C Codeless Language Modules Key Value Type BBLMReferenceSearchURLTe String mplate Language modules can now specify a default value for the Reference URL Template language specific preference by including a suitable URL string
167. file search and replace replacing all occurrences 1 Enter your desired find and replace strings in the Multi File Search window as described in the section Multi File Search 2 Choose the files to be searched as described in Specifying the Search Set 3 To start the operation click Replace All in the Multi File Search window choose the Replace All command or type its key equivalent of Command Option R TextWrangler displays the Find amp Replace All Matches dialog box Find amp Replace All Matches Leave open Save to disk C Confirm before saving Cancel _ Show results Multi File Replacing 127 This is what each of its options does Replaces all occurrences of the search string with the replace string and Leave Open Leaves all the files open so that you can inspect the replacements This option If there are many files that contain the search string TextWrangler may run out of memory Save to Disk Saves each file with the changes When the Confirm Saves setting is active you will have an opportunity to approve the changes before TextWrangler saves them to disk You should not turn this off unless you are sure that the replace operation being done is what you want Show Results Opens a results browser listing each of the files he changed and the number of changes in each file Live Search The Live Search command performs an incremental search In other words it shows
168. g When you have two or more windows open Synchro Scrolling makes both files scroll when you scroll one This feature is useful to look over two versions of the same file Window Names The last items in the Window menu are the names of all the open documents browsers and other editing windows Choose a window s name from this menu or use its numbered Command key equivalent if applicable to bring that window to the front You can also use the Windows palette to quickly select any open window Zoom key equivalent only There is no longer a Zoom command in the Window menu but the key equivalent Command still works Zoom will produce the same effect as clicking a window s zoom box it makes the active window larger if it is small or returns it to its original size if it was previously enlarged by a Zoom command Chapter 6 Windows amp Palettes When zooming windows TextWrangler will move the window as little as possible consistent with maximizing the window s size This behavior is similar to what the Finder does when zooming a window Window Menu 113 114 Chapter 6 Windows amp Palettes CHAPTER Searching This chapter describes TextWrangler s powerful Find and Multi File Search commands now enhanced with a flexible file filtering mechanism It tells you how to search for text in the active window or within a set of files TextWrangler can also do advanced pattern or grep searching To learn about pattern
169. g SCM Directories When scanning folders for various purposes multi file search Find Differences and other batch operations TextWrangler ignores all directories which contain administrative data for source control management SCM tools CVS svn git hg bzr This behavior prevents any inadvertent modifications to such data which might otherwise occurs during a multi file search or other batch operation If you must search the contents of such directories you can enable TextWrangler to do so by issuing the following Terminal command defaults write com barebones textwrangler SkipSCMAdminDirsWhenScanningFolders bool NO The Search Invisible Folders option no longer enables TextWrangler to search within such directories Multi File Replacing If you want to replace only some occurrences of text in multiple files you can simply search those files select the instances you want to change in the search results browser to open the files to those points and perform the replacements individually However TextWrangler can also change all occurrences of a string in a group of files with one command Globally replacing text in more than one file works the same as replacing it in a single file The only possible complication is that if you make a mistake it can have much wider consequences If you are not sure what effect a replace operation will have test it out on a few sample files or a copy of your data first To do a multi
170. g this option and turning Copy to Clipboard off you can collect all matching lines without affecting the previous contents of the clipboard The Report Results option causes TextWrangler to display a dialog reporting the total number of lines matched regardless of their final disposition With all of the other options turned off this can be useful for pretesting the extent of a search operation without affecting the clipboard or the contents of the original window Rewrap Quoted Text This command rewraps hard wrapped text having Internet style quoting while retaining the quoting characters and quote level Break lines at 72 characters Paragraph indentation No indent Standard indent Reverse indent O Increase indentation In quote delimiters _ Remove spaces ailing space M Paragraph fill mM Relative to first line In Internet messages it is common to use the gt symbol to indicate that part of a message is quoted from a message that is being replied to As a message gets batted back and forth in a discussion the oldest bits of text will end up having several gt symbols in front of them Each line of text in the message has a carriage return at the end making rewrapping the text to a different width somewhat problematic When you apply this command TextWrangler first extracts each chunk of quoted text a successive set of lines with the same number of markers and temporarily removes the markers an
171. ging 76 Arrow Keys 77 CamelCase Navigation 77 Rectangular Selections 77 Working with Rectangular Selections 78 Scrolling the View 80 The Delete Key 81 The Numeric Keypad 81 Go To Line Command 82 Function Keys 82 Resolving URLs 82 Editing Options 83 Display Options 84 Soft Wrapping 86 Hard Wrapping 87 Inserting File Contents 90 Inserting File amp Folder Paths 90 Inserting a Folder Listing 90 Inserting a Page Break 91 Inserting Time Stamps 91 Inserting an Emacs Variable Block 91 Table of Contents 9 Comparing Text Files yete oreget yep eee dyed yep eeed Seale ON 91 Compare Against Disk File 93 Multi File Compare Options 94 Using Markersy 6 en ah baa hb eA ite eae as Cee ee 95 Setting Markers 95 Clearing Markers 95 Using Grep to Set Markers 96 Spell Checking Documents 000 cece cece eens 96 Check Spelling As You Type 96 Manual Spell Checking 97 The Spelling Panel 97 98 Chapter 5 Text Transformations 99 Text Menu Commands 0 0 0 ccc cece teeta nes 99 Apply Text Filter 99 Apply Text Filter lt last filter gt 100 Exchange Characters 100 Change Case 100 Shift Left Shift Right 101 Un Comment Selection 101 Hard Wrap 101 Add Line Breaks 102 Remove Line Breaks 102 Convert to ASCH 102 Educate Quotes 102 Straighten Quotes
172. gler s commands have keyboard shortcuts TextWrangler lets you reassign the shortcuts for any menu item clippings entry plug in or script to suit your own way of working To change the keyboard shortcut for any menu command as well as any available scripts and text filters go to the Menus amp Shortcuts preference panel Contextual Menus When you Control click on selected text or at the insertion point in a text window TextWrangler s contextual menu will display a set of commands relevant to that location or text as well as some appropriate standard commands such as Cut Copy Paste or Check Spelling so you do not have to hunt around in the menu bar for them Snappy Palettes When you move or resize palettes floating windows they will snap to the edges of the screen and the edges of other palettes You can override this behavior by holding down the Shift key while dragging or resizing Dialog Box and Sheet Key Equivalents You can use key equivalents to click buttons or select options in most of TextWrangler s dialog boxes and sheets Certain keys have the same meaning in all dialogs and sheets e Pressing either the Return or Enter key is the same as clicking the default button e Typing Command period or pressing the Escape key is the same as clicking the Cancel button e You can use the Cut Copy Paste Clear and Select All commands either from the Edit menu or with their Command key equivalents in any text f
173. gs Permissions and Unix Scripts To execute scripts the script interpreter for any given language requires source code to be encoded with native line endings i e Unix line breaks for Perl and most other shell scripting languages TextWrangler will warn you if you attempt to run a script which does not have Unix line endings Additionally to execute scripts anywhere outside of TextWrangler e g in the Terminal the system requires that the script file have execute permissions set Thus when you first save any script file which contains a shebang line TextWrangler will automatically set execute permissions for your login account a x as modified by the umask on that file Chapter 12 Unix Scripting and the Command Line Configuring Perl TextWrangler can make full use of the system s default Perl install with no need for further configuration However if you wish to install and work with multiple versions of Perl you will need to specify the appropriate version in your scripts shebang lines Search Paths By default Perl looks for modules in its standard library path and in the current directory You may also use modules from other locations by specifying their paths in the PERLSLIB environment variable To do so you must first create an environment plist file as described under Setting Environment Variables for GUI Apps on page 226 then add a key value pair consisting of the variable and the desired paths
174. h Files This chapter discusses how to use TextWrangler to manipulate text files In this chapter Launching TextWrangler ccc cece cece eee cece e eee eens Startup Items 34 Creating and Saving Documents cece eee eee cece eeeeeee Saving a Copy of a File 36 File Saving Options 36 File State 37 Emacs Local Variables 38 Saving with Authentication 38 Saving Compressed Files as bz2 or gzip 39 Crash Auto ReCOVery cece cece cece cece cence tenein e Opening Existing Documents eee c cece cece eee eeeeeeee Choosing the Encoding for a Document 40 Using the Open Command 41 Reload from Disk 42 Opening and Viewing Files within Zip Archives 43 Opening bz2 gzip and tar Files and Binary plists 43 Opening Hidden Files 43 Using the Open Recent Command 46 Using the Reopen using Encoding Command 46 Using the Open Selection Command 43 Quitting TextWrangler cece cece eee cee reece eee enee An International Text Primer 0 ccc cece ccc c eee cece eee e eee International Text in TextWrangler 47 Unicode 47 Saving Unicode Files 48 Opening Unicode Files 49 Accessing FTP SFTP Servers ceceec cece ccc eeeeeeeeeees Opening Files from FTP SFTP Servers 49 Saving Files to FTP SFTP Servers 52 Using TextWrangler from the Command Line 54 Using TextWrangler from the Command Line eceeeeeeee U
175. haracters any number of characters or a single digit For example page html could map to a different language from html Menus amp Shortcuts Preferences The Menus amp Shortcuts preferences allow you to show or hide whole menus or individual commands You can also assign key equivalents to commands and various window elements as well as to clippings and scripts e Preferences g8 Appearance A PESTE Menu key equivalents and item visibility w Application v TextWrangler Preferences x File Setup LA Editing Edit Hide TextWrangler 3H gt o Text Hide Others X3 H a Editor Defaults view Quit TextWrangler xa Search Window Keyboard ga i w Scripts lay panguages Toolbar Navigation Bar Menus amp Shortcuts Status Bar Find Windows mm Printing FTP SFTP Browser Miscellaneous Text Encodings N M Allow menu key equivalents to autorepeat Text Files Restore Defaults Chapter 10 Preferences Note Menu Key Equivalents and Item Visibility This section of the preference panel displays a hierarchical list of each menu and menu command available within TextWrangler You can hide any menu or command which is not necessary for TextWrangler to function by turning off the checkbox next to that item s name The checkbox is disabled for necessary items such as the File menu and the Quit command You can assign or change the keyboard shortcut key equivalent for any menu command as
176. he List Pane in Disk Browsers The list pane of a disk browser displays disks files and folders When you are at the computer level the list shows all mounted volumes When you click a folder or disk in the list pane TextWrangler displays the names of all the files it can open in the text pane subject to the criteria specified by the Show and Filter menus When you click a file name in the list pane TextWrangler displays that file in the text pane To open a folder or disk and display its contents in the file list pane you can either double click it or Select it and press Command Down Arrow To go up one level to the enclosing folder or disk you can either choose the enclosing folder from the directory popup menu or press Command Up Arrow You can also use Quick Look to examine any non text file by selecting it and pressing the spacebar Chapter 9 Browsers Note When the list pane has input focus the browser window s AppleScript selection property will return a list of the files currently selected See Getting and Setting Properties on page 214 for further details Search Results Browsers If you selected the Batch Find option when performing a multi file search TextWrangler displays every occurrence of the search string in the searched files in a search results browser AOO benefits txt Search Results TextWrangler 0 Errors 0 Warnings 4 728 Notes Open 728 occurrences of TextWrangler fo
177. he Services submenu TextWrangler can natively open files with type TEXT utxt and UTF8 By default TextWrangler will attempt to display the contents of image files via QuickTime but will open PDF files in a raw condition as if they were text documents You can adjust how TextWrangler should handle such files via its expert preferences See the Expert Preferences page of TextWrangler s built in Help book for complete details Crash Auto Recovery 39 40 Note Note Choosing the Encoding for a Document When you open a document TextWrangler will automatically examine its contents for any indication of the proper encoding and attempt to handle it appropriately If TextWrangler cannot determine the proper encoding and you opened the file with the Open command it uses the encoding specified in the Read As pop up menu on the Open dialog Otherwise it uses the encoding specified by the If the file s encoding can t be guessed use preference setting in the Text Encodings preference panel You can choose which encodings appear in the Read As pop up menu by using the Text Encodings preference panel Here are the details of the steps that TextWrangler goes through to determine the proper encoding for a file 1 If the file is well formed HTML or XML TextWrangler looks for an encoding or lt meta charset gt directive 2 If the file contains an Emacs variable specifying its encoding Text
178. he Setup window Click Cancel to discard any changes you have made to the filter Hold the Option key when you click Cancel to skip the confirmation alert Filtering by Name In order to provide the greatest possible flexibility TextWrangler offers several different criteria for filtering based on file names File Name Tests the complete string corresponding to the file name File Name Root Tests only the root portion of the file name Given a name of the form foo txt the root is the string which occurs before the period in this case foo File Name Suffix Tests only the file name suffix In the above example the suffix is txt Note that the suffix does not include the period Temporary Filters Choose current criteria from the popup menu in the Find amp Replace dialog to reuse the last set of criteria applied either from using a saved filter or from using the Edit button to define criteria Thus you can use filter criteria on the fly without the need to create and store a throwaway filter Editing and Deleting Filters To edit a file filter you have already defined choose it from the Filters popup menu change it as desired and click Save Since each filter must have a unique name saving it will replace the old version of the filter To delete a filter entirely visit the Filters panel of the Setup window You can also create or modify filters there Chapter 7 Searching Note Searchin
179. he chosen command by returning true or have it continue on and perform the command by returning false If MenuSelect returns false TextWrangler will call the script s PostMenuSelect handler if it has one after it performs the menu command Chapter 11 Scripting TextWrangler IMPORTANT Here is a simple example which adds a confirmation dialog to the Save command addressed as File Save Note that we test the menu and item names to make sure the script is attached to the Save command f it is attached to some other command it does nothing on menuselect menuName itemName if menuName File and itemName Save then set weHandledCommand to true display dialog Are you sure you want to save buttons No Save default button 2 if button returned of the result is Save then the application should do its work set weHandledCommand to false else we handled the command app does no work postmenuselect doesn t get called display dialog The document was not saved buttons OK default button 1 end if return weHandledCommand end if end menuselect on postmenuselect menuName itemName this is called after the application has processed the command display dialog The document was saved buttons OK default button 1 end postmenuselect Attaching Scripts to Events TextWrangler now offers enhanced script attachability in addition to adding scripts to menu commands
180. hird party editor such as PlistEdit Pro http www fatcatsoftware com plisteditpro The Property List Editor labels boolean properties as yes or no However the actual plisttext file must contain values of either true or false written as lt true gt and lt false gt 253 Required Elements At a minimum your codeless language module file must include the appropriate XML header declaration as well as key value specifications for each of BBEditDocumentType BBLMLanguageCode and BBLMLanguageSuffix in order for TextWrangler to load it The module may then specify any other parameters you desire including whether to color syntax elements color a set of keywords honor case sensitivity and more You should save the file with a plist filename extension If a module fails to load TextWrangler will write some diagnostic information to the system console Installing Codeless Language Modules To install a language module move or copy the module file into the Language Modules folder of your TextWrangler application support folder Library Application Support TextWrangler Language Modules If no such folder exists you may create one After installing a new language module you will need to quit and relaunch TextWrangler in order to use it Function Scanning with Regular Expressions Codeless language modules for use with BBEdit 8 5 TextWrangler 2 0 and later may spe
181. how Hide Spaces This command toggles display of invisible characters in the current document See Show invisibles on page 84 The View Menu 73 Show Hide Toolbar Choose this command to hide or show the toolbar in the frontmost text window See The Toolbar on page 63 Show Hide Navigation Bar Choose this command to hide or show the navigation bar in the frontmost text window See The Navigation Bar on page 65 Show Hide Editor Choose this command to hide or show the editing pane within a disk browser or results browser window Show Hide Files Choose this command to hide or show the file list within the frontmost text window See The File List on page 68 Hide Currently Open Documents You may ignore this command which is present but always disabled Show Hide Recent Documents Choose this command to hide or show the Recent Documents section within a window s file list Balance This command locates the pair of parentheses braces brackets or smart curly quotes that surround the insertion point or the current selection If there are unmatched delimiters within this area TextWrangler beeps You can also double click a delimiter character to invoke this command When syntax coloring is active for a document Balance including auto balance will ignore balance characters that appear inside strings or comments Balance amp Fold This command behaves identically to Balance above
182. ield Chapter 1 Welcome to TextWrangler To see the other key equivalents for a particular dialog or sheet hold down the Command key After a brief delay labels appear next to any buttons or options which have key equivalents For example this is the Process Lines Containing sheet with Command key equivalents visible Find lines containing C Case sensitive 3N C Copy to clipboard 31 Use grep G m Copy to new document 2 Patterns _ Delete matched lines 383 M Report results 34 Cancel TextWrangler waits briefly before displaying the Command key equivalents so that you can type a sequence quickly without encountering visible flicker Feature Highlights TextWrangler 4 offers many powerful features for editing and processing text and code and for managing your work Here are some highlights e Flexible multi document editing windows e Modeless Find and Multi File Search windows provide a consistent familiar interface to TextWrangler legendary search and replace capabilities e In window Live Search highlights and quickly jumps though matches e Find Differences detects sub line differences e Live display of document statistics character word and line count e Transparent support for viewing browsing files within bz2 gzip and Zip archives as well as all the powerful core features that TextWrangler is known for Info on New Features In addition to these major features TextWrangler 4 also contai
183. ifically for use with that one application Since you do not have to save them as applets they take up less disk space and launch more quickly They also show up only in the application you use them with rather than cluttering your global Scripts menu Some applications go even further allowing you to define scripts to be run when certain things happen in the program For example an application might let you define a script to be executed when the user chooses any menu item The script might then perform some pre processing and then exit by telling the application whether to continue with the menu command or to cancel it As a simple example a script might check to see what printer is selected when the user chooses the Print command If it is the expensive color dye sublimation printer on which printing a page costs several dollars the script could remind the user of that fact and confirm their intention through an alert before continuing with the print operation An application that supports such a feature or any method of integrating user written scripts seamlessly into its user interface is said to be attachable because the scripts become attached to the features of the program More details about using this feature are provided later in this chapter AppleScript Overview 201 202 Scripting Resources Covering all the details you might need to write your own AppleScripts is not something we can reasonably do in this manu
184. iles Find Differences lets you compare two versions of a text file and merge the differences e Find in Reference lets you look up documentation in the Developer Help Center Editing Text Files TextWrangler is a full featured text editor that makes it easy to create edit and search any sort of text file such as release notes articles books or TeX documents It s also an excellent tool for pre and post processing any files that contain textual data such as database exports or server logs e Grep searching lets you find and change text that matches a set of conditions that you specify e Multi file search and replace lets you quickly search and modify text files anywhere on your computer e Numerous text manipulation and processing commands allow you to reformat or rearrange the information in text files e g add or remove hard line breaks change the case of selected text or remove duplicate lines from a list 18 Chapter 1 Welcome to TextWrangler IMPORTANT e Extensive AppleScript support allows you to combine multiple processing steps for reuse and enables you to easily transfer data into and out of TextWrangler to other applications e International text support lets you edit Unicode files UTF 8 and UTF 16 as well as files saved in most non Roman single byte scripts e FTP and SFTP support lets you open and save text files located on remote servers Human Interface Notes TextWrangler enhances the behavio
185. ill use and to forget learned spellings To use the Spelling panel 1 Choose the Show Spelling Panel command from the Text menu TextWrangler opens the Spelling panel Technotes Change This word was not found in the spelling dictionary Find Next Touchtones ignore Tech notes Learn Tech notes Define Guess Automatic by Language Check grammar Options Skip All Caps 2 Set spelling options Choose a dictionary to use by selecting it from the Dictionary popup menu Select Skip All Caps to avoid checking words consisting of only capital letters Note that these settings persist across runs of the application Spell Checking Documents 97 3 Click Find Next to begin checking TextWrangler scans the document and stops at the first misspelled or unrecognized word This word is displayed in the text field to the left of the Correct button Possible corrections for the questioned word are listed in the Guess box above 4 If the questioned word is misspelled choose the correct spelling from the Guess list or type it yourself in the Correct field 5 Click one of the Spelling panel s action buttons to handle the questioned word Click Ignore to ignore further instances of the questioned word without adding it to the active dictionary Click Guess to display a list of possible corrections Click Find Next to ignore this instance of the questioned word and continue checking Click Correct to replace this instance of the
186. ilter criteria will appear in the lists 94 Chapter 4 Editing Text with TextWrangler Using Markers A marker is a selection range that you can name If a document contains any markers you can select them from the Mark popup menu to move quickly to the specified section of the file The navigation bar must be visible in order to access the Mark popup menu Choose Show Navigation Bar from the View menu to display the Navigation bar if it s hidden Note If you are programming you may be tempted to use markers to mark functions in your source code However if TextWrangler supports the language you are using this is usually unnecessary your functions will automatically appear in the Function popup menu in the document window Setting Markers To set a marker 1 Select the text you want to mark 2 Choose the Set Marker command from the Mark popup menu identified by the icon shown at left or Control click the selected text and choose Set Marker from the contextual menu TextWrangler opens a sheet so that you can name the marker If you have selected a range of text the sheet will contain the first characters of the selection 2100 index htm Marker Name indexi Welcome lt DOCTYPE html F Career lt html xmlns ht lt head gt lt meta http equiv content type content text html charset utf 8 gt lt title gt Bare Bones Software Welcome lt title gt lt meta name author content gt a
187. in all the files in the selected search sources TextWrangler displays the results in a search results browser Replace All Finds all occurrences of the search string in all the files in the selected search sources and replaces them with the replace string Options Brings up the Search Options sheet Save Set Creates an entry under the Saved Search Sets heading in the search sources list which you can later choose to reselect the same search sources Other Select arbitrary file s or folder s to add to the search sources Find All and Multi File Search Results When you perform a Find All search either on a single file or across multiple files TextWrangler will open a search results browser which lists every occurrence of the search string in the selected file s AOO benefits txt Search Results TextWrangler 0 Errors OWarnings M 728 Notes Open 728 occurrences of TextWrangler found in 102 files Y benefits txt 13 occurrences found File benefits txt Line 11 h3 File benefits txt Line 13 h4 featurelist Situations where TextWrangler shines File benefits txt Line 15 You have a long list of names in Last Name First Name order You need to change them around gt File benefits txt Line 17 lt a href images bb1 textwrangler TextWrangler Search Lg jpg target _blank gt images bb1 File benefits txt Line 17 lt a href images bb1 textwrangler TextWrangler Search
188. inal window regardless of the settings in the Run a Script dialog Run in Debugger Runs the script in the interpreter s debugger regardless of whether the Use Debugger option is set for the Run command also any output options set in the Run command will be ignored The Run in Debugger command is only available for Perl and Python Run File Runs a script from an arbitrary file rather than from a TextWrangler window The Run a Script File dialog appears You can select a file by clicking the File button or by dragging a file to the path box at the top of the dialog from the Finder The options are the same as the ones described above for the Run a Script dialog Show POD Show Module Documentation When the frontmost document is a Perl file and you invoke the Show POD command TextWrangler will process the document contents using by the command line pod2text tool and display the result in a new text window Note POD stands for Plain Old Documentation and is the standard Perl documentation format 228 Chapter 12 Unix Scripting and the Command Line Note When the frontmost document is a Python file the name of this command will change to Show Module Documentation and if you invoke it TextWrangler will display the module documentation Filters and Scripts Before you begin using Unix filters and scripts with TextWrangler you should locate and familiarize yourself with the Text Filters and Scripts folders which resides within T
189. incomplete function lists and syntax coloring If you are developing a codeless language module you can instruct TextWrangler to report this condition and certain other grep related errors in the console log by entering the following Terminal command defaults write com barebones textwrangler debugCodelessGrepPats bool TRUE TextWrangler will report some errors immediately upon loading your codeless language module other errors such as the search time cap may not be reported until the corresponding pattern is used Spell Checking Code Runs You can now specify whether code runs i e any portions of a file which are not a comment string or keyword can be checked for spelling by adding the following key value pair to your codeless language module lt key gt BBLMCanSpellCheckCodeRuns lt key gt lt true gt Note You should probably enable spell checking if your module is for a markup language as opposed to a scripting language e g anything that s not explicitly in a comment is probably text content and not code Starting from a Template The easiest way to begin creating a codeless language module is to start from a template or an existing module The template provided on the following page contains all required key value pairs plus a selection of additional parameters which you can fill out or remove as desired Note All actions and behaviors described in the following Language Keys and Properties table
190. ing Escape Char in Strings 1 String End of line Ends Strings 1 Boolean Open Strings 2 String Close Strings 2 String Escape Char in Strings 2 String End of line Ends Strings 2 Boolean Most languages allow for strings to be enclosed by either matching single quote characters or matching double quote characters Thus two different sets of key value pairs can be used for this or for any other kinds of strings that may be needed The escape values if matched within a string cause the character following not to be taken to have any special meaning and passed over If the End of line Ends Strings value is true the escape can be used to pass over the end of the line and allow the string to continue on the following line In any case the escape may also be used to skip over the leading or only character in the Close Strings value and allow that value to be included in the string Language Keys and Properties 265 266 Appendix C Codeless Language Modules Index Symbols Home and End Keys 182 A active windows 60 alternation 146 AppleScript 29 34 attaching scripts to menu items 206 pitfalls 220 reading dictionary 214 recording 206 application launch overriding default action 179 application launch behavior 179 Application Preferences 178 Apply to New command 132 Apply to Old command 132 Arrange command 112 arranging windows 112 arrow keys 250 ASCII table 110 attaching scripts t
191. ing lines will be broken as close as possible to the designated wrap width if they do not contain any white space This way long URLs and other extended strings of characters are visible without requiring horizontal scrolling Soft Wrapping with Indentation You can control how TextWrangler indents soft wrapped text by means of the Soft Wrapped Line Indentation option in the Editing preference panel Choose Flush Left to have all lines of each paragraph below the first wrap flush to the left margin of the window Choose First Line to have all subsequent lines of a paragraph wrap to the same indent level as its first line Choose Reverse to have all subsequent lines of each paragraph wrap indented one level deeper than its first line Exporting Soft Wrapped Text TextWrangler will not insert hard line breaks into softwrapped files upon saving them If you wish to add hard line breaks to a softwrapped file use the Hard Wrap or Add Line Breaks command Soft Wrapping in Browsers Use the Text Options command from the Edit menu to control soft wrapping and other display options for files viewed in a browser window Soft Wrapping and Line Numbers The preference Use Hard Lines in Soft Wrapped Views controls how line numbers are displayed when you use soft wrapping If this option is turned on the line number bar cursor position display and Go To Line commands in editing views will use line numbers that correspond to hard carriage ret
192. ing affects the way BBEdit uses the Function Pattern to scan for function definitions Note that you must use named backreferences rather than positional backreferences within this pattern When this string is not present BBEdit uses the Function Pattern in the same way it would as the Search pattern in a Find command BBEdit will attempt to match the pattern and if that fails to match will advance the starting point of the search by one character and try again When this string is present after a failed match against the Function Pattern BBEdit attempts to match the Skip Pattern If that succeeds BBEdit will advance the starting point for the next attempt to match the Function Pattern past the text matched by the Skip Pattern If no match for the Skip Pattern is found then BBEdit will advance the starting point of the search by one character and apply the Function Pattern again This can be useful in cases where for example strings and comments can contain text that appears to be a function definition but you do not wish them to be placed in the function popup menu You can define a Skip Pattern to ensure that strings and comments are not included in the search for function definitions In fact if you supply a Comment Pattern and or a String Pattern you can call those patterns as named subpatterns within your Skip Pattern and even your Function Pattern The syntax for calling these subpatterns is P gt comment and P gt
193. ing them and clicking the Open button You can double click a folder to change directories If you hold down the Option key when opening a folder it will open in a new FTP SFTP Browser window You can select a range of files and directories by Shift clicking and you can select and deselect multiple items one at a time by Command clicking them a00 FTP Browser www barebones com contact user www barebones com connected sftp Disconnect een 9 L contact B ime Date Kind formsent html June 24 2011 10 07 HTML text index html June 24 2011 10 07 HTML text lostserial html June 24 2011 10 07 HTML text marketing html June 24 2011 10 07 HTML text missing_fields htm June 24 2011 10 07 HTML text sales html June 24 2011 10 07 HTML text technical html June 24 2011 10 07 HTML text webmaster html June 24 2011 10 07 HTML text C Show items starting with Delet errem f el To refresh the directory listing click the button with the circular arrow icon located above the upper left corner of the listing The checkbox below the listing labeled Show Files Starting with tells TextWrangler whether to display hidden or admin files in the chosen directory such as login forward and signature Starting a file name with a period is a convention used by Mac OS X and other Unix systems to make that file invisible in most directory listings Once you have selected a file and opened it TextWrangler displays th
194. instance that you want to match an HTML tag At first you may think that a d way to do this would be to search for the pattern lt t gt consisting of a less than sign followed by one or more occurrences of a single character followed by a greater than sign To understand why this may not work the way you think it should consider the following sample text to be searched The lt B gt This text is in boldface lt B gt intent was to write a pattern that would match both of the HTML tags separately Let s see what actually happens The lt character at the beginning of this line matches the beginning of the pattern The next character in the pattern is which matches any character except a line break modified with the quantifier taken together this combination means one or more repetitions of any character That of course takes care of the B The problem is that the next gt is also any character and that it also qualifies as one or more repetitions In fact all of the text up to the end of the line qualifies as one or more repetitions of any character the line break does not qualify so grep stops there After grep has reached the line break it has exhausted the operator so it backs up and sees if it can find a match for gt Lo and behold it can the last character is a greater than symbol Success Ino ther words the pattern matches our entire sample line at once not the two separa
195. ipboard select it select clipboard 5 Setting Text Encodings When specifying the encoding to use for opening or saving a file you may either use the encoding s internet name or its exact display name as shown in the Read As popup menu For example open file Hard Disk Users Shared example txt reading as Western ISO Latin 1 open file Hard Disk Users Shared example txt reading as iso 8859 1 Arranging Documents and Windows TextWrangler provides considerable control for handling windows and documents both directly and via AppleScript Opening Documents The open command supports additional options which allow you to override your window handling preferences on a case by case basis open aFileList opening in lt value gt As in previous releases lt value gt may be a reference to an existing text window However 99 66 you may instead specify front_window new_window or separate_ windows which have the following effect e front_window All files in aFileList are opened in the frontmost text window If there is no text window open TextWrangler will create a new one e new_window All files in aFileList are opened into a new text window e separate_windows Each file in aFileList is opened into its own text window Chapter 11 Scripting TextWrangler Moving Documents The move command can be used to move text documents between text windows For example tell a
196. is empty When it matches red 1 and 3 are set to red and 2 is empty Next comes the conditional subpattern 2 car The conditional test is on 2 the second backreferenced subpattern if 2 is set which in our case means it has matched the word blue then it will try to match car If 2 is not set however the entire conditional subpattern is skipped The question mark at the end of the pattern makes this conditional match optional even if 2 is set to blue Here s an example that uses an assertion for the condition and the if then else form Let s say we want to match a run of digits of any length followed by either is odd or is even depending on whether the matched digits end with an odd or even digit d lt 13579 is odd is even This pattern starts with d to match the digits Next comes a conditional subpattern with a positive lookbehind assertion as the condition to be satisfied The lookbehind assertion is true only if the last character matched by d was also in the character class 13579 If that is true we next try to match is odd if it is not we try to match is even Thus this pattern will match 123 is odd 8 is even and so on but will not match 9 is even or 144 is odd Once Only Subpatterns With both maximizing greedy and minimizing non greedy repetition failure of what follows normally cause
197. it event for any other reason e applicationDidQuit called when the application has finished shutting down and is about to exit Document attachment points e documentDidOpen called when a document has been opened and is ready for use Since TextWrangler supports multiple types of documents your script should allow for the argument to be a document of any type e documentShouldClose called when the application is preparing to close a document e documentDidClose called when the application has closed a document e documentShouldSave called when the application is trying to determine whether a given document should be saved e documentWillSave called when the application is about to begin saving a document note that this will only be called after a successful return from a documentShouldSave e documentDidSave called after a document has been saved successfully e documentWillUnlock called when TextWrangler is going to make a document writeable For example when you click the pencil to unlock a document e documentDidUnlock called when TextWrangler has successfully made a document writeable e documentWillLock called when TextWrangler is going to make a document read only e documentDidLock called when TextWrangler has successfully made a document read only Using Attachment Scripts Scripts attached to events must be stored in the Attachment Scripts folder of TextWrangler s application supp
198. ity of Cambridge England For details see http www pcre org Recommended Books and Resources 165 166 Chapter 8 Searching with Grep CHAPTER Browsers Browsers are special kinds of windows that let you see a lot of information about files at once Browsers typically have two panes one pane lets you select a file the other displays detailed information about the file often its contents If you have performed a Find All search you have already seen an example of a TextWrangler browser In this chapter Browser OVervlew siud testte wage Poss Sis weap eae ave Was BEES wes eee ae 167 List Pane 167 Toolbar 168 Text View Pane 168 Splitter 168 Disk BrOWSEIS 25509 55555 5 andveseje e a Siaretewtele E 86 N E NTE Sed 169 Disk Browser Controls 169 Contextual Menu Commands 170 Dragging Items 170 Using the List Pane in Disk Browsers 170 Search Results Browsers cece cece cece cece rece cree eee eee E A 171 Error Results Browsers cece ese cc cece cece cece ees eeeeeseeeseees 172 Browser Overview All TextWrangler browsers share the same basic structure and behavior All browsers have a toolbar a file list and a text pane You can either edit files directly in any browser window or open them separately List Pane The top pane of a browser lists the items available in the browser This pane shows different information for different kinds of browsers Browser File
199. l available scripts Names that are too long to fit within the width of the window are truncated with ellipses Hovering the mouse over such a truncated name displays a tool tip showing the full name If you hold down the Option key the tool tip will appear instantly with no hovering delay Names that fit entirely within the window without truncation do not display a tool tip Organizing Scripts Items in the Scripts menu or Scripts window are displayed in alphabetical order by default but you can force them to appear in any desired order by including any two characters followed by a right parenthesis at the beginning of their name For example 00 Save All would sort before 01 Close All For names of this form the first three characters are not displayed in the window You can also insert a divider by including an empty folder whose name ends with the string The folder can be named anything so it sorts where you want it These conventions are the same as those used by the utilities FinderPop and OtherMenu Using AppleScripts in TextWrangler 205 206 Attaching Scripts to Menu Items TextWrangler lets you attach scripts to menu items By this we mean that you can write scripts that TextWrangler automatically calls before or after performing a menu command For example if you want TextWrangler s Open from FTP SFTP Server command to launch your favorite FTP client you can simply attach a script t
200. le menu and of a file Reload which occurs when a document is reloaded by a refresh action are both undoable Remember the N most recently used items This text field lets you choose how many files appear on the Open Recent sub menu of the File menu and how many folders appear on the folder search popup menu in the Find Differences folder lists Always Show Full Paths in Open Recent Menu Check this option to have TextWrangler always display full paths in the Open Recent menu If this option is off TextWrangler will only display path info when it s needed to distinguish between files with the same name Chapter 10 Preferences When TextWrangler becomes active This preference controls what TextWrangler does when you launch it or activate it when there are no open windows e g by clicking its Dock icon while the application is already running To override any of these actions when launching TextWrangler hold down the following modifiers Modifier s Function Option Suppress startup items only Shift Do not attempt to reopen documents and suppress all external services and startup items Do Nothing Choose this option to prevent TextWrangler from opening a new text editing window New text document Choose this option to have TextWrangler open a new empty text editing window Reopen documents that were open at last quit When this option is on TextWrangler will remember what documents as well as disk brows
201. leScript dictionary you can simply drag that application onto the Script Editor icon or use the Script Editor s Open Dictionary command As we noted earlier all scriptable applications include a dictionary that tells AppleScript how to convert English like commands into the Apple Events actually expected by the application The Script Editor uses this same information to display a sort of vocabulary guide that helps you write your scripts We will naturally use TextWrangler s dictionary shown below to illustrate how to read a dictionary 0 e000 e TextWrangler sdef a fa ja aal Qr Termino open B Standard Suite print H Miscellaneous run B Text Suite HB print settings P p 5 BBEdit Suite gt ait p B unix Scripting p Required Suite Terms that every application should support ra open v Opens the specified item s open specifier the item s to open with properties record properties to be applied to the document when opening opening in any existing text editing window to open the document in or one of front_window new_window separate_windows stationery awareness boolean honor the Stationery flag for documents LF translation boolean convert line feeds in open documents By Default the preference setting read only boolean open documents read only By Default false reading as auto_detect file UTF8 file Unicode File Byte Swapped Unicode File interp
202. lease see Make backup before saving on page 189 Hex Dump for Files and Documents 55 Printing To print a document choose the Print command from the File menu TextWrangler will display a standard print sheet in that document s window Printer HP LaserJet M3027 MFP re v Presets Standard i p 2 PDF Preview Cancel Print To print one copy of the active document without displaying the print sheet hold down the Shift key and choose the Print One Copy command from the File menu To print only the selected range of text within the active document choose the Print Selection command from the File menu Text Printing Options You can access TextWrangler s application specific printing options for the current document by choosing the Text Printing command in the Edit menu When you choose this command TextWrangler will open the printing options sheet Page Options Page Headers _ Frame printing area M Print page headers _ Print line numbers _ Print full pathname m 1 Inch gutter Time Stamp mi Print color syntax Date last saved Date of printing a Note You can set defaults for these options as well as the printing font in the Printing panel of TextWrangler s Preferences window Page Options These options control how the printed pages will be laid out Frame printing area When this option is selected TextWrangler draws a frame around the printed text Pri
203. les index copy htm no symbol selected W3C DTD HTML 4 01 Transitional EN index copy html 1 lt DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC http www w3 org TR html4 loose dtd gt 3 lt html gt 4 lt head gt lt title gt Welcome to Bare Bones Software lt title gt 6 lt meta name generator content BBEdit 10 0 gt 7 lt meta http equiv content type content text html charset iso 8859 1 gt 8 lt meta name description content Bare Bones Software develops and publist 9 o lt meta nane description content bare bones software bbedit mailsmith lt link rel alternate type application rss xml title RSS href http a lt style type text css gt body color black background white a link color blue a visited color purple a a active color red 9 lt style gt o lt link rel stylesheet href css site styles css media all gt a lt script language JavaScript type text javascript src js menulib js gt lt script language JavaScript type text javascript src s search_fielc window onload function setupNavMenus tiles the documents and opens a Differences Last Saved 04 08 2012 14 33 39 4 Fite Path v Users Shared doc samples index htm index html no symbol selected g lt DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC W3C DTD HTML 4 01 Transitional EN http waw w3 org TR htmL4 loose dtd gt lt html gt lt head gt lt title gt Welcone to Bare Bones Software lt
204. les that are owned by and only readable by the root user Authenticated saving is particularly useful in conjunction with the Show Hidden Items option in the Open dialog which allows you to see and open files in hidden folders like bin and usr When you open a file for which you do not have write privileges TextWrangler will display a slash through the pencil icon in the toolbar To edit the file click the pencil icon TextWrangler will prompt you to confirm whether you wish to unlock the file Option click the pencil icon to skip the confirmation dialog When you are finished editing simply choose Save from the File menu TextWrangler will prompt you to authenticate as a user with administrator privileges Type a suitable user name and password to save the file Chapter 3 Working with Files IMPORTANT Saving Compressed Files as bz2 or gzip TextWrangler transparently supports opening browsing and saving files compressed in the bz2 and gzip formats To save a file with gzip compression simply append an filename extension of bz2 gz or gzip when creating it or doing a Save As of an existing document For more information on these formats issue the commands man bz2 or man gzip in the Terminal Crash Auto Recovery TextWrangler automatically saves auto recovery information for all unsaved open documents at the specified interval When you relaunch TextWrangler after a
205. lication 178 Function Popup 222 Printing 56 Prefix Suffix Lines plug in 103 Print Color Syntax 57 Print Line Numbers 56 Print One Copy command 56 Print Selection 56 printing 56 Process Lines Containing plug in 105 pull down menus 19 Python 225 configuration 227 Python scripts 225 Q Quick Search see Live Search 128 R range end indicators 72 recording scripts 206 rectangular selection 77 Redo command 62 reflowing paragraphs 88 refresh open files 178 regular expressions see grep remember recently used items 178 Remove Line Breaks command 86 Rendezvous see Bonjour 50 Reopen Documents 179 Reopen documents preventing 179 repetition metacharacters 143 Replace 117 Replace amp Find Again command 118 131 Replace All 117 121 127 131 Replace to End 118 replacing text 60 see also searching Return key 20 Ruby 225 S Save a Copy command 36 Save a Copy to FTP Server command 53 Save As command 36 Save As options line breaks 37 Save As Stationery 37 Save command 36 Save Selection command 36 Save to FTP Server command 52 Saved Sources xml 31 script systems 99 Scripts 230 Scripts folder 28 Scripts palette 28 237 scrolling synchronized 112 search results window 121 171 search sources 31 searching 116 all open documents 123 case sensitive 118 for non printing characters 118 for whole words 118 grep 118 see also grep in a folder 123 in multiple files 119 in results of a previous search 124 in selection onl
206. licking the Other button next to one of the popup menus or by dragging the files or folders icons from the Finder into the New and Old boxes in the Find Differences dialog You can also select recently opened files from the Recent Files item on the New and Old popup menus The terms new and old are used for convenience since most often you will want to find changes between two versions of the same file saved at different times However the Find Differences command can be used to compare any two files or folders 4 Select the Compare options that apply When the Case Sensitive option is selected TextWrangler distinguishes uppercase from lowercase letters deselect this option if you want TextWrangler to consider uppercase and lowercase letters the same When Ignore Curly Quotes is selected TextWrangler treats typographers quotes the same as straight quotes When one or more of the Ignore Spaces options is selected TextWrangler will ignore the corresponding presence of whitespace at the specified positions while comparing files 5 Click Compare to perform the comparison Alternatively you can use the twdiff command line tool to specify two files or folders and have TextWrangler perform a Find Differences on them 92 Chapter 4 Editing Text with TextWrangler If the two files are different TextWrangler window below them Last Saved 04 08 2012 14 35 34 7 lt File Path v Users Shared doc samp
207. literal backslash from an AppleScript you must write no fewer than four backslashes in the script Each pair of backslashes is interpreted as a single backslash by AppleScript which then passes two backslashes to TextWrangler And TextWrangler interprets those two backslashes as a single one for search purposes This proliferation of backslashes can make your scripts look a bit like a blown over picket fence The Every Item Issue When writing a script that loops through every item of a TextWrangler object for example every line of a document do not do it like this repeat with i in every line of text document 1 do stuff here end repeat This forces TextWrangler to evaluate every line of document 1 every time through the loop which will slow your script significantly Instead write set theLines to every line of text document 1 repeat with i in theLines do stuff here end repeat Chapter 11 Scripting TextWrangler CHAPTER Unix Scripting and the Command Line This chapter describes how to set up TextWrangler to work with development environments TextWrangler offers multiple features which support development tasks beginning with syntax coloring and function browsing support for numerous languages and continuing to direct integration with the system supplied Perl Python and Ruby environments as well as shell scripts and other Unix scripting tools Additionally you can invoke TextWrangler from the comm
208. ll of the normal editing operations on this rectangular selection such as Cut Copy Paste or drag and drop as well as text transformations such as Change Case Shift Left Shift Right Entab Detab Increase Quote Level Decrease Quote Level Strip Quotes and Zap Gremlins Rectangular selection and soft wrapping are mutually incompatible When soft wrapping is enabled dragging the mouse to make a selection will always result in a normal non rectangular selection even if you hold down the Option key Conversely if you have made a rectangular selection in a hard wrapped document the Soft Wrap Text option in the Text Options popup menu or sheet will be disabled Cursor Movement and Text Selection 77 Working with Rectangular Selections Commonly while working with text you will be performing actions on a line by line basis for example when making a selection you will start by selecting the contents of one line before moving on to the next However if you need to deal with tabular data it can be useful to think in terms of rectangles or blocks of text that include parts of several lines This is where you can make use of TextWrangler s ability to manipulate rectangular selections IMPORTANT You cannot make or insert rectangular selections into a document which is soft wrapped so you must turn off soft wrap before using this technique See Soft Wrapping on page 86 Example Moving a Column Consider you have the docu
209. ll that need Advanced Grep Topics 159 160 Positive lookahead assertions begin with and negative lookahead assertions begin with 1 For example w will match any word followed by a semicolon but the semicolon is not included as part of the match foo bar matches any occurrence of foo that is not followed by bar Note that the apparently similar pattern 00 bar does not find an occurrence of bar that is preceded by something other than foo it finds any occurrence of bar whatsoever because the assertion foo is always true when the next three characters are bar A lookbehind assertion is needed to achieve this effect Positive lookbehind assertions start with lt and negative lookbehind assertions start with lt For example lt 00 bar does find an occurrence of bar that is not preceded by foo The contents of a lookbehind assertion are restricted such that all the strings it matches must have a fixed length However if there are several alternatives they do not all have to have the same fixed length Thus lt Martin Lewis is permitted but lt dogs cats causes an error Branches that match different length strings are permitted only at the top level of a lookbehind assertion This is different compared with Perl 5 005 which requires all branches to match the same length of string An assertion such
210. lly do not have to scroll the window horizontally to see all the text in the file Unlike soft wrapping hard wrapping requires a carriage return at the end of every line When soft wrapping is turned off TextWrangler lets you type as far as you like on a line and never automatically moves the insertion point to the beginning of the next line You have to manually type a carriage return to start a new line You usually use hard wrapping to write programs tabular data resource descriptions and so on With hard wrapping each line of source code or data appears on its own line in the window although you may have to scroll the window horizontally to see the entire line if it is long Note When you use the Hard Wrap command on a rectangular selection lines will be padded with spaces as necessary Tip If you open a file in TextWrangler that appears to consist of a few very long lines you should select the soft wrapping option for that file This table summarizes the commands to soft wrap and hard wrap text The sections that follow give details about using the wrapping commands To do this Do this E a a a S Soft wrap text as you type Choose Soft Wrap Text from the Text Display submenu of the View menu or select the Soft Wrap Text option from the Text Options sheet Convert hard wrapped text to Use the Remove Line Breaks soft wrapped text command in the Text menu and activate soft wrapping Convert soft wrapped text to
211. md Q TextWrangler Quit TextWrangler Cmd S File Save Cmd T View Text Display Show Hide Fonts Cmd V Edit Paste Cmd W File Close Document Close Window Cmd X Edit Cut Cmd Z Edit Undo Cmd TextWrangler Preferences Cmd Window Cycle Through Windows Cmd Text Find Next Misspelled Word Cmd Text Rewrap Quoted Text Cmd Text Shift Left Cmd Text Shift Right Appendix A Command Reference Key Command Cmd Un Comment Selection Cmd Search Replace Cmd Text Hard Wrap Cmd left arrow Search Apply to New Cmd right arrow Search Apply to Old Cmd Ctl N File New HTML Document Cmd Ctl O File Open from FTP SFTP Server Cmd Ctl S File Save to FTP SFTP Server Cmd Ctl V Edit Paste Column Cmd Ctl Z Edit Clear Undo History Cmd Ctl Edit Document Options Cmd Ctl Zoom Window Full Screen Cmd Ctl down Search Go to Previous Error arrow Cmd Ctl up arrow Search Go to Next Error Cmd Opt D File Reveal Selection Cmd Opt E Search Use Selection for Replace grep Cmd Opt F Search Live Search Cmd Opt G Search Find All Cmd Opt H TextWrangler Hide Others Cmd Opt J Search Go to Line Cmd Opt L Edit Select Paragraph Cmd Opt N File New Disk Browser Cmd Opt O View Move to New Window Cmd Opt P File Print All Cmd Opt R Shebang Run Cmd Opt S File Save All Cmd Opt W File Cl
212. ment shown below and you want to move only the bottom left column the one that says This text goes in the middle and move it in between the top left and top right columns To do this using standard selection methods you would have to perform five separate cut and paste operations However by using rectangular selections you can move the whole column in one operation AOO Rectangular Selections txt 8 Ta ESI Last Saved 07 12 2011 12 33 48 Ei wx File Path v Users Shared lar Selections txt L Rectangular Selections txt Ww This This text text goes goes on the on the left right This This text text goes doesn t in the go middle anywhere To start hold down the Option key while dragging over the bottom left column until you get a selection that looks like this AOO Rectangular Selections txt oe 4 Last Saved 07 12 2011 12 33 48 if 2 Ta kd File Path v Users Shared lar Selections txt C Rectangular Selections txt Ww This This text text goes goes on the on the left right This This text text goes doesn t in the go m anywhere 78 Chapter 4 Editing Text with TextWrangler Choose Cut from the Edit menu or press Cmd X to cut the selected text out of the document and place it on the Clipboard 80 0 Rectangular Selections txt G Last Saved 07 12 2011 12 33 48 d L TE kdl File Path v Users Shared lar Selections txt Rectangular Selections txt
213. mple text below lt B gt Welcome lt B gt to the home of lt B gt TextWrangler lt B gt As before you might be tempted to write lt B gt lt B gt but for the same reasons as before this will match the entire line of text The solution is similar we will use the non greedy quantifier lt B gt lt B gt Writing Replacement Patterns Subpatterns Make Replacement Powerful We covered subpatterns earlier when discussing search patterns and discussed how the parentheses can be used to limit the scope of the alternation operator Another reason for employing subpatterns in your grep searches is to provide a powerful and flexible way to change or reuse found information as part of a search and replace operation If you do not use subpatterns you can still access the complete results of the search with the amp metacharacter However this precludes reorganizing the matched data as it is replaced Pattern Inserts amp the text matched by the entire search pattern Midd ND fee the text matched by the nth subpattern of the 99 entire search pattern P lt NAME gt the text matched by the subpattern NAME TextWrangler will remember up to 99 backreferenced subpatterns Versions prior to 6 5 were limited to 9 subpatterns Using the Entire Matched Pattern The amp character is useful when you want to use the entire matched string as the basis of a replacement Suppose that in your text every instance of produc
214. n Although registration is optional only registered users are eligible for free technical support special offers and other benefits When you register you will receive one confirmation e mail from us with your registered user information e mail M Notify me of upgrades and special offers View Privacy Policy M Install the current command line tools Skip Registration Later TextWrangler s Application Support Folders TextWrangler s application support folder contains items which define or extend TextWrangler s capabilities including language modules scripts and text filters These items are organized into subfolders according to their purpose described below TextWrangler s application support folder must be present in either or both of the following locations e Global items available to all users Library Application Support TextWrangler e Local user specific items Library Application Support TextWrangler By default TextWrangler creates only the local application support folder Use of the character in folder path descriptions is customary Unix shorthand for the location of your home directory If written out in full this path would be Users lt username gt Library Application Support TextWrangler Using a Global Application Support Folder You can use a global application support folder to provide a common set of supporting items in TextWrangler to each user of the machine Te
215. n context click a line in the Differences window TextWrangler scrolls and selects that spot in both files The entire range of difference in each file is drawn with a grey background while individual differences within the range are highlighted with the standard selection color To view and apply individual differences within a line or region i e sub line differences just click on the grey triangle to expand the list and select the appropriate character difference Use the Apply to New and Apply to Old buttons in the Differences window to transfer the differing text from the new file to the old file or vice versa After you use one of these buttons TextWrangler italicizes the entry in the Differences window to indicate that you have already applied that change You may also apply all differences by clicking in the differences list then choosing Select All in the Edit menu and using the Apply to New or Apply to Old button to apply the differences to the desired file If a Differences window is open and is the frontmost window the Compare Again command in the Search menu will recompare the two files being compared and refresh the list of differences accordingly The small button with the circular icon between the Apply to New and Apply to Old buttons performs the same function Compare Against Disk File You can use the Compare Against Disk File command to compare the contents of the active document against the disk file for that s
216. n of the matching pattern contained within the first pair of parentheses is available in the backreference 1 the second in 2 and so on Opening parentheses are counted from left to right to determine the numbers of the captured subpatterns For example if the following grep pattern red white king queen is matched against the text red king the backreferences will be set as follows l red king 2 req 3 king Sometimes however parentheses are needed only for clustering not capturing TextWrangler now supports non capturing parentheses using the syntax PATTERN That is if an open parenthesis is followed by the subpattern matched by that pair of parentheses is not counted when computing the backreferences For example if the text red king is matched against the pattern red white king queen Chapter 8 Searching with Grep the backreferences will be set as follows 1 req 2 king Perl Style Pattern Extensions TextWrangler s grep engine supports several extended sequences which provide grep patterns with super powers from another universe Their syntax is in the form KEY in other words an open parenthesis followed by a question mark followed by a KEY for the particular grep extension followed by the rest of the subpattern and a closing parenthesis We have already seen one such extension in the previous section of this document non capturing
217. n prompted Alternatively you may quit TextWrangler and manually replace your existing copy with the updated version The first time you launch a newer version of the software TextWrangler will prompt you for any further actions which may be needed such as updating the command line tools Copies of TextWrangler obtained through the Mac App Store do not include the update check feature instead updates will be delivered through the App Store app Upgrading from a Previous Version If you are upgrading from any version prior to TextWrangler 3 0 in addition to installing the current application you will need to manually copy over any items you wish to use from your existing TextWrangler Support folder into TextWrangler s application support folder You should not simply rename your existing TextWrangler Support folder Please carefully read the remainder of this chapter since the organization of TextWrangler 4 s supporting files has changed considerably We have provided specific suggestions and tips for transferring your customized support items in each category 24 Chapter 2 Installing TextWrangler IMPORTANT Note First Run Configuration The first time you launch TextWrangler it will display the Welcome to TextWrangler dialog This dialog allows you to choose whether to register TextWrangler and whether to install or update TextWrangler s command line tools Welcome to TextWrangler Registratio
218. nce HTML and text editor Unlike a word processor which is designed for preparing printed pages a text editor focuses on providing a means of producing and changing content Thus TextWrangler does not offer fancy formatting capabilities headers and footers graphics tools a thesaurus or similar staples of feature laden office software Instead it focuses on helping you manipulate text in ways that word processors generally cannot In service of this goal TextWrangler offers powerful regular expression based grep search and replace multi file search sophisticated text transformations intelligent text coloring and other features not usually found or missed in word processors TextWrangler also has features that make it easier to edit specific kinds of text such as source files for programming languages How Can I Use TextWrangler Use TextWrangler any time you need to create or edit source files or text documents of any kind Whether you need to find or change all the occurrences of some text in a set of files or modify or reformat large text files of any sort or even make quick tweaks to a web page TextWrangler is the right tool for the job Editing Source Code TextWrangler is a powerful tool for editing numerous types of source code with the following features e Syntax coloring helps you read your code and find simple errors e The function pop up menu lets you can quickly find the functions in your f
219. nd searches for the next occurrence of the search string Go to Line When you choose this command TextWrangler opens the Go To Line dialog box Type in a line number and the frontmost text window will jump to display that line This command does not follow the usual convention of applying the last used setting when invoked with the Option key pressed Instead if you select a number within the current document then hold down the Option key and choose Go to Line TextWrangler will go to that numbered line The Go To Line command honors the Use Hard Line Numbering in Soft Wrapped Text Views option in the Editing preference panel Go to Center Line Will move the insertion point to the beginning of the middle or center line of the displayed text Go to Previous Next Error If an error browser is open this command will open the listed error which came before or after the selected error See Chapter 9 for more information on error browsers Go to Function Start End When you choose one of these commands TextWrangler will move the insertion point to a position immediately before the start or immediately after the end of the current function where a function is any item which appears on the function popup menu If you anticipate using these commands often you may wish to assign them key equivalents in the Menus amp Shortcuts preference panel Go to Previous Next Function When you choose one of these commands Tex
220. ng in alias Files WebSite index html Scripting the Clipboard TextWrangler has multiple clipboards These are fully accessible via the scripting interface Due to operating system constraints most clipboard operations require TextWrangler to be frontmost Here are some examples count clipboard e Returns the number of clipboards supported by the application clipboard 1 e Returns index 1 contents Files WebSite length 14 is multibyte false display font ProFont display font size 9 style plain clipboard 1 as text e Returns Files WebSite clipboard 1 as reference e Returns clipboard 1 of application TextWrangler current clipboard e Returns the current clipboard as a record you can coerce it to reference or text or get individual properties To set the text in a given clipboard to literal text set contents of clipboard 3 to foobar To set the text in a clipboard to text represented by an object specifier set contents of clipboard 3 to selection of window 2 To copy the contents of one clipboard to another set contents of clipboard 5 to clipboard 3 or to set the current clipboard to the contents of a different clipboard thus making it exportable to the system clipboard set current clipboard to clipboard 3 as text TextWrangler s Scripting Model 217 218 or finally with even less typing involved set current clipboard to clipboard 5 To make any clipboard the current cl
221. ngler does not create this folder by default but will do so if necessary The Language Modules folder allows you to add syntax coloring and function navigation support for additional languages by installing language modules Do not attempt to extract or modify the language modules contained in the TextWrangler application bundle A list of additional modules from third party developers is available on our web site or you may create your own compiled or codeless language modules see Codeless Language Modules on page 234 You should move or copy over any compatible third party language modules that you wish to preserve Menu Scripts Local only This folder does not exist by default but you may create it The Menu Scripts folder contains AppleScripts that are attached to TextWrangler menu items For more details on using menu scripts please see Attaching Scripts to Menu Items on page 206 You should move or copy over any menu scripts that you wish to preserve Plug Ins TextWrangler 4 0 does not support plug ins from old versions and will not load any items present in this folder If you used any third party commercial plug in please contact its developer for information on alternative solutions Readme txt file Local only This file contains an abbreviated description of the default contents of TextWrangler s application support folder TextWrangler s Application Support Folders 27 Upgrading U
222. ns numerous additional convenience features and interface refinements as well as performance enhancements and bug fixes For a detailed summary of changes and bug fixes please refer to the current release notes which are available in the TextWrangler Support section of our web site http www barebones com support textwrangler current_notes html Feature Highlights 21 22 Note Discussion Group We maintain a public Google Group where our customers can discuss and share knowledge about using TextWrangler http groups google com group textwrangler Support Services If you need information about using TextWrangler or any of our other products the Support area of our web site offers up to date details http www barebones com support You ll find a wide range of information there including e Frequently Asked Questions FAQ Information and answers for commonly encountered questions and problems We strongly recommend you check the TextWrangler FAQs before resorting to any other means of inquiry e Product Updates The latest maintenance versions of our products are always available for download as well as access to language modules sample scripts developer info and other materials How to contact us If you have a registered copy of TextWrangler or any other Bare Bones product and you can t find the information you need on our web site or if you encounter any problems with the software please use
223. nt line numbers When this option is selected TextWrangler prints line numbers along the left edge of the paper 56 Chapter 3 Working with Files 1 Inch gutter When this option is selected TextWrangler leaves a one inch margin along the left edge of the paper Use this option if you usually put your pages in three ring binders Print color syntax When this option is selected TextWrangler will print the document in color Page Headers These options control what information is included in the page headers Print page headers When this option is selected TextWrangler prints the page number the name of the file and the time and date printed in a header at the top of each page Print full pathname When this option is selected TextWrangler prints the full pathname of the file in the header Time Stamp The Time Stamp option lets you choose whether the date that appears in the header is the date that the file was last modified or the date that the file was printed Printing 57 58 Chapter 3 Working with Files CHAPTER Editing Text with TextWrangler This chapter describes the basics of editing text with TextWrangler wrapping text text manipulations and file comparison In this chapter Basic Editing eaei 5S e E sian ae sroieio 8s a ls Slade wie ees a easel eee E 60 Moving Text 60 Multiple Clipboards 61 Drag and Drop 62 Multiple Undo resse tar ey ai oie gale EE OE dots teas he ele wre ore ete 62
224. ntextual menu To save all documents in the window at once hold down the Option key and choose Save All from the Action menu Window Anatomy 69 70 The Status Bar The status bar is located directly to the left of the horizontal scrollbar The status bar displays the current cursor position and contains popup menus showing the language text encoding and line break format of the current document To hide the status bar turn off the Show Status Bar option in the Appearance preference panel eoo index htm Currently Open Documents o ff TU Last Saved 07 12 2011 11 30 35 E index htm e F l J w File Path v Users Shared doc examples index html LI index html no symbol selected OE DOCTYPE html PUBLIC W3C DTD XHTML 1 0 Transitional EN a http www w3 org TR xhtml1 DTD xhtml1 transitional dtd gt lt html xmins http wwow w3 0rg 1999 xhtmL xml lang en Lang en us gt 4 lt head gt lt meta http equiv content type content text html charset utf 8 gt lt title gt Bare Bones Software Welcome lt title gt lt meta name author content gt rint CSS Framework gt stylesheet href css blueprint screen css type text css media screen p stylesheet href css blueprint lib grid css type text css media screen lt link rel stylesheet href css blueprint print css type text css media print gt Recent Documents index html lt head g
225. ntion used by the C programming language 0x followed by the character code in hexadecimal base 16 This option is useful for identifying both the value and the location of gremlin characters Later you can search for occurrences of 0x to locate the converted characters Searching for the grep pattern of 0x will select the entire character code for easy modification or deletion Text Menu Commands 107 108 Note Replace with lt character gt This option replaces the gremlin with the character you type in the text field next to the radio button It is useful for identifying the location of gremlins but not their value The replacement character can be specified not only as any typeable character but also by using any of the special characters defined for text searches including hex escapes See Special Characters on page 118 In some cases this option could be counterproductive since hex escapes xNN can themselves be used to insert unprintable characters Entab This command displays a sheet which allows you to set the number of consecutive space characters which should be converted into tabs This transformation is useful when you are copying content from many online sources which use spaces to line up columns of text If you do not use a monospaced font columns usually will not line up unless you entab the text first Detab This command displays a sheet which allows you to set the number of consecuti
226. nto any machine readable or printed form for backup or support of your use of the program and documentation on those machines provided that no copy of the program and documentation may be used by anyone other than you Your use of the program and documentation is limited solely to internal use Without limiting the generality of the foregoing you may not directly or indirectly transfer convey distribute or provide the program or access to the program to any third party whether by means of a bundling publishing or hosting arrangement or otherwise and whether or not for money or other consideration without the express prior written consent of Bare Bones Software Inc You may not use or copy the program or documentation or any copy thereof in whole or in part except as provided in this Agreement You also may not modify the program or documentation or any copy thereof in whole or in part If you use copy modify distribute or transfer the program or documentation or any copy thereof in whole or part except as expressly provided for in this Agreement your license is automatically terminated Term The license is effective on the date you accept this Agreement and remains in effect until terminated as indicated above or until you terminate it If the license is terminated for any reason you agree to destroy the program and documentation together with all copies thereof in whole or in part in any form and to cease all use of th
227. ntrol R to search forward or backward respectively To clear the most recent word of the search string you can type Option Delete or click on the delete button the X within the search field to delete the entire search string To cancel Live Search you may click the Done button in the search bar or type the Escape key The Live Search bar replaces the Quick Search window present in older versions Search Menu Reference This section describes all of the commands in the Search menu Find Opens the Find window or the Find amp Replace dialog See Basic Searching and Replacing on page 116 Multi File Search Opens the Multi File Search window See Multi File Searching on page 119 and Multi File Replacing on page 127 Search in Disk or Results Browser If the frontmost window is an editing window this command s name will reflect the name of the current document s parent folder if any If the frontmost window is a disk browser or results browser this command s name will reflect the name of the directory currently visible in the disk browser or the name of the results browser window Choosing this command will open the Multi File Search window with the described target the current document s parent folder or the selected directory set as the search source If the Multi File Search window is frontmost this command will target the disk browser or results browser which is clo
228. nu by name Otherwise items appear in the same order in the menu as they appear in the file This option is off by default Show comment callouts When this option is on TextWrangler will suppress callouts embedded in comments from appearing in the Function popup This option is on by default Show function prototypes When this option is on TextWrangler displays the names of function prototypes as well as function definitions in the Function popup menu Otherwise the menu does not include entries for function prototypes This option is on by default Editing Window These options control additional elements which TextWrangler can display in editing windows Chapter 10 Preferences Tab stops If this option is on TextWrangler displays tab stops as vertical grid lines within the content area of text windows using the tab width set in the Editor Defaults panel Line numbers If this option is on TextWrangler displays line numbers along the left edge of the window Gutter When this option is on TextWrangler displays the gutter see page 71 You can show or hide the gutter independently for each text window This option is on by default Page Guide at N characters When this option is on TextWrangler displays the page guide at the specified character width The page guide is a visible boundary indicator whose color and contrast you can adjust see page 187 This option is on by default Guide Contrast You can use this sliding c
229. o read files which do not have this stored information for instance files downloaded from the Internet until you choose an appropriate encoding for them When performing a search TextWrangler respects any available information about each file s encoding Ifa file does not contain any information about its encoding TextWrangler will use the default encoding set in the Text Encodings Preferences panel Unicode Unicode is an international standard for character encoding which includes an extensive selection of characters from Roman Cyrillic Asian Middle Eastern and various other scripts For more background information or complete details on Unicode the Unicode Consortium web site is the best place to look http www unicode org An International Text Primer IMPORTANT TextWrangler fully supports and makes extensive use of Unicode in addition to all other OS supported text encodings In particular TextWrangler internally represents all documents as Unicode regardless of their on disk encoding Saving Unicode Files TextWrangler lets you save documents that use character set encodings other than Mac Roman even multi byte character sets When saving a file you can choose to save text composed in any script with any encoding In addition to the standard character set encodings TextWrangler also lets you save the files in a variety of plain Unicode files e Unicode UTF 8 UTF 8 without a byte order mark e Unicode UTF 8
230. o menu items 206 automatic spell checking 181 B backups 55 binary plist files 43 BOM see byte order mark 40 48 Bonjour 50 bookmarks 50 browsers 167 differences 93 disk browser 169 file list panel 170 search results 121 171 setting the list display font 178 splitter 168 status bar 168 169 text panel 168 byte order mark 40 48 byte swapped see Little Endian 48 bz2 compressed files 43 C C programming language 107 camel case see CamelCase 77 CamelCase 77 keyboard navigation of 77 Cancel button 20 capitalize lines 101 sentences 101 words 101 case sensitivity 118 case transformations 150 changing case 100 character classes 140 character offset specification 44 character set encoding 37 40 48 check spelling as you type 181 Check Spelling command 96 checking spelling user dictionary 98 Classic Mac line breaks 37 Clear command 20 60 Clear key 60 clearing a marker 95 Clipboard 61 clipboard 61 clipboards multiple 61 colored text 85 columns see rectangular selection 77 Command key 21 command keys assigning to menu items 237 in dialogs 20 in menus 20 listing by default key 244 listing by menu 239 shortcuts 249 command line configuring TextWrangler for use with 221 Command Period 20 Compare Again command 132 Compare Against Disk File 93 Compare Two Front Documents 91 comparing files 91 multiple files 94 complex patterns 144 concatenate 90 contextual menu in disk browsers 170 control characters 107 Con
231. o select a preference panel click its name in the list at the left side of the window The text area at the top of the Preferences window gives you a brief description of the options provided by the currently displayed preference panel TextWrangler s Preferences window is non modal you can leave it open and change preference settings while you work or close it at any time by clicking its close button or by choosing Close Window from the File menu Any changes you make to preference options take effect immediately unless otherwise indicated TextWrangler employs the standard system preferences mechanism to store your preference settings Accordingly you can modify preference options directly by issuing defaults write commands However if you choose to modify your preferences by means of defaults write commands other than those documented in this manual or the Expert Preferences page of TextWrangler s built in Help book without explicit advice from Bare Bones Software technical support you take responsibility for any adverse effects If you discard your TextWrangler preferences file you will need to re select any customized preference options you may have chosen Chapter 10 Preferences Searching the Preferences You can perform keyword searches to quickly locate preference options in the Preferences window To do this just click in the search field below the list of preference panels and type a word or partial word
232. o that menu item Scripts can return a value that tells TextWrangler whether to continue with the command that was selected or to cancel the operation in which case only the script is executed Scripts attached to TextWrangler menu items must be stored in the Menu Scripts folder of TextWrangler s application support folder These files should be compiled scripts not script applications Scripts are named to indicate which menu item they go with first the name of the menu or the submenu upon which the item is immediately located then a bullet Option 8 character then the name of the menu item For example to attach a script to the Open from FTP SFTP Server menu item you would name it FileeOpen from FTP SFTP Server while to attach a script to the New Document menu item you would name it NewsText Document Two of TextWrangler s menus have icons rather than names TextWrangler uses the following names for its icon menus the Shebang menu and Scripts Furthermore the New With Stationery submenu is named Stationery for purposes of attachability When you choose a menu command which has an attached script TextWrangler will pass the menu name and command item name to the script s MenuSelect handler if it has one If the script contains no MenuSelect handler TextWrangler executes the script s run handler The script s MenuSelect handler can tell TextWrangler to skip performing t
233. o to Function End Go to Previous Function Go to Next Function Jump Back Jump Forward Set Jump Mark Find Differences Compare Two Front Documents Compare Against Disk File Apply to New Apply to Old Compare Again Find in Reference Appendix A Command Cmd F Cmd Shift F Cmd Opt F Cmd G Cmd Shift G Cmd Opt G Cmd H or none Cmd Shift H Cmd E Cmd Shift E Cmd Opt E Cmd Opt Shift E Cmd Cmd Opt Cmd Shift Cmd J Cmd Opt J Cmd Shift J Cmd left arrow Cmd right arrow Cmd Shift hyphen Reference Window Minimize Window Minimize All Windows Bring All to Front Palettes Workspace Show Scratchpad Show Unix Worksheet Save Default type of Window Arrange Tile Two Front Windows Get Info Reveal in Finder Cycle Through Windows Cycle Through Windows Backwards Exchange With Next Synchro Scrolling Open windows Window gt Palettes ASCII Table Colors Scripts Stationery Text Filters Windows Opt see below see below Opt Cmd Cmd Shift Shebang Check Syntax Check Selection Syntax Opt Run Run Run in Terminal Run in Debugger Run File Show Module Documentation Scripts Open Script Editor Open Scripting Dictionary Open Scripts Folder Start Stop Recording Installed scripts Help Search menu command search field TextWrangler Help User Manual Tutorial Service and Support Toolbar Text Options Soft Wrap Tex
234. oK hello_error py Python Errors m 1 Error 0 Warnings 0 Notes Open Error File hello SyntaxError EOL while scanning string literal 5 8 Ta AY Last Saved 04 08 2012 15 08 26 l J q File Path v Library Application Support TextWrangler Scripts hello_error py no symbol selected Oy y usr bin pythor print Hello World print oops there s an error in this script Rune Each entry in the list pane corresponds to an error warning or note You can use the checkboxes for each type of item to suppress or display the associated results as desired If you click on a entry in the file list TextWrangler will open the corresponding file in the text display pane and select the section of text related to the error Chapter 9 Browsers CHAPTER Preferences You can use the Preferences command to customize much of TextWrangler s behavior You can decide which windows are open when you launch TextWrangler set the default options for windows set the default options for searches and so on This chapter describes TextWrangler s extensive preference options In this chapter The Preferences WindoW cece ec eee cece cece eee e ee eee reese eeeeees 173 Searching the Preferences 175 Appearance Preferences 175 Application Preferences 178 Editing Preferences 180 Editor Defaults Preferences 180 Keyboard Preferences 182 Languages Preferences 183 Menus amp Sh
235. of a document 1 Select the file name within the body of the document 2 Choose Open Selection from the File menu If a suffix of the form x follows the name TextWrangler will automatically expand the selection to include the suffix TextWrangler will display the Open File by Name window prepopulated with the selected text 3 Click Open or type Return in the Open File by Name window Opening Existing Documents 43 TextWrangler also understands the Unix style line number and character offset specifications line offset that can be appended to a file name and will honor them when opening a file If the specified file is already open this command will simply select the designated location within the file These specifications are frequently generated by Unix command line tools For example selecting the text main cp 210 and choosing Open Selection will bring up the Open File by Name window prefilled with that search string and when you click Open TextWrangler will then open the file main cp and automatically select line 210 Likewise if you apply Open Selection to the text foo cp 398 43 and invoke Open File by Name TextWrangler will open the file foo cp and automatically position the insertion point at the specified location In searching for the requested file TextWrangler will look in the following locations in order of preference e If there is a disk browser open TextWrangler will search
236. of the program and documentation by military and civilian offices branches or agencies of the U S Government is restricted in accordance with the applicable Federal Acquisition Regulations under which the program and documentation constitute restricted computer software that is commercial computer software or Department of Defense Federal Acquisition Regulations Supplement under which the program and documentation constitute commercial computer software and commercial computer software documentation to that consistent with only those rights as are granted pursuant to the terms and conditions hereof Acknowledgment You acknowledge that you have read this agreement understand it and agree to be bound by its terms and conditions You further agree that it is the complete and exclusive statement of the agreement between you and Bare Bones Software Inc which supersedes all proposals or prior agreements oral or written and all other communications between you and Bare Bones Software Inc relating to the subject matter of this agreement Info ZIP License This is version 2009 Jan 02 of the Info ZIP license The definitive version of this document should be available at ftp ftp info zip org pub infozip license html indefinitely and a copy at http www info zip org pub infozip license html Copyright 1990 2009 Info ZIP All rights reserved For the purposes of this copyright and license Info ZIP is defined as
237. on it will try opening the file using the encoding s contained in this list in the order they appear Text Files Preferences The Text Files preferences control how TextWrangler opens and saves files including whether to make backups Line breaks This option controls what kind of line breaks TextWrangler writes when creating a new file You can choose e Unix line breaks ASCII 10 for general use This is the default option e Classic Mac line breaks ASCII 13 if you will be using the file with Classic Macintosh applications e Windows line breaks ASCII 13 10 if the file will reside on a Windows server or if you are sending it to someone who uses a Windows system 188 Chapter 10 Preferences Ensure file ends with line break When this option is on TextWrangler will add a line break at the end of the file if there is not already one present You can also adjust this option on a per language basis by adding custom language preferences See Languages Preferences on page 183 Strip trailing whitespace When this option is on TextWrangler will trim all trailing non vertical whitespace from the document file before writing it out You can also adjust this option on a per language basis by adding custom language preferences See Languages Preferences on page 183 Backups These options control whether TextWrangler should make backup copies of edited files and the manner in which it does so Make backup
238. on instructions are described below and the organization of TextWrangler s supporting files is described in subsequent sections System Requirements TextWrangler 4 0 requires Mac OS X 10 6 or later 10 6 8 or 10 7 3 or later recommended The software will not run on Mac OS 9 or any earlier versions of Mac OS X and will not run on PowerPC based machines 23 Note IMPORTANT Installing TextWrangler If you download TextWrangler directly you will receive a standard disk image dmg file Your web browser may automatically mount the disk image once the download is complete otherwise you should double click on the disk image file to mount it Once the disk image is mounted drag the TextWrangler application over the adjacent icon for the Applications folder and drop it there to copy TextWrangler onto your Mac s hard drive You can then dismount eject the disk image and discard the dmg file If you obtain TextWrangler through the Mac App Store you must install it via the App Store application Checking for Updates TextWrangler offers the option to automatically check for updates this behavior is controlled by the Software Update option in the Application preferences panel You can also directly check for updates at any time by choosing Check for Updates in the TextWrangler application menu In order to update TextWrangler when future versions become available you need only apply the update whe
239. on mark matches a single character so that foo matches food fool foot and many other words Both the asterisk and the question mark can be used anywhere in a wildcard pattern and any number of either can be used in a single pattern Grep patterns also known as regular expressions are a powerful method of selecting file names based on classes of text or repeating text They are covered in great detail in the next chapter Multi File Searching 125 126 The right hand text field specifies the match criterion For example when filtering by File Name you type the text you want the name to match contain begin with or end with or not When filtering by Language you choose a supported language from a popup menu Specifying Time and Date Criteria When using a time or date criterion you can use the special words below to specify dates and times relative to the current date and time Word Means now current date and time today midnight on the current date yesterda current date and time minus 24 y hours tomorro current date and time plus 24 w hours You can add any number of criteria using the Add button To delete any criterion click the Remove button next to it Click Save to save the file filter and use it for this search TextWrangler will ask you to name the filter and it will then appear in the Filters popup menu in the Find amp Replace dialog and in the Filter panel of t
240. on this item to search the files listed in all results browsers Saved Search Sources You can use the Saved Search Sources popup menu to store specific sets of search sources for later reuse To save a set of search sources choose Remember this Set from the popup menu and give the set a name in the resulting dialog To select a saved set of search sources choose that set s name from the pop menu Multi File Search Options Click the Options button to display the search options sheet M Search nested folders File Type C Skip folders O Text files only C Search invisible folders All file types M Search compressed files __ Exclude matches To search the contents of all subfolders within the folders you choose select the Search Nested Folders option in the resulting sheet You can also choose to skip any folders whose names are enclosed in parentheses here by selecting the Skip Folders option or whether to search the contents of invisible folders by selecting the Search Invisible Folders option You can also choose to search only text files or to search all file types If you have image files or other non text files in search source folders it may be a good idea to restrict the search to only text files This setting is applied in addition to any file filter see next section and in fact takes effect before the filter To find only files whose contents do not contain the search string select the Exclude Matches o
241. onal expert preference settings outside of TextWrangler by issuing suitable defaults write commands For a complete list of available expert preference settings please see the Expert Preferences page of the built in Help book To open the Help book choose TextWrangler Help in the Help menu TextWrangler 4 0 will import and use any relevant preference settings from TextWrangler 3 0 or later provided that prefs file is present 30 Chapter 2 Installing TextWrangler TextWrangler Preferences Folder By default TextWrangler stores ancillary preference data in the folder Library TextWrangler so as to comply with current OS guidelines Earlier versions stored such data in the folder Library Preferences com barebones textwrangler PreferenceData and TextWrangler 4 will continue to use that folder if it already exists The standard contents of this folder are as follows Document State plist TextWrangler stores state information for individual documents in this file Recent Files amp Favorites This folder is no longer used and may be deleted Recent Folders amp Favorites This folder is no longer used and may be deleted Save Application State appstate TextWrangler stores application state info in this file Saved Sources xml TextWrangler stores all user defined search sources in this file Preference Files and Folders 31 32 Chapter 2 Installing TextWrangler CHAPTER Working wit
242. one alternative do carry on into subsequent branches within the same subpattern For example Search for a i b c matches ab aB c and C even though when matching C the first branch is abandoned before the option setting These options can also be set using the clustering non capturing parentheses syntax defined earlier by inserting the option letters between the and The scope of options set in this manner is limited to the subpattern contained therein Examples Search for i saturday sunday Will match SATURDAY or Saturday or SUNday and so on Search for i f00 i bar Will match foobar or FOObar Will not match FOOBAR or fooBAR Positional Assertions Positional assertions anchor a pattern without actually matching any characters Simple assertions have already been described those which are invoked with the escape sequences b B A Z z and For example the pattern bfoo b will only match the string foo if it has word breaks on both sides but the b s do not themselves match any characters the entire text matched by this pattern are the three characters f o and o Lookahead and lookbehind assertions work in a similar manner but allow you to test for arbitrary patterns to anchor next to If you have ever said to yourself I would like to match foo but only when it is next to bar lookaround assertions fi
243. onger than 65 characters In fact it s so long it goes off the right edge of the window And this is another short line TextWrangler joins all the lines together to form a single paragraph and then wraps the text to a width of 65 characters The Paragraph Indentation buttons let you indent paragraphs after they have been wrapped e Flush Left does not indent paragraphs at all e First Line indents all lines in the paragraph by one tab stop How TextWrangler Wraps Text 89 e Reverse places the first line in the paragraph flush against the left edge of the window and indents all other lines in the paragraph by one tab stop Mark the Relative to First Line checkbox to make any paragraph indents relative to the original indent of the first line of the selection or document If you want paragraph indents to be relative to the left margin of the document make sure this checkbox is not marked Click the Wrap button to perform the Hard Wrap command Click the Don t Wrap button to save the settings without changing the text Tip If you hold down the Option key as you choose the Hard Wrap command TextWrangler uses the last Hard Wrap settings to perform the operation without displaying a sheet The Insert Submenu In addition to typing you can use the commands in the Insert submenu of the Edit menu to insert text into the active window These commands which are also available in the Insert popup menu left in the document toolbar let you
244. ons have the following effect e default TextWrangler will open the selected documents according to your preference settings e Front Window TextWrangler will open all of the selected documents into the frontmost text window If there are no text windows open or the frontmost text window contains an active sheet this option will be disabled e New Window TextWrangler will open all of the selected documents into a new text window e Separate Windows TextWrangler will open each of the selected documents into its own text window Reload from Disk When you choose this command TextWrangler will compare the contents of the current document in memory to those of its file on disk and reload the document from its file if they differ This is useful in situations where the file may have changed without TextWrangler noticing which can happen if e g the Automatically refresh documents option in the Application prefs panel is turned off or if the file is on a shared disk and has been modified from another workstation Chapter 3 Working with Files Note Opening and Viewing Files within Zip Archives TextWrangler can transparently open and display the contents of most Zip compressed archives zip either directly or during a multi file search Zip archives must be in the format created by the Finder s Compress command or by applying ditto k from the command line If the Zip archive contains only one top
245. ons popup menu in the toolbar and look at the Languages item Display Options These options determine which controls appear in the frontmost text window regardless of whether that window contains one or more documents Changes you make here affect only that window To change the display characteristics for text windows that you will open in the future use the Appearance preference panel Line numbers This option displays line numbers along the left edge of the window Gutter This option shows or hides the gutter in the window Toolbar This option shows or hides the toolbar in the window Navigation bar This option shows or hides the navigation bar in the window Page guide This option shows or hides the page guide in the window Tab stops This option shows or hides tab stop indicators in the window Show invisibles This option shows or hides non printing characters in the window Select this option when you want to see line breaks tabs and gremlins other invisible characters TextWrangler uses these symbols Symbol Meaning A tab space 84 Chapter 4 Editing Text with TextWrangler Note Symbol Meaning non breaking space a line break q page break other non printing or special characters If you turn on Show Invisibles the Show Spaces option will become available allowing you to enable display of the visually noisy space characters if you desire Syntax Coloring
246. ontrol to adjust the contrast level of the page guide display region See Tab stops on page 177 Text Status Bar When any of the listed options are on TextWrangler displays the status bar see page 70 You can show or hide the status bar independently for each text window Cursor position When this option is on TextWrangler displays the current location line and column of the insertion point or the endpoint of the current selection range in the status bar see page 70 Language When this option is on TextWrangler displays the Language popup menu in the status bar see page 70 Text encoding When this option is on TextWrangler displays the Text Encoding popup menu in the status bar see page 70 Line break type When this option is on TextWrangler displays the Line Break Type popup menu in the status bar see page 70 Document statistics When this option is on TextWrangler displays an item in the status bar which shows the number of characters words and lines in the document and if there s a selection the number of characters words and lines in the selection range Appearance Preferences 177 178 List Display Font This option controls the font and size used to display text in browser list panes including disk browser search results browsers etc To change this option click Set to bring up the standard Font panel and choose the desired font and size The default setting is 11 point Lucida Grande
247. options in the Appearance preference panel to hide or show individual items on the navigation bar Choosing the Active Document Click on any document in the file list to make that document active click the Previous or Next buttons to move to the previous or next document in the window or choose Previous Document Next Document from the View menu You can also choose a specific document from the adjacent popup menu to make it active eoo Markdown Syntax txt Currently Open Documents jquery 1 7 2 js Markdown Syntax txt untitled text Last Saved 04 08 2012 14 02 11 File Path v Users Shared doc samples Markdown Syntax txt symbol selected 1 2 3 4 lt ul id ProjectSubmenu gt 5 lt li gt lt a href projects markdown title Markdown Project Pa 6 lt li gt lt a href projects markdown basics title Markdown Basi 7 lt li gt lt a class selected title Markdown Syntax Documentation 8 lt li gt lt a href projects markdown license title Pricing and 9 lt li gt lt a href projects markdown dingus title Online Markdo 10 lt ul gt The Previous and Next buttons in the Navigation bar as well as the Previous Document Next Document commands select documents in most recently used order rather than alphabetical order Window Anatomy 65 Function Navigation The Function popup menu lists the functions defined in a programming language source file or various specific tags pre
248. or type Command Command period to cancel a task directly from within TextWrangler Since TextWrangler must kill the spawned Unix process with a SIGINT any unflushed data in open filehandles including STDOUT and STDERR will be lost unless the script takes measures to prevent this 230 Chapter 12 Unix Scripting and the Command Line Unix Scripting Perl Python Ruby Shells and more 231 232 Chapter 12 Unix Scripting and the Command Line CHAPTER Language Modules Language modules are special files that you can install to add support for syntax coloring and optionally function browsing for programming languages beyond those built in Many people have prepared language modules for use with BBEdit and TextWrangler and these modules are available from various web sites including our own This chapter describes the basic procedures for installing and using language modules and provides references to information about producing such items In this chapter Language Modules cece ce cece cece c cece eee eer eee reese eeeeees 233 Installing Language Modules 233 Overriding Existing Modules 234 Codeless Language Modules 234 Code based Language Modules 234 Language Module Compatibility 234 Plug In Obsolescence cece ccc cece cece cece e cence eee cease eseees 235 Language Modules Language modules are add on items which provide syntax coloring and function browsing for programming languages
249. ords Spaces This option controls the color TextWrangler uses to display spaces when the Show Invisibles and Show Spaces display options are active Other invisibles This option controls the color TextWrangler uses to display invisible characters other than spaces when the Show Invisibles display options is active Use Custom Highlight Color Turn this option on to have TextWrangler use custom highlight colors You can choose the primary and secondary highlight colors Highlight Insertion Point When this option is on TextWrangler highlights the line currently containing the insertion point using the indicated color You can choose the line highlight color Source Code These options control the colors that TextWrangler uses to display the corresponding language elements e Keywords are those terms defined in a language s specification e Predefined names are words which are not language keywords but which are predefined by a language s reference implementation or which are part of a language s standard library framework support or which have other special meaning to developers writing code in that language e Comments are all text set off by a language s designated comment marker s e String and numeric constants are as defined by a language s specification e ctags symbols are any words or elements identified in an associated ctags file Markup These options control the colors that TextWrangler uses to display the corr
250. ors 72 text highlighting 60 Text Options popup 64 Index 271 text transformation 86 text wrapping 86 TextWrangler Talk discussion group 165 time stamps 57 tool bar 63 transformations case 150 twdiff 92 twdiff tool 223 twfind tool 223 typing text 60 typographer s quotes 83 U n Comment command 101 ndo command 62 nicode 37 40 48 99 niversal argument 252 nix line breaks 37 nix shell scripts 225 ser interface 19 sing Language Modules 234 TF 16 40 48 TF 8 40 48 om eis oe orn eE e sc TEG lt verify open files 178 W wildcards 138 window list 111 windows arranging 112 exchanging with next 112 split bar 64 Windows floating window 39 Windows line breaks 37 Windows menu 109 worksheets shell 222 wrap around 118 wrapping text 84 86 Y yank pop 252 Z Zap Gremlins command 107 272 Index
251. ort folder see page 26 You can write one script to handle each attachment point or one script to handle the attachment points for an entire class of objects or one script to handle all of the attachment points for the entire application You can also mix and match scripts to meet specialized needs for instance by using one script to implement a particular attachment point for documents and a second script to handle the remaining attachment points 208 Chapter 11 Scripting TextWrangler Note TextWrangler associates scripts to attachment points by means of the script s file name There are three ways to specify a script s role 1 lt ObjectClass gt lt entryPoint gt 2 lt ObjectClass gt 3 lt ApplicationName gt The first form is the most specific the ObjectClass may be either Application or Document while the entryPoint is one of the attachment points described above appropriate to that object class For example a script which implemented only the documentDidSave attachment point should have the name Document documentDidSave scpt and contain a subroutine named documentDidSave thus on documentDidSave do something useful and appropriate end documentDidSave Adding the filename suffix scpt is not mandatory but you should follow the current system conventions suggested when creating scripts with the AppleScript Editor or any other script editor such as Script Debugger
252. ortcuts Preferences 184 Printing Preferences 185 Text Colors Preferences 186 Text Encodings Preferences 188 Text Files Preferences 188 Expert preferences settings 190 The Setup WindoW cece cece cece cece cece TEREE ee EEEE EE 190 Bookmarks 190 Filters 191 Patterns 191 The Preferences Window The Preferences window provides control over many aspects of TextWrangler s behavior You can decide which actions TextWrangler should perform when you launch it set default options for editing behavior examine and set or modify keyboard shortcuts create and apply text color schemes and so on 173 IMPORTANT 174 To open the Preferences window choose the Preferences command from the TextWrangler application menu Sx Appearance Preferences Toolbar m Text options M Document proxy icon Navigation Bar M Function menu _ Sort items by name M Show comment callouts _ Show function prototypes M Document navigation cf Marker menu M Counterpart button M Included files menu Editing Window Menus amp Shortcuts uifabistops M Page guide at 90 characters Line numbers Guide contrast gt M Gutter i Lm Printing z yoas Text Colors ann p Text Encodings Text Status Bar M Line break type M Document statistics M Cursor position M Language M Text encoding Text Files List display font Lucida Grande 11 Select _Restore Defaults T
253. ose All Windows Cmd Opt Edit Text Options Cmd Opt Edit Find All Misspelled Words Listing by Default Key Equivalent 245 Key Command Cmd Opt Text Rewrap Quoted Text Cmd Opt View Previous Document Cmd Opt View Next Document Cmd Opt Search Replace All Cmd Opt Zoom All Windows Cmd Opt Text Hard Wrap Cmd Opt up arrow File Open Counterpart Cmd Opt Shift E Search Enter Replace Pattern Cmd Opt Shift S File Save a Copy to FTP Server Cmd Opt Shift W File Close All Documents Cmd Shift A Edit Select None Cmd Shift B View Balance amp Fold Cmd Shift C Edit Copy amp Append Cmd Shift E Search Use Selection for Find grep Cmd Shift F Search Multi File Search Cmd Shift G Search Find Previous Cmd Shift J Search Go to Center Line Cmd Shift N File New Text Window Cmd Shift P File Page Setup Cmd Shift S File Save As Cmd Shift V Edit Paste Previous Clipboard Cmd Shift W File Close Window special Cmd Shift X Edit Cut amp Append Cmd Shift Z Edit Redo Cmd Shift Edit Printing Options Cmd Shift Misc Cycle Through Windows Backwards Cmd Shift Search Find in Reference 246 Appendix A Command Reference Key Command Cmd Shift Text Show Spelling Panel Cmd Shift Text Shift Left One Space Cmd Shift Text Shift Right One Space Ctl Search
254. ou are new to scripting TextWrangler or are familiar with scripting previous versions we strongly recommend that you carefully review the sections TextWrangler and AppleScript and Working with Scripts in this chapter In this chapter AppleScript Overview cece ccc cece cece eer eee a aea eae 193 About AppleScript 194 Scriptable Applications and Apple Events 194 Reading an AppleScript Dictionary 195 Recordable Applications 200 Saving Scripts 201 Using Scripts with Applications 201 Scripting Resources 202 Using AppleScripts in TextWrangler cece cece cece e ence eee eeees 203 Recording Actions within TextWrangler 203 The Scripts Menu 204 The Scripts Palette 205 Organizing Scripts 205 Attaching Scripts to Menu Items 206 Attaching Scripts to Events 207 TextWrangler s Scripting Model cece cece cece e eect eee eeeees 212 Script Compatibility 212 Getting and Setting Properties 214 Performing Actions 215 Common AppleScript Pitfalls 220 AppleScript Overview If you are familiar with AppleScript you should have little difficulty scripting TextWrangler It has a robust and highly flexible object model If you do not know much about scripting though read on for an introduction to the necessary concepts 193 194 Note About AppleScript AppleScript is an English like language which you can use to write scripts that automate
255. ou choose what kinds of line breaks TextWrangler writes when you save the file Choose e Unix line breaks ASCII 10 for most purposes including use with modern Mac applications or for files being saved to a Unix file server This is the default option e Classic Mac line breaks ASCII 13 if you will be using the file with other applications which expect this format e Windows line breaks ASCII 13 10 if the file resides on a Windows file server or if you will be sending it to someone who uses a Windows or DOS based system Encoding TextWrangler lets you save documents using any character set encoding supported by Mac OS X including a variety of Unicode formats see Saving Unicode Files on page 48 To select an encoding choose its name from the Encoding pop up menu The list of available encodings is controlled by your preference settings see Text Encodings Preferences on page 188 When you select an encoding that requires a Unicode file format you can also choose Unicode as an option from the Line Breaks pop up menu in this dialog Unicode has its own line ending standard UTF 16 files created by TextWrangler are given a type of utxt the Mac standard type for Unicode text files UTF 8 files are given a type of TEXT for compatibility with other applications however TextWrangler will also recognize such files with type UTF8 You can choose which encodings appear in the Encoding pop up men
256. ound up to that point Multi File Searching 119 120 Starting a Search To search for a string in multiple files do the following steps 1 Choose Multi File Search from the Search menu or type Command Shift F to open the Multi File Search window if it is not already open AOC Multi File Search Find g Replace Matching Case sensitive Entire word Grep Searchin MyFiles amp Folders E 7 C Other Saved Search Sets gt Recent Folders Options Save Set Filter none One Folder Sites 2 Type the string you are looking for in the Find text field 3 Type the replace string if any in the Replace text field Be sure to read the section Multi File Replacing later in this chapter if you want to perform replace operations 4 Turn on any search options that you want to apply to your search To learn more about these options see Search Settings earlier in this chapter 5 Drag a folder to the search target area to search its contents or select any of the available search sources in the Sources list to specify the set of files to search See Specifying the Search Set later in this chapter for more information 6 Click one of the buttons along the right side of the dialog box to begin the search Chapter 7 Searching The table below tells you what each of the buttons does This button Does this aa Find All Finds all occurrences of the search string
257. ow its interface without needing to know its implementation Sometimes a keyword is used as a Substitute for the body in Pascal the keywords forward or external are used In C style languages the function definition is usually just closed off with a semicolon after the parameter list In either case if one of the specified strings is encountered before the string value of Open Statement Blocks described below the function definition is considered to be a bodiless prototype and doesn t appear in the function popup menu Open Statement Blocks String Close Statement Blocks String Function bodies are usually statement blocks that begin and end with something In Pascal it is literally the keywords begin and end In C and C style languages it is usually the characters and In both cases such statement block can usually be nested inside one another and the function scanner takes this into account Note that some languages such as VBScript overload the keyword END with another keyword such as SUB separating the two with one or more spaces Visually this is nice because it lets a human reader know what the END ends but it presents a problem for the function scanner which is not prepared at this time to treat sequences of keywords as having special meaning In theory it would be possible to get by with specifying just END or more likely just SUB for the value of Clo
258. p the Options sheet for that language in the Languages preference panel and editing the template directly In the template use _SYMBOLNAME _ to indicate where the selected symbol name should be placed in the lookup string Search Menu Reference 133 134 Chapter 7 Searching CHAPTER Searching with Grep This chapter describes the Grep option in TextWrangler s Find command which allows you to find and change text that matches a set of conditions you specify Combined with the multi file search and replace features described in Chapter 7 TextWrangler s grep capabilities can make many editing tasks quicker and easier whether you are modifying Web pages extracting data from a file or just rearranging a phone list In this chapter Most Characters Match Themselves 136 Escaping Special Characters 136 Wildcards Match Types of Characters 138 Character Classes Match Sets or Ranges of Characters 140 Matching Non Printing Characters 141 Other Special Character Classes 142 Quantifiers Repeat Subpatterns 143 Combining Patterns to Make Complex Patterns 144 Creating Subpatterns 144 Using Backreferences in Subpatterns 145 Using Alternation 146 The Longest Match Issue 146 Non Greedy Quantifiers 147 Writing Replacement Patterns cece cece cece eee e eee eee e eens 148 Subpatterns Make Replacement Powerful 148 Using the Entire Matched Pattern 148 Using Pa
259. parentheses The remainder are listed in the chart below and discussed in detail afterward Extension Meaning 2h Cluster only parentheses no capturing Comment discard all text between the parentheses imsx imsx Enable disable pattern modifiers imsx Cluster only parens with modifiers imsx Positive lookahead assertion 1 Negative lookahead assertion lt Positive lookbehind assertion lt Negative lookbehind assertion 2 Match with if then else 2 Match with if then gt Match non backtracking subpattern once only R Recursive pattern Comments The sequence marks the start of a comment which continues up to the next closing parenthesis Nested parentheses are not permitted The characters that make up a comment play no part in the pattern matching at all Search for fo00 Hello this is a comment bar Will match foobar Advanced Grep Topics 157 158 Pattern Modifiers The settings for case sensitivity multi line matching whether the dot character can match returns and extended syntax can be turned on and off within a pattern by including sequences of letters between and Modifier Meaning Default i case insensitive according to Case Sensitive checkbox in Find window m allow and to match at r on s allow to match r off x ignore most white space
260. parentheses you can do this by referring to a backreference also known as a captured subpattern There are two kinds of backreferences numbered backreferences and named backreferences You can use both types of backreference within the same grep pattern Each subpattern within the complete pattern is numbered from left to right starting with the opening parenthesis Later in the pattern you can refer to the text matched within any of these subpatterns by using a backslash followed by the number of that subpattern this is a numbered backreference Unlike numbered backreferences which are automatically identified from the pattern named backreferences are only available after you define them Pattern Matches Not NDS att the text of the nth subpattern in the entire 99 search pattern P NAME the text of the subpattern NAME Names may include alphanumeric characters and underscores and must be unique within a pattern Writing Search Patterns 145 IMPORTANT Here are some examples of numbered backreferences Pattern Matches Examples d 1 a string of digits followed 7 7 by a plus sign followed 1234 1234 the same digits w s 1 double words or a pairof the the identical character runs tire return separated by whitespace oops w w 2 1 a word character a abba second word character followed by the second one again and the first one again We will revisit subpatterns in the s
261. paste operations repeated applications of the command cycle backward through the available clipboards For compatibility with international text content the Clipboard window displays text in the font and font size that it was put on the clipboard with Changing the display font in the Clipboard window does not affect the underlying data Basic Editing 61 62 Drag and Drop Another way to move text from one place to another is by drag and drop If you drag and drop text from one window to another TextWrangler copies the text to the target window without removing it from the original window In addition you can drag and drop an item from the Finder onto an editing window in TextWrangler If the item is a text file the file s contents are inserted If the item is a folder a listing of the item s contents is inserted If you hold down the Command key while dragging a folder the path of the item is inserted instead Multiple Undo TextWrangler provides the ability to undo multiple edits one action at a time The number of edits that may be undone is limited only by available memory The practical limitation is determined by the extent of the edits and the amount of free memory TextWrangler also supports multiple Redos If you have not made any changes after performing an Undo you can redo each action in order by choosing that Redo command from the Edit menu or typing Command Shift Z However once you perform a new action
262. pecify options for how the Find Differences command will be applied which correspond to those available in the dialog The complete command line syntax for the twdiff tool is twdiff lt options gt OLDFILE NEWFILE OLDFOLDER NEWFOLDER See the twdiff tool s man page man twdiff for a complete description of the available switches and options Invoking twdiff as an External Helper When using twdiff as an external diff helper for any other program e g Subversion you should invoke it with the wait option The twfind Command Line Tool You can use the twfind command line tool to access TextWrangler s powerful multi file search from the Unix command line To perform a multi file search from the command line type twfind search string search path where search string is your search string or pattern and search path is a list of path s to search You can also specify options which control how the search should be performed these options correspond to those available in the Multi File Search window If no search paths are specified on the command line twfind will attempt to read them from standard input This makes it easy to process the output of other tools such as find For example find name py print twfind blah takes the paths printed by find and searches those files TextWrangler and the Unix Command Line 223 By default twfind
263. pgrading Scripts Global Local TextWrangler will automatically create this folder if it does not exist The Scripts folder may contain AppleScript files Automator workflows text factories created by BBEdit and executable Unix files scripts Items placed in this folder will appear in the Scripts menu left and you may place items within subfolders up to four levels deep to organize them You may run these items from the Scripts menu the floating Scripts palette or via assigned key equivalents You may use the Menus amp Shortcuts preference panel to assign a key equivalent to any item in the Scripts menu TextWrangler runs such items by simply loading the item and calling it directly without providing any inputs Naturally AppleScript scripts and Automator actions may query TextWrangler for more information and Unix scripts may obtain information from the environment variables that TextWrangler sets while text factories will use their stored target list if any The first time you launch TextWrangler 4 it will copy all of your existing Unix scripts into this folder If you are upgrading from a version prior to 3 0 you must instead manually move or copy over any customized scripts that you wish to preserve Note also that scripts written for use with such older versions of TextWrangler may no longer work Please see Chapters 12 and 13 for more details and tips on modifying your existing AppleScripts and Unix filters amp
264. plication Preferences 179 180 Tip Editing Preferences The Editing preferences control the behavior of various general editing behaviors Use hard lines in soft wrapped views When this option is on the line number bar cursor position display and Go To Line commands in editing views will use line and character position numbers that correspond to the hard line breaks actually present in the document rather than the soft wrapped line breaks Additionally when this option is on line selection commands and gestures including the Select Line command triple clicking and click selection in the left margin will treat only hard line breaks as line boundaries Soft wrapped line indentation This option lets you specify how TextWrangler should indent soft wrapped text flush with the left edge of the window at the same indent level as the first line of the paragraph or indented one level deeper than the first line of the paragraph Line spacing This control allows you to adjust the amount of space between lines of text in editing views The default value is consistent with previous versions of TextWrangler Editor Defaults Preferences The Editor Defaults preferences control the behavior of newly created document windows and documents without saved state information Many of the options in this panel parallel options provided in the Text Options sheet and in the Text Options popup in the toolbar The difference is
265. pplication TextWrangler if count of text windows gt 0 then select text window 1 repeat while count of text windows gt 1 set ct to count documents of text window 2 repeat with i from 1 to ct move document 1 of text window 2 to text window 1 end repeat end repeat else beep end if end tell Referencing Documents Previously documents were indexed inside of multi document windows by their display order in the file list This meant that document 1 of the application might not be the active document which in turn required scripts to make special provisions to deal with the presence of multiple documents in a single window In order to handle this TextWrangler 2 0 provided the active document property which you could always use to specify the currently active document of a given text window For example active document of text window 1 of application TextWrangler Although TextWrangler still supports the active document property this is no longer necessary Instead if a text window is frontmost document 1 of application TextWrangler document 1 of text window 1 of application TextWrangler active document of text window 1 of application TextWrangler now all refer to the same document The side effect of this change is that if you wish to access documents within a text window by index that index is a not related to the visual ordering of documents in the file list and b documents ind
266. ption You can further restrict which files from the chosen sources will be searched by applying a file filter See File Filters below for more details File Filters If you do not want to search every file in the set you selected but want to include only those that meet certain criteria such as those created on a certain date or only those created by TextWrangler and not some other program or those that are HTML or Perl documents you can use a file filter 124 Chapter 7 Searching Note Note To apply a file filter just choose it from the Filters popup menu in the Multi File Search window If none of the available filters meets your needs you can define a new one or create a temporary filter New Filter To define a new saved file filter select New from the popup menu TextWrangler will ask you for a filter name and then display the Edit Filter dialog below You can also define new file filters in the Filters panel of the Setup window see page 191 Edit Filter any Oal dot HTML File name Us If the Setup window is open any filters you define in the Multi File Search window will not be available in the Filters panel of the Setup window until you close and reopen the Setup window The Edit Filter dialog lets you specify multiple criteria that determine whether a given file is selected by the filter You can choose whether these criteria are exclusive that is whether a file must meet
267. questioned word with the text in the adjacent text field Click Learn to add the questioned word to the active dictionary Click Forget to remove the questioned word from the active dictionary 98 Chapter 4 Editing Text with TextWrangler CHAPTER Text Transformations This chapter describes the range of powerful text transformation commands offered by TextWrangler In addition to providing individual commands which you can apply to the current document TextWrangler allows you to run Text Factories which have been created in BBEdit Text Factories are sequences of commands that can be applied to one or more documents In this chapter Text Menu Commands resser cessan ra iana eee N ETE EE EE a 99 Apply Text Filter 99 Exchange Characters 100 Change Case 100 Shift Left Shift Right 101 Un Comment Selection 101 Hard Wrap 101 Add Line Breaks 102 Remove Line Breaks 102 Convert to ASCII 102 Educate Quotes 102 Straighten Quotes 102 Add Remove Line Numbers 102 Prefix Suffix Lines 103 Sort Lines 103 Process Duplicate Lines 104 Process Lines Containing 105 Rewrap Quoted Text 106 Increase and Decrease Quote Level 106 Strip Quotes 106 Zap Gremlins 107 Entab 108 Detab 108 Normalize Line Endings 108 Text Menu Commands TextWrangler provides a variety of commands which you can use to transform text in different and useful
268. r Menu About TextWrangler Register Preferences Setup Check for Updates Install Command Line Tools Services Hide TextWrangler Hide Others Show All Quit TextWrangler File New New With Stationery Open Open from FTP SFTP Server Open Selection Reveal Selection Open Counterpart Open Recent Reopen Using Encoding Close Window Close All Windows Close Document Close All Documents Close amp Delete Save Save All Save As Save a Copy Save to FTP SFTP Server Save a Copy to FTP Server Revert Reload from Disk Export Hex Dump File Hex Dump Front Document Page Setup Print Print All Cmd not in Mac App Store version submenu Cmd H Cmd Opt H Cmd Q see next page submenu Cmd O Cmd Ctl O Cmd D Cmd Opt D Cmd Opt uparrow submenu submenu Cmd Shift W Cmd Opt W Cmd W Cmd Opt Shift W Cmd S Cmd Opt S Cmd Shift S Cmd Ctl S Cmd Opt Shift S Cmd P Cmd Opt P Print One Copy Print Selection Edit Undo Redo Clear Undo History Cut Cut amp Append Copy Copy amp Append Paste Paste Previous Clipboard Paste Column Clear Select All Select None Select Line Select Paragraph Complete Insert Copy Path Show Clipboard Previous Clipboard Next Clipboard Text Options Document Options Printing Options Normalize Options Special Characters Listing by Menu and Command Name Cmd Shift Opt P Cmd
269. r every time you press the Tab key Show invisible characters This option shows or hides non printing characters in the window Select this option when you want to see line breaks tabs and gremlins invisible characters TextWrangler uses these symbols to represent non printing characters eines Meaning A tab space non breaking space a line break q page break other non printing characters Show Spaces When this option is on and Show Invisibles is also active TextWrangler will display placeholder characters for spaces Turn this option off to suppress the display of spaces reducing visual clutter when you are displaying invisible characters Non breaking spaces typed by pressing Option space will not be displayed with a placeholder Check spelling as you type When this option is on TextWrangler will automatically check spelling as you type and underline any potentially misspelled words Turn this option off to prevent TextWrangler from automatically checking spelling You can turn on automatic spell checking for the active document only by choosing Check Spelling as You Type from the Text menu See Check Spelling As You Type on page 96 Editor Defaults Preferences 181 182 Note Default font This option controls the standard font and font size which TextWrangler uses to display the contents of text windows To change this option click Set to bring up the standard Font panel an
270. r from the Navigation Bar entry in the Menus amp Shortcuts preference panel So for example you can assign a key equivalent to Open Function Menu then press that key combination and use the arrow keys to navigate the current document s function list directly from the keyboard The File List If TextWrangler is configured to open documents into the front window it will display a file list down the left hand side of each editing window which shows all the documents currently open in that window To hide or show the file list choose the Show Files or Hide Files command in the View menu or type its default key equivalent of Command 0 Click any document s name in the list to make that document frontmost in the text window a0 0 index copy html Currently Open Documents Last Saved 07 12 2011 11 30 35 sf L T lj Kd File Path v Users Shared doc examples index copy html index html om lt b o index copy html no symbol selected We e lt DOCTYPE html PUBLIC W3C DTD XHTML 1 0 Transitional EN a http www w3 org TR xhtml1 DTD xhtml1 transitional dtd gt Y lt html xmins http www w3 0rg 1999 xhtml xml Lang en Lang en us gt lt head gt lt meta http equiv content type content text html charset utf 8 gt lt title gt Bare Bones Software Welcome lt title gt lt meta name author content gt lt Blueprint CSS Framework gt lt link rel styleshee
271. r of its menus and dialogs as described in this section Dynamic Menus Many of TextWrangler s pull down menus are dynamic if you hold down the Shift Option or Control key while a menu is open you can see some of the items change The illustration below shows what the File menu looks like normally left and when you hold down the Option key right New gt New with Stationery gt Open 0 Open from FTP SFTP Server 0 Open File by Name D Open Recent gt Reopen Using Encoding gt Hex Dump File New gt New with Stationery gt Open 0 Open from FTP SFTP Server 0 Open Recent gt Reopen Using Encoding gt Close All Windows KEW Close All Documents KOW Save All CES Hex Dump File You can use the Shift Option or Control keys when you choose an item from a menu or when you use the Command key equivalents Human Interface Notes 19 20 Bypassing Options Dialogs You may have noticed that commands that require additional settings to be made before they are performed appear on the menu with ellipses after their names To bypass this step and use the command with its most recent settings hold down the Option key while selecting the menu item For example Zap Gremlins in the Text menu becomes Zap Gremlins when the Option key is pressed and when chosen will zap gremlins in the frontmost text document using the current settings Keyboard Shortcuts for Commands Many of TextWran
272. r printers as colorized text may come out in difficult to read dithered shades of gray on black and white printers Text Colors Preferences The Text Colors preferences let you adjust the default colors that TextWrangler applies to syntax elements as well as the foreground and background text colors and highlight colors You may also create and load custom color schemes within this panel To save a color scheme click the Save Scheme button and name the theme To load a saved color scheme choose it in the Color Scheme popup menu The format for color scheme files is the same as that used by BBEdit 10 and the BBColors tool http www daringfireball net projects bbcolors You can further associate a saved color scheme with any language via the Custom Language Preferences list in the Languages preference panel See Languages Preferences on page 183 Chapter 10 Preferences How to Change an Element s Color The color bars show the colors that TextWrangler uses to display different interface and language elements To change the color for any element click the adjacent color box to open the system color picker which you can use to select a new color To restore all colors and options to their default settings click the Restore Defaults button General The three initial options control the foreground text and background window colors and the color of the underline used by the spelling checker to mark questioned w
273. rder However you can force them to appear in any desired order by including any two characters followed by a right parenthesis at the beginning of their names For example 00 Web template would sort before 01 HTML Template For such files the first three characters are not displayed in TextWrangler You can also insert a divider by including an empty folder whose name ends with the string The folder can be named anything so it sorts where you want it These naming conventions are the same as those used by the utilities FinderPop and OtherMenu Hex Dump for Files and Documents Choose the Hex Dump File command to generate a hex dump representation from a file that you choose Choose Hex Dump Front Document to generate a hex dump representation of the frontmost document as it exists in memory You should bear in mind that the result of performing the Hex Dump command against a disk file may differ from the result obtained by using it against an open document since when a document is open in memory even without any explicit edits being made line break translation and possibly character set encoding conversions have taken place Making Backups TextWrangler can automatically make a backup copy of each document you edit before saving it To enable this feature turn on the Make backup before saving option in the Text Files preference panel For complete details on how this feature works and optional behaviors p
274. re found Zap Non ASCII characters When this option is selected Zap Gremlins zaps all characters in the file that do not fall in the 7 bit or ASCII range Examples of such characters include special Macintosh characters such as bullets and typographer s quotes and and as well as all multi byte characters In general such special characters are those that you type by holding down the Option key Zap Control characters When this option is selected Zap Gremlins zaps a specific range of invisible low ASCII characters also known as control characters Control characters can cause compilers and other text processing utilities to malfunction and are therefore undesirable in many files Zap Null ASCII 0 characters When this option is selected Zap Gremlins zaps all instances of the null character ASCII 0 Like other control characters nulls can cause many programming tools and text processing utilities to malfunction This specific option is included in case you want to remove only nulls without affecting other control characters that may be present in a file Delete This option removes the zapped character completely from the text It is useful if you are only interested in destroying gremlins and you do not care where they were in the text Replace with code This option replaces the gremlin character with any other character specified in escaped hexadecimal format The escape code is formed via the same conve
275. receded by a hyphen they turn the behavior off Setting and unsetting options can occur in the same set of parentheses Example Effect imsx Turn all four options on imsx Turn all four options off i msx Turn i on turn m s and x off Chapter 8 Searching with Grep The scope of these option changes depends on where in the pattern the setting occurs For settings that are outside any subpattern the effect is the same as if the options were set or unset at the start of matching The following patterns all behave in exactly the same way i abe a i be ab i c abc i In other words all four of the above patterns will match without regard to case Such top level settings apply to the whole pattern unless there are other changes inside subpatterns If there is more than one setting of the same option at the top level the right most setting is used If an option change occurs inside a subpattern the effect is different An option change inside a subpattern affects only that part of the subpattern that follows it so if the Case Sensitive checkbox is turned on Search for a i b c Will match abc or aBc and will not match anything else But if Case Sensitive is turned off the i in the above pattern is superfluous and has no effect By this means options can be made to have different settings in different parts of the pattern Any changes made in
276. red to line boundaries so ambiguous patterns may produce unpredictable results To avoid this problem you should use the line start and line end operators as necessary 104 Chapter 5 Text Transformations Note The options on the right hand side of the sheet allow you to specify how duplicate lines should be handled once they have been identified You can copy duplicate lines to the clipboard Duplicates to Clipboard copy them to a new document Duplicates to New Document Window and or delete them from the current document Delete Duplicate Lines You can likewise specify how to handle the lines that are not duplicated by choosing Unique Lines to Clipboard and or Unique Lines to New Document Since each of these options is an independent checkbox you can select any combination of them that you wish For example selecting both Delete Duplicate Lines and Unique Lines ton Clipboard would delete the duplicate lines from the document and copy them to the clipboard for pasting elsewhere Process Lines Containing This command displays a sheet which allows you to search the active window for lines containing a specified search string and then removes those lines or copies them to the clipboard The options on the left side of the dialog box control how the search is performed and the options on the right side control what happens to the lines that are found Find lines containing bbedit _ Case sensitive __ Copy to clipboard
277. redistribution of a standard UnZipSFX binary including SFX Wiz as part of a self extracting archive that is permitted without inclusion of this license as long as the normal SFX banner has not been removed from the binary or disabled e Altered versions including but not limited to ports to new operating systems existing ports with new graphical interfaces versions with modified or added functionality and dynamic shared or static library versions not from Info ZIP must be plainly marked as such and must not be misrepresented as being the original source or if binaries compiled from the original source Such altered versions also must not be misrepresented as being Info ZIP releases including but not limited to labeling of the altered versions with the names Info ZIP or any variation thereof including but not limited to different capitalizations Pocket UnZip WiZ or MacZip without the explicit permission of Info ZIP Such altered versions are further prohibited from misrepresentative use of the Zip Bugs or Info ZIP e mail addresses or the Info ZIP URL s such as to imply Info ZIP will provide support for the altered versions Info ZIP retains the right to use the names Info ZIP Zip UnZip UnZipSFX WiZ Pocket UnZip Pocket Zip and MacZip for its own source and binary releases Contents Chapter 1 Welcome to TextWrangler 17 Getting Started ao
278. ref a z gt a z lt a gt lt DOCTYPE html 4 http Mark With 7 lt html xmlns ht lt head gt 1 lt meta http lt title gt Bare lt meta name _ Clear existing markers lt Bluept lt link rel Cancel C Find amp Mark media screen pi lt link rel media screen lt link rel StyYTESHEGE HTET S 7CSS7DUUEPFINt Print ess type textes media print gt lt Homepage CSS lt link rel stylesheet href css site css type text css media screen projection lt heads 2 Type the pattern in the Search For field and the marker names in the Mark With field You can also choose stored patterns from the Patterns popup menu 3 Click Find amp Mark to mark the matching text TextWrangler searches the current document for text that matches the pattern and marks it the way you specified Spell Checking Documents The Check Spelling command in the Text menu lets you check the spelling of the text in your documents using the system s built in spelling checker Check Spelling As You Type To have TextWrangler automatically check spelling as you type for the current document select Check Spelling as You Type in the Text menu To have TextWrangler always check spelling as you type turn on the corresponding option in the Editor Defaults preference panel 96 Chapter 4 Editing Text with TextWrangler When TextWrangler encounters a word which is either misspelled or not in the checker
279. rent languages and several dozen suffix mappings You can add new suffixes to map to existing languages or by installing third party language plug ins add syntax coloring support for new languages as well All the specific languages that TextWrangler recognizes and the suffixes or extensions it expects for them are listed in the Languages preference panel and suffix mappings can also be changed there You can choose the colors that TextWrangler uses for syntax coloring in the Text Colors preference panel TextWrangler will recognize and syntax color VBScript embedded within HTML via the lt gt and lt SCRIPT gt lt SCRIPT gt tags Text Options 85 How TextWrangler Wraps Text TextWrangler wraps text in one of two ways soft wrapping or hard wrapping Soft wrapping is like the word wrapping found in most word processors When the insertion point reaches a right margin as you type the word processor automatically moves the insertion point to the beginning of the next line You never need to type a carriage return that is press the Return key at the end ofa line but only to start a new paragraph If you place the insertion point in the middle of a paragraph and start typing the text reflows so that words that are pushed out beyond the right margin end up on the next line Usually you use soft wrapping when you are editing memos mail messages and other prose It is also useful for HTML documents With soft wrapping you genera
280. replacement string the grep subsystem needs to compute the substitutions The grep substitution event is provided for this purpose given a preceding successful Grep search it will return the appropriate replacement string So if you perform a grep search the script would look like tell application TextWrangler set result to find TextWrangler searching in text window 1 7 options search mode grep if found of result then set text of found object of result to 7 grep substitution of 1 end if end tell Note that when using a backslash character in AppleScript it needs to be escaped by means of another backslash thus in the above example 1 used in the script will become the grep replacement string 1 when passed to TextWrangler Scripting Multi File Searches In TextWrangler a multi file search is a simple extension of the find scripting command To search a single file or folder for all occurrences matching the search parameters specify the file or folder as the searching in parameter of the search Chapter 11 Scripting TextWrangler For example to find all occurrences of index html in a web site one might use the following scripting command find index html searching in alias Files WebSite Likewise to find JavaScript line comments find S searching in alias Files WebSite options search mode Grep To search in a single file find crash searchi
281. ret the contents of the file in which way By Default auto detect file type adding to recent list boolean add to the application s recent file list By Default true adding to favorites list boolean add to the application s favorite file list By Default true You will probably want to make the window bigger if you have room on your screen AppleScript Overview 195 196 Down the left side is a list of every event and object supported by the application An event is a verb it tells the application what to do A class is a noun a piece of data or a structured collection of data inside the program In TextWrangler for instance classes are things like files windows the clipboard browsers and so on Suites The first thing you will notice is that the events and classes are divided into suites A suite is just a collection of related events and classes Apple for instance has decreed that all applications should support particular events which together are called the Required Suite Another Apple defined suite is the Standard Suite if an application offers certain functions which Apple considers to be common it should use these standard terms so that scripters do not need to learn a new term for each application they work with After that it is a free for all each developer is free to organize their events and classes however they think best In addition to the Required and Standard suites TextWrangler has a Mi
282. return when you press the Enter key When this option is off pressing the Enter key will bring the current insertion point or selection range into view Allow Tab key to indent text blocks When this option is on you can press the Tab key to invoke the Shift Right command or Shift Tab to invoke the Shift Left command this may be useful for those accustomed to Windows editing key behavior When this option is off pressing Tab will insert a tab character in the normal manner This option is off by default Chapter 10 Preferences Enable Shift Delete for forward delete When this option is on holding down the Shift key with the Delete key makes the Delete key work the same way as the Forward Delete key on extended keyboards Option on Japanese keyboards This option controls whether typing Option yen on a Japanese keyboard generates a yen symbol or a backslash Emulate Emacs key bindings If turned on this option allows you to use the basic Emacs navigation keystrokes to move around in editing views It is not a full Emacs emulation mode rather it is more of a comfort blanket for individuals with Emacs key bindings hard wired into their muscle memory See Appendix B Editing Shortcuts for a list of the Emacs commands TextWrangler supports Display status window When both this option and Emulate Emacs key bindings are on TextWrangler will display a small palette which shows Emacs shortcuts as
283. rop Index 269 Mark pop up menu 95 Marker popup menu 67 markers clearing 95 setting 95 menus 19 20 Menus amp Shortcuts preference panel 20 Menus preference panel 237 mouse shortcuts 249 moving text 60 moving the cursor 76 using the arrow keys 77 multi byte text 37 40 48 99 multi file comparisons 94 multi file search 119 Multi File Search command 115 multiple clipboards 61 multiple Undo 62 N named subpattern 144 navigation functions 66 with jump marks 132 navigation bar 65 nested folds 71 New Window with Selection 35 Non Greedy Quantifiers 147 non printing characters 84 118 numeric keypad 81 O Open command 39 options 41 Open dialog 43 Open File by Name command 47 Open from FTP SFTP Server 43 Show Files Starting with 51 Open Hidden see Show Hidden Items 43 Open Recent command 39 46 Open Recent menu 178 Open Selection 44 Open Selection command 39 43 Opening 39 binary plists 43 bz2 compressed files 43 gzip compressed files 43 Opening Existing Documents 39 Option on Japanese Keyboards 183 outdenting 101 P page breaks 90 270 Index Page Down key 82 Page Guide 182 page guide 84 Page Up key 82 paragraph definition 60 Paragraph Fill option 89 Paste command 20 61 Paste Previous Clipboard 252 Paste Previous Clipboard command 61 pattern matching see grep pencil icon 64 Perl 225 Perl scripts 225 Perl Unix Filters palette 237 POSIX Style Character Classes 155 Preferences 173 App
284. rous tool palettes and utility windows Choosing an item from this submenu toggles display of the corresponding palette When moved or resized palettes now automatically snap to the edges of the screen and the edges of other palettes You can override this behavior by holding down the Shift key while dragging or resizing 109 110 Note ASCII Table The ASCII Table command opens a palette that contains the 127 entries of the ASCII character set plus all of the standard extended 8 bit Macintosh character set Mac Roman The decimal value for each character is displayed in the left hand column while in the right hand column the character value is displayed in either hexadecimal escape format or in URL encoded format based on the language mapping of the frontmost text window The values shown for all extended characters are their Unicode values rather than the equivalent Mac Roman values Depending on the modifier keys you hold down the Insert button inserts the selected character in different formats Clicking Insert while Inserts in this holding format a a G OE ae Y None Escape code appropriate to the front window for example x69 or 69 Option Decimal value for example 105 Command Literal character for example i You can also double click on a line in the ASCII table to insert the corresponding character or character code into the editing window Clicking the Show b
285. roxy icon Navigation Bar M Document navigation M Marker menu M Counterpart button M Included files menu Editing Window Tab stops M Line numbers M Gutter Text Status Bar M Cursor position M Language M Text encoding List display font j Rastore Defaultei M Function menu Sort items by name M Show comment callouts Show function prototypes M Page guide at 90 characters Guide contrast gt M Line break type M Document statistics Lucida Grande 11 Select To set the key equivalent for a menu command locate and select the entry for the command under the appropriate menu section then double click on the right hand part of the line containing that command and type the desired keystroke To remove an existing key equivalent from a command double click on the existing key combination and press the Delete key Click the Restore Defaults button to restore all key equivalents to their default values as listed in this Appendix Available Key Combinations All menu key combinations must include either the Command key or the Control key or both except function keys which may be used unmodified The Help Home End Page Up and Page Down keys can be used in menu key combinations as well The Help key can be assigned without modifiers the others must be used in combination with at least either the Command or Control key Appendix A Command Reference Listing by Menu and Command Name TextWrangle
286. rtLine and endLine properties of a text object now always refer to the hard start and end of lines In other words if a text object crosses multiple soft wrapped lines the startLine and endLine properties will be the same Both startDisplayLine and endDisplayLine properties are now part of the text object class These serve the same purpose as the startLine and endLine semantics for soft wrapped views in older versions of TextWrangler Getting and Setting Properties A significant feature of TextWrangler s scripting framework is the ability to get and set multiple properties of an object with a single scripting command Every object has a property called properties This property returns a record which contains all of the properties which can be fetched for that object For example the script command properties of text window 1 will return a result like this one id 55632400 container application TextWrangler bounds 31 44 543 964 closeable true collapsed false index 1 modal false file alias Hard Disk Users Shared doc_examples index copy html modified false name index copy html position 31 44 resizable true selection contents Conversely to set one or more properties at once is very easy set properties of text window 1 to show invisibles true show spaces true soft wrap text true Only the properties specified will be changed The rest will not be modified
287. rtion does a single test on the last four characters If it fails the whole match fails immediately For long strings this approach makes a significant difference to the processing time When a pattern contains an unlimited repeat inside a subpattern that can itself be repeated an unlimited number of times the use of a once only subpattern is the only way to avoid some failing matches taking a very long time literally millions or even billions of years in some cases The pattern D lt d gt Advanced Grep Topics 163 164 matches an unlimited number of substrings that either consist of non digits or digits enclosed in lt gt followed by either or When it matches it runs quickly However if it is attempts to match this line of text aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa it takes a long time before reporting failure So long in fact that it will effectively freeze TextWrangler This is not really a crash per se but left to run on its own it might take years before it finally fails We are not sure frankly because much like determining how many licks it takes to get to the center of a Tootsie Pop we do not feel like waiting long enough to find out The reason this takes so long to fail is because the string can be divided between the two repeats in a large number of ways and all have to be tried before the grep engine knows for certain that the pattern will not match The example use
288. rts of the Matched Pattern 149 Case Transformations 150 EXAMPLES aieri Grae eene E san soi s Sia W ainsi E bis Riel ia ae EE si ewiereed ee 151 Matching Identifiers 151 Matching White Space 151 Matching Delimited Strings 152 Marking Structured Text 152 Marking a Mail Digest 153 Rearranging Name Lists 153 Advanced Grep TOPICS e reunea a aR E cece eect cece E EE EE NEE EEEN 153 Matching Nullis 154 Backreferences 154 POSIX Style Character Classes 155 Non Capturing Parentheses 156 Perl Style Pattern Extensions 157 Comments 157 Pattern Modifiers 158 Positional Assertions 159 Conditional Subpatterns 161 Once Only Subpatterns 162 Recursive Patterns 164 Writing Search Patterns 2 cc cece ccc e eect eect a e eee eeeeneeeee 136 135 136 What Is Grep or Pattern Searching Grep patterns offer a powerful way to make changes to your data that plain text searches simply cannot For example suppose you have a list of people s names that you want to alphabetize If the names appear last name first you can easily put these names in a TextWrangler window and use the Sort tool But if the list is arranged first name first a simple grep pattern can be used to put the names in the proper order for sorting A grep pattern also known as a regular expression describes the text that you are looking for For instance a pattern can describe words that begin
289. s So far the patterns you have seen match a single character or the repetition of a single character or class of characters This is very useful when you are looking for runs of digits or single letters but often that is not enough However by combining these patterns you can search for more complex items As it happens you are already familiar with combining patterns Remember the section at beginning of this discussion that said that each individual character is a pattern that matches itself When you search for a word you are already combining basic patterns You can combine any of the preceding grep patterns in the same way Here are some examples Pattern Matches Examples d 4 d a string of digits followed 4 2 by a literal plus sign 1234 5829 followed by more digits d 4 t B c four digits followed by a 2152 B C tab or a space followed by the string B C 0 9 d an optional dollar sign 1 234 56 followed by one or more 4 296 459 1 digits and commas 9 followed by a period then 3 5 6 4 0000 zero or more digits 0 oops Note again in these examples how the characters that have special meaning to grep are preceded by a backslash and when we want them to match themselves Creating Subpatterns Subpatterns provide a means of organizing or grouping complex grep patterns This is primarily important for two reasons for limiting the scope of the alternation operator which oth
290. s When you choose the Change Case command the following sheet appears Change Case ALL UPPER CASE O Capitalize Words all lower case Capitalize sentences Capitalize lines Chapter 5 Text Transformations Note The radio buttons let you choose how to change the case of the text The following table explains the function of each option in this dialog The radio buttons let you choose how to This button Changes the text like this ALL UPPER CASE Every character changes to uppercase all lower case Every character changes to lowercase Capitalize Words The first character of every word changes to uppercase all other characters change to lowercase Capitalize The first character of every sentence changes to sentences uppercase all other characters change to lowercase Capitalize lines The first character of every line changes to uppercase other characters are unaffected In addition to using the Change Case sheet you can also select individual case change actions from the Change Case submenu immediately below the Change Case command Shift Left Shift Right These commands indent or outdent the selected text by one tab stop If there is no selection this command works on the current line Hold down the Shift key while choosing these commands to have TextWrangler indent or outdent the text by one space instead of one tab stop TextWrangler also entabs and detabs on the fly as you shif
291. s type text css media screen index html lt link rel stylesheet href css blueprint print css type text css media print gt lt Homepage CSS gt Window Anatomy 67 68 Opening Included Files You can use the Included Files popup to list or open any included files which the current document references index copy html pamen Se Ti Last Saved 07 12 2011 11 30 35 html F LES Text File Path v Users Shared doc examples index copy html lt gt o index copy html no symbol selected Ww lt DOCTYPE html PUBLIC W3C DTD XHTML 1 0 Transitional EN blueprint screen css http www w3 org TR xhtml1 DTD xhtmli transitional dtd gt css blueprint lib grid css css blueprint print css Y lt html xmlins http www w3 0rg 1999 xhtml xml Lang en Lang en us gt Jcss site css Y lt head gt as x lt meta http equiv content type content text html charset utf 8 gt lt title gt Bare Bones Software Welcome lt title gt lt meta name author content gt int CSS Framework gt tylesheet hr css blueprint screen css type text css media screen tylesheet href css blueprint lib grid css type text css media scree tts lt link rel stylesheet href css blueprint print css type text css media print html lt Homenaae CSS gt Key Equivalents for Navigation Bar Menu Items You can assign key equivalents to the controls on the navigation ba
292. s a backup inhibited variable and its value is true see above then the file will never be backed up even if Make backup before saving is turned on in the global preferences Expert preferences settings In addition to the preference settings which can be made through the Preferences window TextWrangler supports a number of expert preferences which you can adjust by issuing an appropriate defaults write command The Expert Preferences page within TextWrangler s built in Help book choose TextWrangler Help from the Help menu contains a complete current listing of these options The Setup Window The Setup window allows you to manage several types of configuration info which TextWrangler uses including FTP SFTP bookmarks file filters and grep search patterns In versions prior to 4 0 most of this information was managed through the Preferences window Bookmarks This panel lists any bookmarks you have created for FTP and SFTP servers You may click the plus button to create a new bookmark double click any bookmark item to edit its stored options or rename it or select a bookmark and click the minus button to remove it Chapter 10 Preferences Filters The Filters panel lists all the file filters you have defined for use with multi file searches Find Differences and disk browsers You may click the plus button to create a new filter double click any filter item to edit i
293. s in the search box and select its contents so that you can just start typing To clear an existing entry click the clear widget at the right hand edge of the field As you type TextWrangler will search for files matching the current string as well as wildcard matches and present a list of possible matches in the bottom panel of the window If the string you enter contains wildcard characters see below then TextWrangler will treat it as a wildcard pattern If the string you enter does not contain wildcards TextWrangler will instead use it as a basis for casting a wide net TextWrangler will look for matches in the following locations in order of preference e If there is a disk browser open TextWrangler will search within its current root directory e Otherwise TextWrangler will look first in the same folder as the file containing the selected file name and then in any subfolders within that folder If TextWrangler cannot find the file in any of these places it will display a Choose Folder dialog to allow you to locate the file manually You can navigate the list of potential matches by using the up and down arrow keys or the mouse pointer and open any listed file by selecting it and typing Return or Enter or clicking the Open button If TextWrangler does not locate any potential matches you can still search for the file as before The search will skip locations where such a file would have already been found i e
294. s key is also labeled Num Lock on some keyboards When keypad navigation is active TextWrangler will perform the following actions start of line up Scroll up 7 8 9 left show Right 4 ie 6 end of line down Scroll down 1 2 3 You can use the Shift key with the keys on the numeric keypad to extend a selection You can use the Command and Option keys with the 2 4 6 and 8 keys as you would the arrow keys Cursor Movement and Text Selection 81 Go To Line Command To move the insertion point to a specific line use the Go To Line command in the Search menu When you choose this command TextWrangler opens a Go To Line sheet in the frontmost document Type the number of the line you want to move to and click Go To The Go to Line command will also accept relative inputs Entering a value prefixed with will add that value to the current line number For example with the insertion point in line 100 75 will move to line 175 75 will go to line 25 As always when you enter an unsigned number TextWrangler will move to the specified line number Note The Go To Line command honors the Use Hard Lines in Soft Wrapped Views option in the Editing preference panel Function Keys If your keyboard has function keys you can use the following key equivalents for cutting and pasting to scroll and to move the insertion point No Modifier Option Command Shift del forward delete delet
295. s lines of text however you can save tremendous amounts of time using once only subpatterns Once only subpatterns are not capturing subpatterns Simple cases such as the above example can be thought of as a maximizing repeat that must swallow everything it can So while both d and d are prepared to adjust the number of digits they match in order to make the rest of the pattern match gt d can only match an entire sequence of digits Once only subpatterns can be used in conjunction with lookbehind assertions to specify efficient matching at the end of a line of text Consider a simple pattern such as abcds when applied to a long line of text which does not match in other words a long line of text that does not end with abcd Because matching proceeds from left to right the grep engine will look for each a in the subject and then see if what follows matches the rest of the pattern If the pattern is specified as abcds the initial matches the entire line at first but when this fails because there is no following a it backtracks to match all but the last character then all but the last two characters and so on Once again the search for a covers the entire string from right to left so we are no better off However if the pattern is written as gt lt abcd there can be no backtracking for the item it can match only the entire line The subsequent lookbehind asse
296. s of location For all other items TextWrangler lists the global and local sets separately To prevent alias loops TextWrangler will not follow aliases to folders that are placed inside any of the subfolders within the application support folder We also recommend that you do not try to share scripts between TextWrangler and other applications and that you not make aliases to any items located on remote server volumes Attachment Scripts Local only This folder does not exist by default but you may create it at any time The Attachment Scripts folder contains AppleScripts which are run at specific points when TextWrangler starts or quits and when documents are open saved and closed Auto Save Recovery Local only TextWrangler will automatically create this folder The Auto Save Recovery folder contains information which TextWrangler can use to recover the contents of unsaved documents after a crash or to restore them at launch Removing items from this folder can cause data loss Chapter 2 Installing TextWrangler IMPORTANT Upgrading Upgrading IMPORTANT Color Schemes Local only TextWrangler will automatically create this folder when needed The Color Schemes folder stores any custom color schemes which you have saved within the Text Colors preference panel or which you have download and copied over Each scheme is stored within a separate bbcolors file Language Modules Global Local TextWra
297. s only one font per document window though it can display all available characters in the active font including Unicode characters TextWrangler supports editing in almost any language which uses left to right text input methods To start entering text in any supported language choose a suitable input method from the Input menu The icon for that method will appear in the menu bar in place of either the American flag for the U S English layout or the icon for your usual Roman keyboard layout Ifyou have turned off the Try to match keyboard with text option in the Options dialog of the International section of the System Preferences you may also need to select a suitable display font via the Font panel We recommend leaving this option on so that TextWrangler can automatically switch to the correct input method when you change document windows You can use international text throughout TextWrangler for example in the Find window in the HTML Tools and everywhere else you would use Roman text Likewise TextWrangler will provide the necessary style information so that if you copy and paste or drag and drop international text into another application that application will have enough information to handle the text correctly assuming it is capable of doing so TextWrangler remembers the encoding used in a document when you save it so the next time you open it you will not need to choose the font However you may not be able t
298. s that can be fetched and set for any window on screen position size and so forth palette the palette class refers to windows that float above all others on the screen the HTML tools palette scripts list and so on text window the text window class provides properties which are specific to text editing windows as on screen entities These properties pertain mostly to the display of text in the window show invisibles auto_indent and so on In addition to the text editing specific properties the basic window properties are also accessible disk browser window provides a way to reference windows corresponding to open disk browsers A disk browser window does not present any properties beyond the basic window class but provides a way to differentiate disk browser windows from other types of window results browser provides a way to reference results generated by a batch operation A results browser does not present any properties beyond the basic window class but provides a way to differentiate results windows from other types of window search results browser a subclass of results browser referringspecifically to the results of a single file Find All command or a multi file search Classes of Document As with windows there are various classes of document e document the basic document class contains properties that apply to any sort of document whether it has unsaved changes the alias to the file on disk and so on
299. s that the document can be modified If the pencil has a slash across it the document cannot be modified because the file is read only the disk is locked or the file is part of a source control project which has made it read only If the file is not on a locked disk you can click the pencil icon to toggle the document s editability The Text Options popup menu contains commands such as Soft Wrap Text Show Page Guide and Show Invisibles that T j let you control how text is displayed in the window The document proxy icon represents the current document Clicking this icon is the same as choosing Reveal in Finder from the View menu it opens a Finder window that contains the document You can also drag the document proxy icon to any other application or you can drag it to the Trash which is the same as choosing Close amp Delete from the File menu Key Equivalents for Toolbar Menu Items You can assign keyboard shortcuts to items on the Text Options popup menu from the Toolbar entry in the Menus amp Shortcuts preference panel The Split Bar Every text window and every browser text pane has a split bar a small black bar above the scroll bar that lets you split it into two active view regions Splitting a text pane lets you view and edit a document s content in two places at the same time Each region is independently scrollable Scrolling the non active split region does not automatically change view focus To
300. s the repeated item to be reevaluated to see if a different number of repeats allows the rest of the pattern to match Sometimes it is useful to prevent this either to change the nature of the match or to cause it to fail earlier than it otherwise might when the author of the pattern knows there is no point in carrying on Consider for example the pattern d foo when matching against the text 123456bar Chapter 8 Searching with Grep After matching all 6 digits and then failing to match foo the normal action of the grep engine is to try again with only 5 digits matching the d item and then with 4 and so on before ultimately failing Once only subpatterns provide the means for specifying that once a portion of the pattern has matched it is not to be reevaluated in this way so the matcher would give up immediately on failing to match foo the first time The notation is another kind of special parenthesis starting with gt as in this example gt d bar This kind of parentheses locks up the part of the pattern it contains once it has matched and a failure further into the pattern is prevented from backtracking into it Backtracking past it to previous items however works as normal In most situations such as in the example above the time saved by using once only subpatterns is insignificant a few small fractions of a second at most With some complicated grep patterns or with humongou
301. s to beginning of line Delete Option Deletes all characters back to beginning of word Delete Shift same as Forward Delete Forward Delete Deletes selection range or character after to the right of the insertion point Forward Delete Command Deletes all characters forward to end of the current line Forward Delete Option Deletes all characters forward to end of word Forward Delete Shift same as Forward Delete alone Note The meaning of the Command and Option modifiers listed above may be exchanged depending on which settings you have selected for Exchange Command and Option Key Behavior in the Keyboard preference panel 250 Appendix B Editing Shortcuts Emacs Key Bindings The Keyboard preference panel contains an option labelled Use Emacs Key Bindings When this option is on TextWrangler will accept the following Emacs style keyboard navigation commands The Escape key is used in lieu of the Emacs Meta key to type these key equivalents press and release the Escape key followed by the specified letter key for example to type Esc V press and release the Escape key and then type the letter V eet eae Action Ctl A beginning of line Move insertion point to start of current line Ctl B backward char Move insertion point backward 1 place Ctl D delete char Delete forward 1 character Ctl E ihe ee Move insertion point to end of current Ctl
302. scellaneous suite a TextWrangler Suite a Text suite and a Unix Scripting suite Within each suite events verbs are displayed in normal text while classes nouns are italicized Most commands sent to TextWrangler will start with one of the verbs In some cases get might be implied Events Let s look more closely at one of the events Save is a good one to start with It is shown below e080 6 TextWrangler sdef O f lt a Amaia B Q7 Terminology alae ike B Required Suite p duplicate a I Standard Suite E exists 5 H Miscellaneous gt move H BBEdit Suite y G get B Text Suite gt make E unix Scripting save v Save a window or document save specifier the object to save to alias file in which to save the window s contents saving as stationery boolean save the file as stationery By Default false add to recent list boolean add to the application s recent file list By Default true add to favorites list boolean add to the application s favorite file list By Default true The right side of the window shows the syntax of the selected event as well as a brief description of its function The boldface words are keywords they must be included exactly as shown or the script will not compile The normal text tells you what kind of information goes after each keyword For example after save you must give a reference the italicized comment next to that lin
303. scpt If there is no such script TextWrangler will then look for a script whose name matches the object class at the attachment point e g Document scpt Finally if there are no scripts with either an exact or a class match TextWrangler will look for an application wide script TextWrangler scpt You do not have to implement attachment subroutines for all attachment points or for all classes only the ones you need If there is no attachment script or subroutine TextWrangler proceeds normally 210 Chapter 11 Scripting TextWrangler Using an Attachment Script to Perform Authenticated Saves TextWrangler 4 0 supports a special attachment point for the Document class documentShouldFinalizeAuthenticatedSave This attachment point will be called whenever an authenticated save is necessary for text documents only The following sample script illustrates how to use this facility the comments are important so please read them on document ShouldFinalizeAuthenticatedSave theDocument tempFilePath destinationPath on input tempFilePath points to the contents of the document written to a temp file ready to move to the destination destinationPath is where the file should be copied on exit if the operation succeeded delete the temp file or else the application will assume the operation failed and return YES for success this is pretty straightforward ao cp tmpFilePath destinationPa
304. se various keys on the keyboard Clicking and Dragging You can select text in an editing window in the normal Macintosh fashion by clicking and dragging Holding down the Shift key while clicking or dragging extends the selection No Modifier Shift Click Move insertion point Extend selection Double Select word Extend selection to click word Triple click Select line none Triple clicking is the same as clicking in a line and then choosing the Select Line command from the Edit menu You can hold down the Command or Option keys when clicking or double clicking to trigger special actions Option Command Click none Open URL Double Look up selected none click word in programming reference TextWrangler optionally allows you to select entire lines by clicking in the left margin of an editing window If you have line numbers displayed via the Show Line Numbers option in the Appearance preference panel you can click in the line number as well You can click and drag to select multiple lines double click to select an entire paragraph or double click and drag to select a range of paragraphs A checkbox in the Editing preference panel labeled Allow Single Click Line Selection controls this behavior If the checkbox is turned off clicking in the left margin simply moves the insertion point to the beginning of the clicked line 76 Chapter 4 Editing Text with TextWrangler IMPORTANT Arrow Keys You can
305. se Open from FTP SFTP Server from the File menu TextWrangler will open an new FTP SFTP Browser window Like other browser windows FTP SFTP browsers will remain open until you close them and once connected they will maintain a persistent connection to the server for as long as they remain open Accessing FTP SFTP Servers 49 Enter the server s name in the Server field or choose a local server advertised by Bonjour by clicking the popup menu to the right of the Server field specify your user name and password in the appropriate fields and choose the SFTP option if appropriate then click the Connect button or press the Return or Enter keys to connect to the server OOJO FTP Browser 1 Not connected Bookmarks a Connect A Server www barebones com A a es gsr User Password eeccesccccsces SEE e Alternatively you can choose a bookmark from the Bookmarks pop up menu to fill in stored info for the server user name password and connection options You can create bookmarks by entering the appropriate information in the Open from or Save to dialogs and choosing Add from the Bookmarks pop up menu or via the Bookmarks list in the Bookmarks panel of the Setup window You can modify or delete existing bookmarks via the Bookmarks panel of the Setup window 50 Chapter 3 Working with Files NEW Once you have connected to the server you can open files by double clicking them or select
306. se Statement Blocks but in practice it s hard to say Language Keys and Properties 263 Key Value Type Comment Pattern String String Pattern String Either pattern may be in the form of any PCRE compatible regular expression grep pattern You must use named backreferences rather than positional backreferences within these patterns BBEdit will color text that matches the Comment Pattern as comments and text that matches the String Pattern as strings All other text will be colored with the default text color except for recognizable keywords If either or both of these strings are present the following Language Features will be ignored Open Block Comments Close Block Comments Open Line Comments Open Strings 1 Close Strings 1 Escape Char in Strings 1 End of line Ends Strings 1 Open Strings 2 Close Strings 2 Escape Char in Strings 2 End of line Ends Strings 2 Open Block Comments String Close Block Comments String Block comments are multi line comments that begin and end with special delimiters such as and in C and and in Pascal where everything in between is ignored entirely Open Line Comments String Line comments begin with a special delimiters such as in C and continue until the end of the line they begin on 264 Appendix C Codeless Language Modules Key Value Type Open Strings 1 String Close Strings 1 Str
307. sent within an HTML document If the current document s language does not support function scanning the function popup will not be displayed in the navigation bar jquery 1 7 2 js 2 8 Ta Last Saved 04 08 2012 13 59 35 l J _ File Path v Users Shared doc samples jquery 1 7 2 js lt gt o jquery 1 7 2 js anonymous We e 1 x JQuery m 2 jQuery JavaScript Libri jQuery 3 http jquery com fcamelCase 4 class2type s Copyright 2011 John RAMENE 6 Dual licensed under th init 7 http jquery org lice size 8 toArray 9 Includes Sizzle js get to http sizzlejs com pushStack ta a a ht 2044 Tha na The following indicators appear in the function popup to show the type of function Indicator Meaning The function containing the insertion point T C C typedef C C pragma mark directive italic name C C function prototype 1 6 Heading level in HTML files tag name Tag name for the indicated name or ID attribute value in HTML files Manually Defined Functions For code written in several languages including C C PHP Python and Ruby you can manually add customized entries to the function popup menu by inserting suitable mark directives within a document In C C documents TextWrangler recognizes pragma mark directives For other languages each directive consists of a line comment followed by a space and the string mark
308. ser name pair for which there is a keychain entry If your keychain is locked you will need to retype your password every time you use the FTP browser Using SSH Key Files In order to connect to an SFTP server which requires SSH keys or certificates rather than passwords you must first create an appropriate entry for that server in your local account s ssh config You may then type the server name or shortcut name into the Server field of the FTP SFTP Browser and connect without entering a password Transfer Formats When you open a file from an FTP or SFTP server TextWrangler downloads the file raw in binary mode and then performs a standard line ending conversion upon opening the local temp file Saving Files to FTP SFTP Servers After you have edited a file opened from an FTP or SFTP server pressing Command S or choosing Save from the File menu saves the new version back to the server If you want to save the file in a different directory or under another name choose Save to FTP SFTP Server to open the Save to FTP SFTP Server dialog shown below Chapter 3 Working with Files Note This dialog works much like the standard Save dialog for saving a local file with the addition of fields and controls similar to those in the FTP SFTP browser allowing you to select or specify connection info and to navigate and obtain info about other files Save as index 2 html adam_s www barebones com connected sftp
309. sest to the front Z order This command is also available in the Action gear menu of disk browsers Live Search Opens the Live Search bar You can use this feature to interactively search for text strings as described in the previous section Search Menu Reference 129 130 Tip Find Next Previous Searches the current document for the next occurrence of the search string Hold down the Shift key to find the previous occurrence Find All Finds all instances of the search string in the current document or search set and displays a search results browser Find Selected Text Previous Selected Text Uses the selected text as the search string and finds the next occurrence of the selected text Hold down the Shift key to find the previous occurrence of the selected text When you invoke this command TextWrangler will add the current search string to its Search History list of recently used search strings You can also hold down the Option and Command keys as you double click on a selection to search for the next occurrence of the selected text Use Selection for Find Sets TextWrangler s search string to the currently selected text but does not perform a search When you invoke this command TextWrangler will add the current search amp replace strings to its Search History list Use Selection for Find grep When you hold down the Shift key Use Selection for Find becomes Use Selection for Find grep This
310. set of search options which configure how text is actually searched for single file searches has been condensed down to a single pair of options Selected text only and Wrap around e Selected text only affects only the Find All and Replace All operations if there is a selection range in the front document these operations will affect search only the contents of the selection range if this option is on or the entire document starting from the top if this option is off 115 e Wrap around affects only the Next Previous Replace and Replace amp Find operations if this option is on and the search reaches the end or the beginning of the document then TextWrangler will continue the search from the appropriate end of the document Keyboard navigation is considerably different due to the Find and Multi File Search windows modeless nature e Pressing the Return or Enter key with focus in the Find field will perform Next in the Find window or Find All in the Multi File Search window e Pressing the Escape key will close the window e Choosing an appropriate command in the Search menu will trigger the corresponding action in the front Find window e TextWrangler supports the following key equivalents to control toggle the search options contained in the Find and Multi File Search windows The factory default key equivalents for these options are as follows Case sensi
311. sing Stationery cece cece cece cece cece ence ee eeeeeeneeeee Hex Dump for Files and Documents ee ccc eeee ce eeeeceeee Making Backups ser 04i0 0 eee wh weal sates dee ee ae E Print BS gore aet cide laravey aia nee oiete E EEE R E EE Text Printing Options 56 33 34 Launching TextWrangler To launch TextWrangler double click the TextWrangler application icon or a TextWrangler document Holding down the following keys at launch has the indicated effects overriding any startup options set in the Application preference panel When one of these keys is held down TextWrangler will beep after it finishes launching Modifier Function Option Suppress startup items only Shift Disable all external services and startup items and skip reopening documents Startup Items When launched TextWrangler will look for a folder named Startup Items in the its application support folder see TextWrangler stores all user defined search sources in this file on page 31 If this folder is found TextWrangler will open any items it finds in the folder If the items present are text files or other files of a type that TextWrangler knows how to handle TextWrangler will open them directly If you place a compiled AppleScript in this folder TextWrangler will execute the script If you place a folder alias here TextWrangler will open a disk browser window based at that folder If you place other types of items in this
312. sk Browser Opens a new disk browser see Chapter 9 for more information e FTP SFTP Browser Opens a new FTP SFTP browser see later in this chapter for more information You can also create a new text document by selecting text in any application which supports the system Services menu and choosing the New Window with Selection command in the Text section of the Services submenu TextWrangler will open a new text window containing a copy of the selected text Creating and Saving Documents When you want to save a new text document 1 Choose the Save or Save As command from the File menu TextWrangler opens a standard Save sheet Save As lorem txt z Where ji Documents Save as stationery Line breaks Unix LF Encoding Unicode UTF 8 G Cancel Save 2 Give the file a name 3 Change the automatically provided filename extension if necessary TextWrangler will automatically provide a filename extension based on the current document s language type 4 Change any desired options see below 5 Click Save to save the file You can also create a new document from the selected text in any open window with TextWrangler s contextual menu Simply Control click the selected text and choose New with selection or Save Selection from the menu that appears Depending on which command you choose TextWrangler will either create a new editing window containing the selected text or display the Save dialog and allow
313. style header source mapping you can explicitly define counterparts for a language via the Suffix Mappings section of the Languages preference panel You can also override TextWrangler s default rules for switching between counterpart files by setting a value for the TextWrangler specific x counterpart variable in a file s Emacs variables For example if your file contains the following as part of its variable block x counterpart ExampleStrings R when you type Command Option uparrow TextWrangler will look for the file ExampleStrings R Using the Open Recent Command The Open Recent submenu contains a list of files you have opened recently To open one of these files choose it from the Open Recent submenu To set the number of items displayed in the Open Recent list use the Remember the most recently used items option on the Application preference panel Using the Reopen using Encoding Command The Reopen using Encoding submenu contains a list of all available text encodings To reopen the current text document and have its contents interpreted using a different encoding choose the desired encoding from the Reopen using Encoding submenu This command will only be available if the current document is unmodified Quitting TextWrangler By default whenever you quit TextWrangler or TextWrangler automatically quits because of a system shutdown restart or user account logout TextWrangler will attempt
314. subject to change without notice and does not represent a commitment on the part of the copyright holder The software described in this document is furnished under a license agreement Warranty and license information is included in printed form with the CD ROM package or in electronic form for downloaded products and is presented on the next page of this user manual The owner or authorized user of a valid copy of TextWrangler may reproduce this publication for the purpose of learning to use such software No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted for commercial purposes such as selling copies of this publication or for providing paid for support services Macintosh Mac OS Mac OS X Power Macintosh and AppleScript are trademarks of Apple Inc Intel is a registered trademark of Intel Corporation All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners TextWrangler License Agreement You the Licensee assume responsibility for the selection of the program TextWrangler to achieve your intended results and for the installation use and results obtained from the program Breaking the package seal and installing the program constitutes your acceptance of these terms and conditions If you do not accept these terms and conditions then do not break the package seal or install the software License You may use the program and documentation on any desired number of machines and copy the program and documentation i
315. t Show Hide Page Guide Show Hide Tab Stops Show Hide Line Numbers Show Hide Gutter Show Hide Invisibles Show Hide Spaces Smart Quotes Auto Expand Tabs Navigation Bar Open Files Menu Open Function Menu Open Includes Menu Open Marker Menu Markers Set Marker Set Marker Clear Markers Clear All Markers Find amp Mark All Find amp Mark All Status Bar Open Language Menu Open Text Encodings Menu Open Breaks Menu Line Breaks Macintosh Unix DOS Miscellaneous Commands Zoom Window Zoom All Windows in window popup menu in window Ctl Opt F Ctl Opt N Ctl Opt I Ctl Opt M popup menu Opt Opt Opt in window Ctl Opt B popup menu Cmd Cmd Opt Zoom Window Full ScreenCmd Opt Ctl Zoom All Windows Full Screen Open URL Cmd click within any URL Listing by Menu and Command Name 243 244 Listing by Default Key Equivalent Key Command Cmd 0O View Show Hide Files Cmd A Edit Select All Cmd B Text Balance Cmd C Edit Copy Cmd D File Open Selection or File Open File by Name Cmd E Search Use Selection for Find Cmd F Search Find Cmd G Search Find Again Cmd H Search Find Selection or TextWrangler Hide TextWrangler Cmd J Search Go to Line Cmd L Edit Select Line Cmd N File New Text Document Cmd O File Open Cmd P File Print C
316. t lt body id home class Y home gt he Mbt Bos HTML Western MacOS Roman Unix LF 5 209 731 140 You can also use the options in the Application preference panel to hide or show individual items on the status bar Cursor Position This section of the status bar shows the current line and character position of the insertion point Language The Language popup menu displays the language mapping for the current document You can change this mapping by choosing a different language from the popup Text Encoding The Text Encoding popup menu displays the encoding used to open the current document You can change the encoding in which the document will be saved by choosing a different encoding from the popup To choose an arbitrary encoding even one not currently displayed choose Other from the popup and pick your desired encoding from the resulting list Line Break Type The Line Break Type popup menu shows the line break format of the current document s disk file You can change the line break format with which the file will be saved by choosing it from the popup Document Statistics This section of the status bar dynamically displays the number of characters words and lines in the document or the active selection if any Chapter 4 Editing Text with TextWrangler You may click on the statistics section at any time to toggle between displaying info for the whole document and for the selection range This
317. t TextWrangler will call its run handler again passing a reference to the current selection range AppleScript scripts and Automator workflows should return a string which TextWrangler will use to replace the selection range while Unix filters should write to STDOUT TextWrangler no longer supports text factory execution Apply Text Filter lt last filter gt This command will reapply the two characters according to the following rules Exchange Characters This command swaps two characters according to the following rules e If there is no selection and the insertion point is not at the beginning or end of a line or of the document this command transposes the two characters on either side of the insertion point e If the insertion point is at the beginning of a line or document this command transposes the two characters following the insertion point e If the insertion point is at the end of a line or document this command transposes the two characters before the insertion point e If there is a selection this command transposes the characters at either end of the selection If you hold down the Option key as you choose this command Exchange Characters becomes Exchange Words Exchange Words behaves like Exchange Characters except that it acts on entire words rather than individual characters Change Case This command lets you change between uppercase and lowercase characters or capitalize word line or sentence start
318. t href css blueprint screen css type text css media screen lt link rel stylesheet href css blueprint lib grid css type text css media scree Recent Documents lt link rel stylesheet href css blueprint print css type text css media print index copy html Dragging a document s name from the file list has the same effect as dragging its proxy icon in the toolbar You can also drag documents within the list to manually reorder them Chapter 4 Editing Text with TextWrangler There are several buttons and popup menus below the file list which you can apply to perform various additional actions lt head gt lt meta http equiv content type content text html charset utf 8 gt lt title gt Bare Bones Software Welcome lt title gt lt meta name author content gt Blueprint CSS Frame gt lt link rel styleshee css blueprint screen css type text css media screen lt link rel stylesheet href css blueprint lib grid css type text css media scree lt link rel stylesheet href css blueprint print css type text css media print Recent Documents index copy html index html lt Homepage CSS gt lt link rel stylesheet href css site css type text css media screen projection lt head gt lt body id home class Y home gt lt div class container gt To open an existing file into the current text windo
319. t Mh ek et ad al a OS eg 17 What Is TextWrangler 2 0 2 0 00 18 How Can I Use TextWrangler 2 0 0 cece cee eens 18 Editing Source Code 18 Editing Text Files 18 Human Interface Notes sieros eier eee ee nee 19 Dynamic Menus 19 Bypassing Options Dialogs 20 Keyboard Shortcuts for Commands 20 Contextual Menus 20 Snappy Palettes 20 Dialog Box and Sheet Key Equivalents 20 Feature Highlights s 3 xo20t tivsiies lei sede bye y epore owed eR 21 Info on New Features 21 Discussion Group spe e rao kbc and TRET ox PAN EN RA ge Bos 22 Support Services as evi ee ee ee a TRESS 22 How to contact us 22 Chapter 2 Installing TextWrangler 23 Basic Installation i s524 db ede ee ee ae eed ERG Heed es 23 System Requirements 23 Installing TextWrangler 24 Checking for Updates 24 Upgrading from a Previous Version 24 First Run Configuration 25 TextWrangler s Application Support Folders 05 25 Using a Global Application Support Folder 25 Using a Local Application Support Folder 26 Application Support Folder Contents 26 Attachment Scripts 26 Auto Save Recovery 26 Color Schemes 27 Language Modules 27 Menu Scripts 27 Plug Ins 27 Readme txt file 27 Scripts 28 Setup 28 Shutdown Items 29 Startup Items 29 Stationery 29 Text Filters 30 Superseded App Support Folders 30 Chapter 3 Chapter 4
320. t commands such as Copy Toolbar The browser toolbar is like the toolbar in editing windows Some browsers have additional buttons and controls in the status area as well These standard items the pencil icon the Function Text Options Mark Path popup menus and the Info buttons should already be familiar to you since they appear on TextWrangler document windows by default See Window Anatomy in Chapter 4 for an explanation of these standard TextWrangler functions Text View Pane When you click on a file name in the list pane TextWrangler displays that file in the text view pane and you can edit the file just as if it were open in a document window Splitter You can change the size of the file list pane or the text view pane by dragging the double line that separates them Double clicking on the splitter bar will collapse the text view pane completely and double clicking on it again in the bottom of the browser window will restore the text pane to its previous proportions You can also choose the Hide Editor or View Editor commands in the View menu to hide or display the text view pane Chapter 9 Browsers Disk Browsers Use a disk browser to explore the contents of a disk or a folder without opening each file one at a time To open a disk browser pull down the File menu and choose Disk Browser from the New submenu TextWrangler opens a new disk browser that starts in your home directory but you can navig
321. t field to search for tabs line breaks or page breaks See Special Characters later in this section 3 Type the replace string if any in the Replace text field TextWrangler persistently remembers the pairs of search and replace terms that you have most recently used If you want to repeat a previous search or replace you can choose the appropriate entry from the Search History popup menu at the right of the Find text field to fill in the Find and Replace fields The size of both the search and replace terms is limited only by available memory 4 Turn on any options that you want to apply to your search For more info about these options see Search Settings later in this section 5 Click one of the buttons along the right side of the dialog box The following table explains what each of the buttons does This button Does this E a a SD ay Sea a TST DS aT CRIN Next Finds the first occurrence of the text in the active window after below the current insertion point Previous Finds the first occurrence of the text in the active window before above the current insertion point Find All Finds all the occurrences of the search string and displays the results in a search results browser Replace Replaces the current selection with the replace string Replace All Replaces every occurrence of the search string in the active window with the replace string Replace amp Find Replaces the current selec
322. t have any specific file type or filename extension BBLMLanguageDisplayName String This is the name displayed for the language module in popup menus and preference panels Be descriptive but terse BBLMLanguageCode String This string value should be a unique four character code for the language that the module supports Note that the value must be unique with respect to BBEdit s built in languages and with respect to any installed language modules Unfortunately there is no easy way to identify these potential conflicts beforehand but just keep this all in mind if the contents of a file ends up looking as though it is being treated as some other language than intended BBLMColorsSyntax Boolean This must have the value true for strings and comments to be colored specially by the language module Keywords will also be colored if the value is true but only if a list of keywords is also supplied in a BBLMKeywordList array see below BBLMScansFunctions Boolean This must have the value true for the text to be scanned to locate function definitions and for a popup menu of function names to be built that allows for quick navigation to those functions This requires the Identifier and Keyword Characters string described below to be properly specified BBLMSupportsTextCompletio Boolean n If this has the value true BBEdit will present completions taken from the contents
323. t list Whichever way you write it you will notice that when you compile the script AppleScript rewrites it using with or without Since that is the syntax AppleScript seems to like best that is probably the one you should get used to thinking in Let s take a look at another one the prosaic get Select get from TextWrangler s dictionary listing and take a quick look at its class definition You use get to retrieve information from an application You must specify a reference to the object you want to retrieve and you can specify a coercion a condition that tells AppleScript to treat one type of data as if it were another by adding the as clause However after that is the Result line which we have not seen before This line tells you what type of value the command returns This value is placed in the AppleScript system variable called the result Get can retrieve any kind of object so it can return anything as indicated here Other events might return a specific type of result or none at all Save did not have a Result line in its dictionary entry which means it does not return a result AppleScript Overview 197 Classes and the Class Hierarchy Let s look now at a typical class definition window will do nicely It is in the TextWrangler Suite toward the bottom e00 TextWrangler sdef OQ aig text HB text document gt la f P locument text window r i n 0 tool window E document bounds
324. t names that begin with the company name ACME needs to end with a trademark symbol The following search pattern finds two word combinations that begin with ACME ACME A Za z The following replacement string adds the trademark symbol to the matched text g Chapter 8 Searching with Grep For example if you start with ACME Magnets ACME Anvils and ACME TNT are all premium products and perform a replace operation with the above patterns you will get ACME Magnets ACME Anvils and ACME TNT are all premium products Using Parts of the Matched Pattern While using the entire matched pattern in a replacement string is useful it is often more useful to use only a portion of the matched pattern and to rearrange the parts in the replacement string For example suppose a source file contains C style declarations of this type define Util Menu 284 define Tool Menu 295 and you want to convert them so they look like this Pascal style const int Util Menu 284 const int Tool Menu 295 The pattern to find the original text is straightforward define t t d 0 9 This pattern matches the word define followed by one or more tabs or spaces followed by one or more characters of any type followed by one or more tabs or spaces followed by one or more digits followed by zero or more characters that are not digits to allow for comments followed by the end of the line
325. t text For example if the selected text is indented one tab stop and you apply Shift Left One Space the tab will be converted to spaces and the text will be outdented one space If you then apply Shift Right One Space the spaces will be converted back to a single tab Un Comment Selection This command automates the task of commenting and uncommenting sections of code in various programming languages Choose a range of text and apply this command to add or remove comments to it depending on its initial comment state If there is no selection this command is disabled You can use the Options sheet of the Installed Languages list in the Languages preference panel to modify or set comment strings for any available languages If you have set custom comment delimiters for HTML in the Languages preference panel those delimiters will be honored when you use the Un Comment command However they will not affect the operation of the HTML specific comment commands on the Markup menu Hard Wrap This command wraps long lines by inserting hard line breaks and can reflow fill paragraphs if desired See How TextWrangler Wraps Text on page 86 for more information Text Menu Commands 101 102 Note Add Line Breaks This command inserts a hard line break at the end of each line of text as displayed See How TextWrangler Wraps Text on page 86 for more information Remove Line Breaks This command removes carriage returns and spa
326. t window into its own text window If the frontmost text window contains only one document this command will be disabled Open in Additional Window Choose this command to open the active document of the frontmost text window into an additional text window while leaving it open in the current window Reveal in Finder Choose this command to open a Finder window which will display the active document s file If the active document is not associated with a file this command will be disabled Using this command is the same as clicking without dragging the document proxy icon in the toolbar If the selected text in a document is the name of a file hold down the Option key as you open the File menu and choose the Reveal Selection command to have TextWrangler open a Finder window which will display that file Go Here in Terminal This command is enabled when the active document has a corresponding disk file Choose this command to open a Terminal window with the current working directory set to the document s parent directory The View Menu 75 Go Here in Disk Browser This command is enabled when the active document has a corresponding disk file Choose this command to open a disk browser in the document s parent directory Cursor Movement and Text Selection TextWrangler gives you several ways to move the insertion point and change the selection You can click and drag using normal Macintosh text selection techniques or you can u
327. tWrangler will select the name of the previous or next function in the document where a function is any item which appears on the function popup menu If you anticipate using these commands often you may wish to assign them key equivalents in the Menus amp Shortcuts preference panel Search Menu Reference 131 132 Jump Back When you choose this command TextWrangler will go to the last selection you made in the document which was outside the current view an automatic jump mark or the last location you marked with the Set Jump Mark command a manual jump mark see below Jump Forward When you choose this command after choosing Jump Back TextWrangler will go to the next later jump mark or return to the most recent position of the insertion point If you have not jumped back to a jump mark this command is disabled Set Jump Mark Choose this command to define the current insertion point location or selection range as a manual jump mark within the active document You can navigate to jump marks using the Jump Back and Jump Forward commands Find Differences Finds the differences between two files or all of the files contained in two folders See Comparing Text Files in Chapter 4 for more details Compare Two Front Documents Performs a Find Differences on the two frontmost text documents using the same settings currently active for the Find Differences command Compare Against Disk File Performs a Find Differenc
328. te HTML tags in it as we intended More generally the pattern matches all the text in a given line or paragraph from the first lt to the last gt The pattern only does what we intended when there is only one HTML tag in a line or paragraph This is what we meant when we say that the regular quantifiers try to make the longest possible match Non Greedy Quantifiers To work around this longest match behavior you can modify your pattern to take advantage of non greedy quantifiers Quantifier Matches one or more zero or more 2 zero or one COUNT match exactly COUNT times MIN match at least MIN times MIN MAX Ma at least MIN times but no more than Astute readers will note that these non greedy quantifiers correspond exactly to their normal greedy counterparts appended with a question mark Revisiting our problem of matching HTML tags for example we can search for lt gt Writing Search Patterns 147 148 Note This matches an opening bracket followed by one or more occurrences of any character other than a return followed by a closing bracket The non greedy quantifier achieves the results we want preventing TextWrangler from overrunning the closing angle bracket and matching across several tags A slightly more complicated example how could you write a pattern that matches all text between lt B gt and lt B gt HTML tags Consider the sa
329. ted Text Previous Selected Text 130 Use Selection for Find 130 Use Selection for Find grep 130 Use Selection for Replace 130 Use Selection for Replace grep 130 Replace 130 Replace All 131 Replace to End 131 Replace amp Find Again 131 Go to Line 131 Go to Center Line 131 Go to Previous Next Error 131 Go to Function Start End 131 Go to Previous Next Function 131 Jump Back 132 Jump Forward 132 Set Jump Mark 132 Find Differences 132 Compare Two Front Documents 132 Compare Against Disk File 132 Apply to New 132 Apply to Old 132 Compare Again 132 Find in Reference 133 Chapter 8 Searching with Grep What Is Grep or Pattern Searching 135 Ai i SEAE E 136 Table of Contents 11 12 Chapter 9 Writing Search Patterns Most Characters Match Themselves 136 Escaping Special Characters 136 Wildcards Match Types of Characters 138 Character Classes Match Sets or Ranges of Characters 140 Matching Non Printing Characters 141 Other Special Character Classes 142 Quantifiers Repeat Subpatterns 143 Combining Patterns to Make Complex Patterns 144 Creating Subpatterns 144 Using Backreferences in Subpatterns 145 Using Alternation 146 The Longest Match Issue 146 Non Greedy Quantifiers 147 Writing Replacement Patterns Using the Entire Matched Pat
330. tems that appear in both folders Flatten hierarchies Normally TextWrangler retains the hierarchy of the files being compared in a folder In other words when comparing folders it looks in each subfolder of the first folder you select and tries to match it with a file of the same name in the same subfolder of the second folder and so on down for all subfolders If you choose Flatten Hierarchies TextWrangler considers the files in the folders as a single flat list allowing a file in one folder to match a file of the same name in the other folder regardless of whether they are in the same subfolder in both hierarchies Skip folders If this option is set TextWrangler skips subfolders whose names are enclosed in parentheses when comparing folders Only compare text files If this option is set TextWrangler does not include non text files when comparing folders Use file filter File filters allow you to select files for comparison with great precision If either file in a compared pair matches the filter the files are eligible for comparison if neither file matches the filter the files will not be compared See Chapter 7 Searching for more information on creating editing and using file filters Note When comparing folders with the Find Differences command TextWrangler applies any specified file filter to the contents of the resulting Only in new and Only in old lists so that only those files that match the f
331. tern 148 Using Parts of the Matched Pattern 149 Case Transformations 150 Examples Matching Identifiers 151 Matching White Space 151 Matching Delimited Strings 152 Marking Structured Text 152 Marking a Mail Digest 153 Rearranging Name Lists 153 Advanced Grep Topics Matching Nulls 154 Backreferences 154 POSIX Style Character Classes 155 Non Capturing Parentheses 156 Perl Style Pattern Extensions 157 Comments 157 Pattern Modifiers 158 Positional Assertions 159 Conditional Subpatterns 161 Once Only Subpatterns 162 Recursive Patterns 164 Recommended Books and Resources Browsers Browser Overview List Pane 167 Toolbar 168 Text View Pane 168 Splitter 168 Disk Browsers Disk Browser Controls 169 Contextual Menu Commands 170 Dragging Items 170 Using the List Pane in Disk Browsers 170 Search Results Browsers Error Results Browsers Table of Contents Subpatterns Make Replacement Powerful 148 Chapter 10 Preferences 173 The Preferences Window 000 ccc ce cence eens 173 Searching the Preferences 175 Restore Defaults 175 Appearance Preferences s vones eee c cece eee ees 175 Toolbar 175 Navigation Bar 176 Editing Window 176 Text Status Bar 177 List Display Font 178 Application Preferences 00 0 ccc cette nes 178 Open documents into the front window 178 Autom
332. text window 1 but not count lines of text window 1 Documents vs Windows In old versions of TextWrangler the object classes document and window could be used interchangeably and generally had the same properties listed in the scripting dictionary This is no longer the case The class window now corresponds to a window of any type text or otherwise on screen and thus the properties of the window class now refer strictly to properties of a window on screen If a document is associated with a window the document is accessed as the document property of the window document of text window 1 212 Chapter 11 Scripting TextWrangler The class document refers to a document and as with a window the document s properties pertain strictly to the condition of a document that is something that can be saved to disk and opened later Note that this does not mean a document must be saved to a file only that it could be As a rule documents and windows are associated with each other but it is important to remember that there is not a one to one correspondence between windows and documents For example the About box is a window which has no document associated with it Furthermore in current versions of the application there is no such thing as a document with no associated window Here is a general overview of the object classes used in TextWrangler Classes of Windows e window the basic window class contains propertie
333. th do shell script cp amp amp quoted form of tempFilePath amp amp quoted form of destinationPath with administrator privileges now remove the temp file this indicates to the application that we did the work do shell script rm amp amp quoted form of tempFilePath return true end document ShouldFinalizeAuthenticatedSave Filtering Text with AppleScripts The Text Filters folder in TextWrangler s application support folder contains executable items such as compiled AppleScripts Automator workflows and Unix filters which you may apply to the active document via the Apply Text Filter command in the Text menu When you apply such an item TextWrangler will pass either the selected text or the contents of the active document if there is no selection as a reference to a RunFromTextWrangler entry point within your AppleScript and your script should return a string which TextWrangler will use to replace the selected text or the contents of the document If your script does not contain a RunFromTextWrangler entry point TextWrangler will call its run handler again passing a reference to the current selection range Using AppleScripts in TextWrangler 211 IMPORTANT TextWrangler s Scripting Model This section provides a high level overview of TextWrangler s scripting model that will where appropriate contrast the current scripting framework against older versions of TextWrangler
334. that TextWrangler does not natively support There are two types of language modules coded and codeless Coded language modules must be prepared according to the requirements of BBEdit s language module interface See Appendix C Codeless language modules are text documents prepared in a specific plist format See below After you install a language module and relaunch TextWrangler syntax coloring and function browsing will be available for the language s supported by that module To verify that a language module is active or to modify or add file suffix mappings for the language s it provides use the Languages preference panel see page 183 Installing Language Modules To install a language module move or copy the module file into the Language Modules folder of your TextWrangler application support folder If no such folder exists you may create it After installing a new language module you must quit and relaunch TextWrangler in order to use it 233 IMPORTANT To remove an installed language module you must remove the item s file from the Language Modules subfolder of your TextWrangler application support folder then quit and relaunch TextWrangler Overriding Existing Modules Language modules can override existing language definitions including the built in definitions If there is more than one module present which supports a given language TextWrangler will use the module with the most recent modification
335. that are words made up of letters digits and possibly other special characters The function scanner looks for complete and unbroken sequences of such characters and then tries to decide whether the word is a keyword or some other identifier This string should contain all of the characters that can be in such a word Thus a typical value for this string might be 0123456789ABCDEFGH IJIKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ_abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz which is the set of characters used in many languages for keywords and other identifiers Note that the character need not be in any particular order Identifier and Keyword String Character Class If this string is present it will be used instead of the Identifier and Keyword Characters string This string should be in the form of a grep character class Any character that is permissible between square brackets and in a grep character class is permissible here but do not include the square brackets themselves Also this string is not restricted to ASCII characters it may include any valid UTF 16 characters You may use grep s x notation for hexadecimal character codes or other standard character escapes such as r t etc to include characters which are difficult to enter or don t display well or at all Appendix C Codeless Language Modules Key Value Type Function Pattern String This key allows you to specify a PCRE compatible regular e
336. the contents of the entire document on STDIN to Unix executables and filters as a reference to a RunFromTextWrangler entry point in AppleScripts as text input to Automator workflows and as a source to text factories If an AppleScript script does not have a RunFromTextWrangler entry point TextWrangler will call its run handler again passing a reference to the current selection range AppleScript scripts and Automator workflows should return a string which TextWrangler will use to replace the selection range while Unix filters should write to STDOUT The first time you launch TextWrangler 4 it will copy all of your existing Unix filters into this folder Superseded App Support Folders TextWrangler 4 no longer uses the Text Factories or Unix Support folders though these folders may exist if they were created by a prior version Instead the first time you launch TextWrangler 4 it will copy all existing Unix scripts into the Scripts folder and all existing Unix filters into the Text Filters folder Preference Files and Folders When you start up TextWrangler it may create the files and folders noted in this section TextWrangler Preferences File All of TextWrangler s basic preference settings are stored in the file Library Preferences com barebones textwrangler plist which is created and maintained using standard system services In addition to the settings documented in Chapter 10 you may adjust additi
337. the interpreter for the language for example usr bin per or usr local bin python While TextWrangler does not entirely depend upon the accuracy of the shebang line if your script file has an accurate language mapping it is always a good practice and sometimes necessary to specify the full path to the executable in the shebang line Language Resources Perl is an acronym for Practical Extraction and Report Language or alternatively Pathologically Eclectic Rubbish Lister and was developed by Larry Wall If you are interested in learning Perl the quintessential Perl references are Learning Perl 4th Edition by Randal L Schwartz amp Tom Phoenix O Reilly and Associates 2005 ISBN 0 596 10105 8 Programming Perl 3rd Edition by Larry Wall Tom Christiansen Jon Orwant O Reilly and Associates 2000 ISBN 0 596 00027 8 The following are excellent Internet resources for the Macintosh implementation of Perl and Perl in general Perl com from O Reilly and Associates http www perl com Perl Mailing Lists http lists cpan org Python is a portable interpreted object oriented programming language originally developed by Guido van Rossum If you are interested in learning Python consider the following books Learning Python 2nd Edition by Mark Lutz amp David Ascher O Reilly and Associates 2003 ISBN 0 596 0028 1 5 Unix Scripting Perl Python Ruby Shells and more 225 226
338. the actions of applications and exchange data between applications Although AppleScripts can manipulate applications user interfaces by taking advantage of the system s GUI Scripting capability this is not their primary function Rather scripts talk directly to a application s internals bypassing its user interface and interacting directly with its data and capabilities If you want to insert some text into a document emulating a user typing into an editing window is not the most efficient way of accomplishing this With AppleScript you just tell the application to insert the text directly If you want the application to save the frontmost document you need not mime choosing Save from the File menu but rather just tell the application to save its frontmost document AppleScript is actually a specific language which resides atop the general Open Scripting Architecture OSA provided by Mac OS X Although AppleScript is by far the most common OSA language there are others including a JavaScript variant All OSA languages are capable of accomplishing similar things although the actual commands used differ from one language to the next In this chapter we will focus exclusively on AppleScript since it is the standard scripting language but you should bear in mind that there are other options Scriptable Applications and Apple Events Since AppleScripts must have direct access to an application s internal data structures any appli
339. the case of the original text when using subpattern replacements The syntax is similar to Perl s specifically Modifier Effect u Make the next character uppercase U Make all following characters uppercase until reaching another case specifier u L l or E l Make the next character lowercase L Make all following characters lowercase until reaching another case specifier u U I or E E End case transformation opened by U or L Here are some examples to illustrate how case transformations can be used Given some text mumbo jumbo and the search pattern w W w the following replace patterns will produce the following output U 1L E 2 3 MUMBO jumbo u 1 2 u 3 Mumbo Jumbo Note that case transformations also affect literal strings in the replace pattern U 1 2fred MUMBO FRED LMUMBLE 2 3 mUMBLE j umbo Chapter 8 Searching with Grep Finally note that E is not necessary to close off a modifier if another modifier appears before an E is encountered that modifier will take effect immediately Ufred uwilma FRED Wilma Examples The example patterns in this section describe some common character classes and shortcuts used for constructing grep patterns and addresses some common tasks that you might find useful in your work Matching Identifiers One of the most common things you will use grep patterns for is to find and modify identifiers such as variables in
340. the contact form on our web site or send email to support barebones com We do not offer telephone support Please refer to the support resources available on our web site for information and assistance or contact us via email Chapter 1 Welcome to TextWrangler CHAPTER IMPORTANT Installing TextWrangler This chapter tells you how to install TextWrangler on your Macintosh It also describes the files TextWrangler creates where it puts them and how to install or remove optional components of TextWrangler In this chapter Basic Installation 0 cece cece cece cece E eee eee EE EE 23 System Requirements 23 Installing TextWrangler 24 Checking for Updates 24 Upgrading from a Previous Version 24 First Run Configuration 25 TextWrangler s Application Support Folders eee cece ccc e cece eeecs 25 Using a Global Application Support Folder 25 Using a Local Application Support Folder 26 Application Support Folder Contents 26 Language Modules 27 Menu Scripts 27 Scripts 28 Shutdown Items 29 Startup Items 29 Stationery 29 Superseded App Support Folders 30 Upgrading 30 Preference Files and Folders cee ec cece cece cece cece ee eeeeeeeeees 30 TextWrangler Preferences File 30 TextWrangler Preferences Folder 31 Basic Installation TextWrangler is supplied as a single application file Specific system requirements and installati
341. the following set of individuals Mark Adler John Bush Karl Davis Harald Denker Jean Michel Dubois Jean loup Gailly Hunter Goatley Ed Gordon Ian Gorman Chris Herborth Dirk Haase Greg Hartwig Robert Heath Jonathan Hudson Paul Kienitz David Kirschbaum Johnny Lee Onno van der Linden Igor Mandrichenko Steve P Miller Sergio Monesi Keith Owens George Petrov Greg Roelofs Kai Uwe Rommel Steve Salisbury Dave Smith Steven M Schweda Christian Spieler Cosmin Truta Antoine Verheijen Paul von Behren Rich Wales Mike White This software is provided as is without warranty of any kind express or implied In no event shall Info ZIP or its contributors be held liable for any direct indirect incidental special or consequential damages arising out of the use of or inability to use this software Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose including commercial applications and to alter it and redistribute it freely subject to the above disclaimer and the following restrictions e Redistributions of source code in whole or in part must retain the above copyright notice definition disclaimer and this list of conditions e Redistributions in binary form compiled executables and libraries must reproduce the above copyright notice definition disclaimer and this list of conditions in documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution The sole exception to this condition is
342. ther information like so From Rich server barebones com To TextWrangler Talk server lists barebones com From Patrick server example barebones com you could search for the pattern From Patrick and you will find every occurrence of these lines in your file or set of files if you do a multi file search instead It is important to note that and do not actually match return characters They match zero width positions after and before returns respectively So if you are looking for foo at the end of a line the pattern foo will match the three characters f o and o If you search for foo r you will match the same text but the match will contain four characters f 0 o and a return and do not match the positions after and before soft line breaks You can combine and within a pattern to force a match to constitute an entire line For example foos will only match foo on a line by itself with no other characters Try it against these three lines to see for yourself foobar foo fighting foo The pattern will only match the second line Chapter 8 Searching with Grep Other Positional Assertions TextWrangler s grep engine supports additional positional assertions very similar to and Escape Matches A only at the beginning of the document as opposed to which matches at the beginning of the document
343. this option if you are editing HTML content email content or program code Auto expand tabs When this option is selected TextWrangler inserts an appropriate number of spaces when you press Tab rather than inserting a tab character Additionally when there are only spaces and tabs between the insertion point and the start of the current line or the first non whitespace character on the line TextWrangler will delete a tab stop s worth of spaces when you press Delete Backspace Text Options 83 Soft wrap text When this option is selected TextWrangler soft wraps the text in the file to the right margin that you choose the page guide the window width or a specific number of characters The page guide is an arbitrary visual boundary whose width you can set in the Appearance preference panel See Soft Wrapping on page 86 to learn how wrapping works in TextWrangler Language The Language menu lets you specify which source code language the file uses The file s language setting affects how TextWrangler performs syntax coloring and parses function names for the function popup menu TextWrangler generally determines the file s language from its filename extension using the mapping table in the Languages preference panel For example cp files are C and m files are Objective C You can use this menu to override those settings for a specific file To quickly check the language for a file click the Text Opti
344. tion is on TextWrangler uses the document s display font and tab settings when printing Printing font This option specifies the default font TextWrangler uses for printing when Print using document s font is not active Click Set to bring up the standard Font panel where you can choose a font and font size The current printing font options appear in the display box Printing Preferences 185 186 Frame printing area When this option is on TextWrangler draws a box along the edges of the printed text Print page headers When this option is on TextWrangler prints the page number the name of the file the time and date printed in a header at the top of each page Print full pathname When this option is on TextWrangler prints the full pathname of the file being printed in the header Time stamp This option let you choose whether the date that appears in the printed page header is the date that the file was last modified or the date that the file was printed Print line numbers When this option is on TextWrangler prints line numbers along the left edge of the paper 1 inch Gutter When this option is on TextWrangler leaves a one inch margin along the left edge of the paper Use this option if you usually store printed pages in three ring binders Print color syntax If this checkbox is on TextWrangler prints all colorized text within the document in color You should generally use this option only on colo
345. tion with the replace string then finds the next occurrence of the text in the active window Once you have entered a search string and also if desired a replace string you can also use the commands in the Search menu to find and replace matches see Search Menu Reference later in this chapter The table below summarizes the most common commands you can use at this point This command Does this Find Next Finds the next occurrence of the search string To reverse the search direction hold down Shift Replace Replaces the selection with the replace string Replace All Replaces all occurrences of the search string within the document with the replace string Basic Searching and Replacing 117 118 This command Does this Replace to End Replaces every occurrence of the search string from the current insertion point to the end of the document with the replace string Replace amp Find Replaces the selection with the replace string Again and looks for the search string again Search Settings The checkboxes in the Find window lets you control how TextWrangler searches your document for the indicated text Case Sensitive When this checkbox is selected TextWrangler treats upper and lowercase letters as different letters Otherwise TextWrangler treats upper and lowercase letters as if they were the same Entire Word When this checkbox is selected TextWrangler matches the sear
346. tive Control shift N Entire word Control Shift E Grep Control Shift G Selected text only Control Shift S Wrap around Control Shift W Open search history Control Shift H Open saved patterns Control Shift P If these assignments overlap with any keyboard equivalents for clippings that you have set or if you just wish to change them you can do so via the Find Windows section of the Menus amp Shortcuts preference panel Note The Replace All command replaces all occurrences of the search string within the document or in the selection if there is one and Search Selection Only is checked If you wish to replace only occurrences between the current insertion point and the end of the document you can instead apply the Replace to End command in the Search menu Basic Searching and Replacing This section describes the basic steps for searching and replacing text in a document Later sections in this chapter cover more advanced techniques To search and replace text in the front document follow these steps 1 Choose Find from the Search menu TextWrangler opens the Find window eo Find HLC O Gavan ge Previous Replace Find All TextWrangler 4 Replace Matching Case sensitive Entire word Grep Replace All Search in Selected text only Wrap around Replace amp Find 116 Chapter 7 Searching Note 2 Type the string you are looking for in the Find text field You can use special characters in the Find tex
347. tons let you specify the wrapping margin Ifthe Paragraph Fill option is selected TextWrangler forms the lines into paragraphs before wrapping the lines An example is the best way to illustrate this option Suppose you start with this text AOO Wrap Music txt o L T 4 Last Saved 07 12 2011 13 58 08 gt File Path v Users Shared doc examples Wrap Music txt C Wrap Music txt Ww This is a short line of text This is a much longer line of text much longer than 65 characters In fact it s so long iv And this is another short line This is what happens when you wrap to 65 characters with Paragraph Fill off Mok Wrap Music txt G e 8 Ta Last Saved 07 12 2011 13 58 08 A l J mexr File Path v Users Shared doc examples Wrap Music txt e Wrap Music txt Ww This is a short line of text This is a much longer line of text much longer than 65 characters In fact it s so long it goes off the right edge of the window And this is another short line TextWrangler breaks the long line at a width of 65 characters twice because the line was so long and leaves the short lines alone This is what happens to the same text when you wrap with Paragraph Fill on 800 Wrap Music txt 4 Last Saved 07 12 2011 13 58 08 td 2 Tt H Ki File Path v Users Shared doc examples Wrap Music txt e Wrap Music txt we This is a short line of text This is a much longer line of text much l
348. ts stored options or rename it or select a filter and click the minus button to remove it For more information on using file filters in searches see Chapter 7 Patterns This list displays all the grep patterns regular expressions you have stored via the Grep pattern popup in the Find and Multi File Search windows These patterns are also available in most commands which allow you to specify grep patterns such as the Process Lines commands in the Text menu You may click the plus button to create a new pattern double click any pattern item to edit its stored options or rename it or select a pattern and click the minus button to remove it The Setup Window 191 192 Chapter 10 Preferences CHAPTER IMPORTANT Scripting TextWrangler TextWrangler offers access to nearly all of its features and commands via AppleScript This chapter provides a brief overview of AppleScript discusses TextWrangler s scripting model and explains how you can use scripts within TextWrangler An excellent way to learn how to script TextWrangler is to look at the scripts others have written for it or to turn on recording in your script editor while you perform actions in TextWrangler A number of example scripts are included in the standard distribution package The TextWrangler Talk discussion group is also a good resource for learning more about scripting http groups google com group textwrangler Regardless of whether y
349. u in the Text Encodings preference panel File State If you modify a document s window position or display settings and then save the document TextWrangler stores state information which it will use to reopen that document in the same manner TextWrangler captures only those settings which are fundamental to the document window position selection range folds splitter setting or any settings which vary from the global preferences The latter ensures that changes to the global preferences are never inappropriately overridden by stored display options derived from prior global or default preference settings For example say TextWrangler is currently configured to use Courier as its default display font and you open or create save and close a document which uses that font If you then change TextWrangler s default display font to Menlo before reopening that document the document will display in Menlo Creating and Saving Documents 37 38 Note The above example uses the display font option for illustration but the same principle applies to any document display option which derives from TextWrangler s global preferences Emacs Local Variables Emacs the popular Unix text editor supports a convention in which you can define Emacs specific settings in a block of text near the end of the file or in the first line of the file This convention helps maintain consistency when sharing files among a group of people or a
350. und in 102 files Y benefits txt 13 occurrences found File benefits txt Line 11 h3 Who Nee File benefits txt Line 13 h4 featurelist Situations where TextWrangler shines File benefits txt Line 15 You have a long list of names in Last Name First Name order You need to change them around File benefits txt Line 17 lt a href images bb1 textwrangler TextWrangler Search Lg jpg target _blank gt images bb1 File benefits txt Line 17 lt a href images bb1 textwrangler TextWrangler Search Lg jpg target _blank gt images bb1 File benefits txt Line 17 lt a href images bb1 textwrangler TextWrangler Search Lg jpg target _blank gt images bb1 File benefits txt Line 17 lt a href images bb1 textwrangler TextWrangler Search Lg jpg target _blank gt images bb1 File benefits txt Line 21 You have a list of names addresses and phone numbers The phone company adds a new area cc y U 599 of TA WW Last Saved 03 18 2009 13 05 43 rr File Path v Sandbox svn bb_site content products textwrangler benefits txt Ww 10 u h3 Who Needs TextWrangler 12 13 h4 featurelist Situations where TextWrangler shines 14 15 You have a long list of names in Last Name First Name order You need to change them around so that the first name is first and the last name is last and by the way take out that comma too That takes just one search and replace operation in TextWrangler 16 17 lt
351. urns in the document rather than to soft wrapped line breaks To restore the behavior of previous versions of TextWrangler turn this preference off Hard Wrapping The easiest way to hard wrap text is to type a carriage return by pressing the Return key whenever you want to start a new line If you are editing program source code it is generally best to turn off soft wrapping altogether How TextWrangler Wraps Text 87 88 Note To turn off soft wrapping for the active window do one of the following e Choose Soft Wrap Text from the Text Options popup menu in the toolbar e Deselect the Soft Wrap Text option from the Text Options sheet box by choosing Text Options from the Edit menu To turn off soft wrapping for new windows deselect the Soft Wrap Text option in the Editor Defaults preference panel TextWrangler provides two ways to convert soft wrapped text into hard wrapped text The first is a simple technique that uses a single command the second is a bit more complicated but gives you much more control over wrapping Hard Wrapping Soft Wrapped Text To convert soft wrapped text to hard wrapped text use the Add Line Breaks command in the Text menu This command inserts a carriage return at the end of every line of the text as it appears in the window If your wrapping margin is the edge of the window you will get different results depending on the width of the window If the current document contains a selection range
352. us amp Shortcuts preference panel You can also adjust many of the same options via the Text Options command in the Edit menu Show Hide Fonts This command toggles display of the standard system font panel which you can use to set the font font size text style and tab spacing for the active document The chosen display style will be used for all text in the window TextWrangler does not support the use of selective text styles The font changes you make by using this command affect only the active document To set the default font size style and tab width for all documents use the Default Font option in the Editor Defaults preference panel Soft Wrap Text This command toggles the use of soft wrapping in the current document See Soft Wrapping on page 86 Show Hide Page Guide This command toggles display of the page guide in the current document See Page guide on page 84 Show Hide Tab Stops This command toggles display of tab stops in the current document See Tab stops on page 84 Show Hide Line Numbers This command toggles display of line numbers in the current document See Line numbers on page 84 Show Hide Gutter This command toggles display of the gutter in the current document See The Gutter and Folded Text Regions on page 71 Show Hide Invisibles This command toggles display of invisible characters in the current document See Show invisibles on page 84 S
353. use the arrow keys to move the insertion point right left up and down and augment these movements with the Command Option and Control keys No Modifier Option Command Control Up Up one line Up one screen Start of scroll view up document Down Down one line Down one End of scroll view screen document down Left Left one Left one word Start of line Previous case character transition or word boundary Right Right one Right one word End of line Next case character transition or word boundary Holding down the Shift key extends the selection For example pressing Shift Option Right Arrow selects the word to the right of the insertion point CamelCase Navigation TextWrangler supports CamelCase navigation CamelCase also camel case is the practice of writing intercapitalized compound words or phrases it is used as a standard naming convention in several programming languages and as an automatic link creation method in wiki content You can move from one part of a CamelCase word to the next by holding the Control key down and tapping the right or left arrow key to jump to the next or previous transition from lower case to upper case or the next word boundary whichever comes first Rectangular Selections By holding down the Option key as you drag or holding down the Shift and Option keys while clicking you can select all text lying within a specified rectangular area column You can then perform a
354. utton in the ASCII Table window displays the ASCII value of the character to the right of the insertion point or the first character of the selection Colors This command opens the system color picker which you can use to insert hex color values into source code or HTML and XML files Scripts The Scripts palette displays all the scripts currently installed in the Scripts subfolder of TextWrangler s application support folder See Chapter 2 Scripts for more information about using scripts in TextWrangler Stationery The Stationery List is a palette that displays all the stationery pad files present within the Stationery folder of TextWrangler s application support folder You can create a new document from any of these pads by double clicking it in this list Although the document created will have the content and all the state information from the stationery pad it is a new untitled document separate from the stationery pad To create a stationery pad click the Save As Stationery checkbox when saving the file from TextWrangler Alternately any document can be changed into a stationery pad in the Finder by clicking the Stationery Pad checkbox in the document s Get Info window Chapter 6 Windows amp Palettes Note By default items in the Stationery List are displayed in alphabetical order However you can force them to appear in any desired order by including any two characters followed by a right parenthesis at the b
355. ve spaces which should replace each tab This command is useful when you are preparing text for use in a program which has no concept of tabs as column separators for email transmission and similar purposes Normalize Line Endings This command converts a document containing mixed line endings to have a uniform set of line endings If you open a file which contains a mixture of Mac Unix and DOS Windows line endings the Translate Line Breaks option may not suffice to properly convert the document for viewing and editing After conversion the document may appear to not have any line breaks at all this usually happens if the first line break in the file is a Mac line break and all the rest are Unix or to have an invisible character at the beginning of each line Should this happen use Normalize Line Breaks to convert the remaining line endings and save the document Once you have done this the document s line endings will be consistent and TextWrangler s line break translation will suffice when you next open it Chapter 5 Text Transformations CHAPTER Windows amp Palettes This chapter describes the commands in the Window menu These commands allow you to arrange and access editing and browser windows quickly and also to access TextWrangler s tool and utility palettes In this chapter Window Mehus rarosa renta eer Maw aioe Ses esas Siar lees WG esa WI Se Meese Whee Mies 109 Mmimi e Window fsa aeneae ai
356. vert to ASCII 102 Copy amp Append command 61 Copy command 20 61 267 Counterpart button 67 counterparts overriding defaults 46 creating documents 35 with clipboard 35 with selection 35 cursor movement 76 using arrow keys 77 Cut amp Append command 61 cut and paste 60 Cut command 20 60 D default window position setting 111 Delete key 60 81 250 deleting text 60 Detab command 108 dialog keyboard shortcuts 20 dictionary AppleScript 214 Differences command 93 disclosure triangles 71 Disk Browser 35 disk browsers 29 34 35 39 169 file list panel 170 status bar 169 document proxy icon 64 75 documents comparing 91 creating 35 editing text 60 inserting text 90 modification indicator 64 opening 267 saving 35 36 window anatomy 63 window handling 267 documents drawer see file list 68 DOS line breaks see Windows line breaks 37 double clicking 39 drag and drop in document windows 62 to TextWrangler application icon 39 to Windows floating window 39 drawer see file list 68 dynamic menus 19 E edit tool 222 editing text 60 shortcuts 249 Editor Defaults 177 Emacs Key Bindings 183 251 268 Index Emacs variables 38 x counterpart 46 encoding 37 40 48 End key 82 Entab command 108 Enter key 20 escape codes 137 Escape key 20 Exchange with Next command 112 expanding tabs 83 extending the selection 77 81 F F keys 82 Favorites 31 file filters 124 file groups 35 file list 68 file list p
357. w choose Open from the File menu or drag and drop the file from the Finder into the window s file list To create a new document click the Add plus button or choose New Text Document in the New submenu of the File menu To move a document from the current text window into its own text window select it in the list and choose Move to New Window from the Action gear popup menu or Control click on the document in the list and choose this command from the contextual menu To move multiple documents select them and choose Move to New Window to create a new text window containing all the selected documents To close a document you can choose Close Document from the File menu click on the close box next to its name in the list select it in the list and apply the Close command from the action gear menu or Control click on it in the list and select Close in the contextual menu You can also choose the Close Others command from the action menu or in the contextual menu to close all documents except the selected document To move a document from one text window to another drag its name from the first text window s file list into the second text window s file list You can select and move multiple documents at once To save the current document you can choose Save from the File menu or the action menu To save multiple documents at once select them and choose Save from the Action menu or Control click on them and select Save in the co
358. ways Most of these commands are situated in the Text menu and described in this section You can also use TextWrangler s search and replace capabilities or additional plug in tools to transform text each of these topics is covered in a separate chapter Unless otherwise specified each of these commands will be applied to the active text selection in the frontmost document range or if there is no active selection to the entire contents of the document Hold down the Option key when selecting any command from the menu in order to quickly re invoke it with its last used option settings These short form commands are also available in the Menus amp Shortcuts preference panel so that you can set key equivalents for them Apply Text Filter This command presents a submenu listing all currently available text filters These filters consist of any executable items contained in the Text Filters folder of TextWrangler s application support folder See Text Filters on page 30 99 100 Note When you choose a filter TextWrangler will pass either the selected text or the contents of the active document if there is no selection on STDIN to Unix executables or filters as a string to text factories as a reference to a RunFromTextWrangler entry point in AppleScripts as text input to Automator workflows and as a source to text factories If an AppleScript script does not have a RunFromTextWrangler entry poin
359. well as items on the Text Options Markers and Line Breaks toolbar popup menus by double clicking on the right hand portion of that command s list item and typing the desired key equivalent in the Set Key sheet To clear the key equivalent from a menu command double click on the right hand portion of that command s list item and press the Delete key Click Restore Defaults to restore all key equivalents to their factory default values as listed in Appendix A Available Key Combinations All menu key combinations must include either the Command key or the Control key or both except function keys which may be used unmodified The Help Home End Page Up and Page Down keys can be used in menu key combinations as well The Help key can be assigned without modifiers the others must be used in combination with at least either the Command or Control key The system may preempt certain key combinations such as Command Tab Allow menu key equivalents to autorepeat Turn this option on to enable autorepeat when typing key equivalents This option is offby default since according to the Macintosh Human Interface Guidelines menu commands should not autorepeat The Preview Helpers preference panel lists all web browsers on your machine which are available to preview HTML documents Printing Preferences The Printing preferences control TextWrangler s default document printing behavior Print using document s font When this op
360. within its current root directory e Otherwise TextWrangler will look first in the same folder as the file containing the selected file name and then in any subfolders within that folder e If TextWrangler cannot find the file in any of these places it will display a Choose Folder dialog to allow you to locate the file manually In some cases there may be more than one file with the same name in the various folders TextWrangler looks in Normally TextWrangler opens the first such file it encounters and then stops Using the Open File by Name Commands If there is no selection or there is no text display view in the front window Open Selection becomes Open File by Name Choosing this command brings up the Open File by Name window ANOO Open File by Name Qvarch_bb arch_bbedit9 html 4 Sandbox svn bb_site output support bbedit l arch_bbedit10 html Sandbox svn bb_site output support bbedit arch_bbedit85 html Sandbox svn bb_site output support bbedit arch_bbedit86 html Sandbox svn bb_site output support bbedit arch_bbedit87 html Sandbox svn b e output support bbedit arch_bbedit90 html Sandbox svn bb_site output support bbedit arch_bbedit91 h Sandbo tml put s bbedit arch_bbedit92 html Sandbox svn bb_site output support bbedit v 44 Chapter 3 Working with Files Activating the Open File by Name window or choosing the menu command will place keyboard focu
361. wn way of working To change the keyboard shortcut for any menu command you can use the Menus amp Shortcuts preference panel See Assigning Keys to Menu Commands on the following page Many other TextWrangler features can have keyboard shortcuts assigned as well Here s how to set them Feature Set Keys in Menu commands Menus amp Shortcuts preference panel Clippings Clippings palette Text filters Menus amp Shortcuts preference panel or the Text Filters palette Scripts Menus amp Shortcuts preference panel or the Scripts palette Stationery Menus amp Shortcuts preference panel or the Stationery palette To display any of TextWrangler s floating palette windows use the Palettes submenu in the Window menu 237 238 Assigning Keys to Menu Commands You can assign your own keyboard shortcuts key equivalents to any of TextWrangler s menu commands as well as items on the Text Options Markers and Line Breaks toolbar popup menus by choosing Preferences from the TextWrangler menu to bring up the Preferences window then selecting the Menus amp Shortcuts preference panel Preferences PZ Appearance ww Application er LZ Editing rs vi Editor Defaults Keyboard iets m Languages Menus amp Shortcuts e Printing 1 STL s w g e s24 Text Colors 0 Text Encodings Text Files Q Toolbar M Text options M Document p
362. ws do not A solid diamond to the left of a window s name means that the window s contents have been modified and have not yet been saved while a hollow diamond indicates that the window s state has been modified but not yet saved To bring any window to the front click its name in the Windows palette You can select one or more windows in the list and choose the Save Close or Print commands from the action menu at the top of the palette Holding down the Option key changes these commands to Save All Close All and Print All which apply to all listed windows for which the given command is possible You can also Control click on any selected windows and apply the Save Close or Print commands from the resulting contextual menu Hovering the mouse over a window name displays a tool tip showing the full window title this is useful for names that have been truncated with ellipses because they are too long to fit within the width of the window If you hold down the Option key the tool tip will appear instantly with no hovering delay Holding down the Command key displays the full pathname for document windows or other relevant windows such as disk browsers and FTP browsers Save Default lt type of gt Window The Save Default Window command stores the position and size of the front window in TextWrangler s preferences and TextWrangler will create all new windows of the same type with the stored position and size Win
363. www macosxautomation com applescript An excellent starting point AppleScript Apple Developer Connection http developer apple com AppleScript Detailed information for developers and advanced users MacScripter Net http macscripter net A good selection of AppleScript related news and topics including the AppleScript FAQ and discussion forums Chapter 11 Scripting TextWrangler ScriptWeb http www scriptweb com This site covers all scripting languages not just AppleScript Also it has an extensive directory of scripting additions Software Script Debugger http www latenightsw com Despite its name Script Debugger is more than a debugger it is actually an enhanced replacement for Apple s Script Editor featuring variable monitoring step trace debugging an object browser for an application s objects and much more Using AppleScripts in TextWrangler TextWrangler has been scriptable for years and we have continually worked to refine its level of scripting support In addition to providing extensive script access to its commands and data TextWrangler is both attachable and recordable This section describes how you can create and employ AppleScripts within TextWrangler via recording and TextWrangler s various scripting facilities while the following section covers TextWrangler s scripting commands and other issues related to preparing scripts for use Recording Actions within TextWrangl
364. x NNNN any number of hexadecimal characters NN for example x 0 will match a null x 304F will match a Japanese Unicode character backslash 6699 The form of a hex escape is xNN where N is any single hex digit 0 9 A F The x may be upper or lower case You can use the ASCII Table in the Window menu to find the hex value for any 8 bit Macintosh character You can perform a literal search for any character including a null using this option Malformed escapes are treated as literal strings Multi File Searching The main difference between single file searching and multi file searching is that to perform a multi file search you must specify the files to be searched TextWrangler gives you a great deal of flexibility in how to do this You can search all the files in a given folder in open editing windows or in an existing search results browser For even greater control you can select a diverse set of search sources or apply TextWrangler s advanced file filtering capabilities When you start a search TextWrangler will display a search progress window and return control so that you can continue working You can perform more than one multi file searches at a time each search will have its own progress window Closing a search s progress window or clicking Cancel in the progress window will stop the operation and TextWrangler will display a search results browser containing any matches f
365. xpression to identify functions and function names Your pattern should return the named subpatterns function_name e g P lt function_name gt and function to identify the function s name which will be displayed in the function popup menu and the function as a whole You can omit the function subpattern in order to allow the entire pattern to match against functions but you should not omit the lt function_name gt subpattern as if this is not present BBEdit will not display matches in the function popup Since the pattern BBEdit uses internally when searching is a compound of your string comment skip and function patterns you must use named backreferences rather than positional backreferences within this pattern If this string is present the following Language Features will be ignored Prefix for Functions Prefix for Procedures Open Parameter Lists Close Parameter Lists Terminator for Prototypes 1 Terminator for Prototypes 2 Open Statement Blocks Close Statement Blocks Open Block Comments Close Block Comments Open Line Comments Open Strings 1 Close Strings 1 Escape Char in Strings 1 End of line Ends Strings 1 Open Strings 2 Close Strings 2 Escape Char in Strings 2 End of line Ends Strings 2 Language Keys and Properties 261 262 Key Value Type Skip Pattern String If the Function Pattern string is present in the Language Features dictionary the presence of this str
366. xtWrangler s Application Support Folders 25 26 Users whose accounts do not have admin privileges will not be able to modify the contents of a global application support folder since it resides in the system hierarchy This arrangement can be advantageous when configuring the software for use in shared machine environments such as labs or common area workstations However if such an arrangement is not desirable for your purposes you should not create a global application support folder Instead each user can maintain their own local application support folder for TextWrangler which they may add items to or remove items from at will Using a Local Application Support Folder Ifa local application support folder does not exist when TextWrangler starts up TextWrangler will create this folder together with its standard subfolders to which you can add any appropriate items None of these folders are essential for doing basic tasks with TextWrangler and you can remove any or all of them that you don t use Application Support Folder Contents TextWrangler s application support folders contain various subfolders each of which holds a specific type of support item As indicated items in some subfolders can be loaded from both the global and local application support folders other items may only be used from a specific location If there are multiple copies of any language modules TextWrangler will use the latest version regardles
367. y 118 menu reference 129 non printing characters 141 replacing in multiple files 127 results window 121 171 search set 122 wrap around 118 Select All command 20 60 Select Line command 60 Select Paragraph command 60 selected text 60 selecting text 60 76 by clicking 76 extending the selection 77 rectangular selection 77 Services menu 35 Set Jump Mark 132 Set Marker command 95 Set Menu Keys see Menus amp Shortcuts preference panel 20 setting markers 95 using grep 96 Shell scripts 225 shell scripts 225 shell worksheets 222 shifting text 101 Show Files Starting with 51 Show Hidden Items 43 Show Invisibles command 64 Show Page Guide 64 177 Soft Wrap Text command 64 soft wrapping 84 86 as default 87 Software Update 178 solid diamond 64 Sort Lines plug in 103 spell checking 96 user dictionary 98 split bar 64 in browsers 168 splitting a window see split bar 64 startup window handling 179 startup items 34 stationery 54 creating 37 54 Stationery folder 29 using 54 status bar hiding 84 in browsers 168 in disk browsers 169 status bar see tool bar 63 subpatterns 144 Synchro Scrolling command 112 syntax coloring 85 on printout 57 T tab width 177 tabs converting to and from spaces 108 tarballs 43 Text Display menu 73 Text Document creating 35 text encoding choosing 40 Text Encodings preference panel 40 text folding disclosure triangles 71 fold indicator 72 gutter 71 nested folds 71 range end indicat
368. y match a if Case Sensitive is off a will match both a and A Matching Non Printing Characters As described in Chapter 7 on searching TextWrangler provides several special character pairs that you can use to match common non printing characters as well as the ability to specify any arbitrary character by means of its hexadecimal character code escape code You can use these special characters in grep patterns as well as for normal searching For example to look for a tab or a space you would use the character class t consisting of a tab special character and a space character Character Matches r line break carriage return n Unix line break line feed t tab f page break form feed a alarm hex 07 cX a named control character like cC for Control C b backspace hex 08 only in character classes e Esc hex 1B xNN hexadecimal character code NN for example xOD for CR x NNNN any number of hexadecimal characters NN for example x 0 will match a null x 304F will match a Japanese Unicode character backslash Use r to match a line break in the middle of a pattern and the special characters and described above to anchor a pattern to the beginning of a line or to the end of a line In the case of and the line break character is not included in the match Writing Search Patterns 141 142 Other Special Charact
369. you type them Languages Preferences The Languages preferences allow you to configure how TextWrangler maps file names to language types e g html to HTML and allows you to apply customized behavior and display parameters to any installed language Installed Languages Click the Installed Languages button at the bottom of this panel to see a complete list of installed languages together with the language module version number if applicable and filename extension s associated with each language This list includes both languages intrinsically supported by TextWrangler and those added via installed language modules By default TextWrangler will apply your active preference settings within each language If you wish to modify how TextWrangler treats documents having a particular language e g to have TextWrangler use a specific tab width or a custom color scheme you may add a custom language preference To create such a preference click the plus button below the list of Custom Language Preferences and select the desired language from the resulting popup When you do so TextWrangler will display a language options sheet which contains the following sections e General In this section you can view or change the comment start and comment end strings used by the Un Comment command on the Text menu for the selected language or to view or change the Reference URL Template used by the Find in Reference command
370. ys a fold indicator within the document to represent that range To expand the range you can either click on the disclosure triangle or double click the fold indicator Kok index html ae a T Last Saved 07 12 2011 11 30 35 J recr File Path v Users Shared doc examples index html index html no symbol selected We e lt DOCTYPE html PUBLIC W3C DTD XHTML 1 0 Transitional EN a http www w3 org TR xhtml1 DTD xhtml1 transitional dtd gt E lt h ttp www w3 0rg 1999 xhtmL xml lang en Lang en us gt gt lt hd jad gt lt body class Y home gt lt div class container gt lt div class column span 20 prepend 2 append 2 first last gt lt div style float right margin top 35px id searchbox gt ad v Recent Documents tsi help css Tense ae If you expand a range by double clicking the fold indicator the entire range will remain selected after expansion Chapter 4 Editing Text with TextWrangler IMPORTANT Note The View Menu This menu contains commands which you can use to toggle the display of navigational elements in text windows to fold and expand regions of text to select documents and to get information on documents and files Text Display This submenu contains commands which control various text formatting and display options You can set key equivalents for any of these commands under the Text Display entry of the View menu in the Men

TextWrangler 4.0 User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents